Cover

© PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

1. General Info about German Language

The German language, or Deutsch, is a West Germanic language that belongs to the
Indo-European language family. It is primarily spoken in Germany, Austria, Switzerland,
Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, and parts of Belgium and Italy. German is the most widely
spoken native language in the European Union and has around 95-100 million native
speakers worldwide.

1.1. History
The history of the German language can be divided into three main periods: Old High
German, Middle High German, and New High German.

Old High German (OHG, 600-1050 AD): This period marks the earliest stage of the German
language, with its first written records in the form of religious texts, such as the "Abrogans," a
Latin-German glossary, and the "Hildebrandslied," an epic poem.

Middle High German (MHG, 1050-1350 AD): During this period, German dialects began to
develop distinct regional characteristics. The most famous work from this era is the
"Nibelungenlied," an epic poem that tells the story of the hero Siegfried.

New High German (NHG, 1350-present): The New High German period began with the
development of a standardized written language, mainly due to the invention of the printing
press and the Protestant Reformation. Martin Luther's translation of the Bible into German in
the early 16th century played a significant role in unifying the language.

1.2. Difficulty in learning

The difficulty of learning German varies depending on your native language and your
experience with learning other languages. For English speakers, German is considered
moderately difficult due to some similarities in vocabulary and grammar structure. However,
there are several aspects that can make German challenging for learners:

Gender and cases: German has three grammatical genders (masculine, feminine, and
neuter) and four cases (nominative, accusative, dative, and genitive). Learning the correct
gender and case for nouns and their associated articles can be tricky.

Compound words: German is known for its long compound words, which can be intimidating
for learners. However, once you understand the components, they become easier to
decipher.

Word order: While German word order follows a subject-verb-object structure, like English, it
becomes more flexible in complex sentences. This flexibility can be confusing for learners,
especially when dealing with subordinate clauses and the positioning of verbs.

Pronunciation: Some German sounds may be challenging for non-native speakers, such as
the guttural 'ch' sound and the umlauted vowels (ä, ö, ü).

|2
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Despite these challenges, learning German can be a rewarding experience, as it opens

doors to the rich culture, history, and literature of German-speaking countries. Immersion,
consistent practice, and patience are key factors in successfully mastering the language.

2. German Alphabet and Pronunciation

2.1. Letters and sounds

The German alphabet is a variant of the Latin alphabet, consisting of 26 basic letters similar
to the English alphabet. However, there are also a few additional characters and
pronunciation rules that are unique to the German language. Here's a brief overview:

Basic letters (A-Z): The German alphabet has the same 26 basic letters as the English
alphabet, although some of the letters are pronounced differently.

Example Word
Number Letter Pronunciation Example Word (German)
(English)
1 A [a] (as in 'car') Auto Car
2 B [b] (as in 'boy') Banane Banana
3 C [ts] (as in 'cats') Computer Computer
4 D [d] (as in 'door') Dose Can
5 E [e] (as in 'bet') Elefant Elephant
6 F [f] (as in 'fish') Fisch Fish
7 G [g] (as in 'go') Garten Garden

8 H [h] (as in 'house') Haus House

9 I [i] (as in 'eat') Insel Island

10 J [j] (as in 'yes') Ja Yes
11 K [k] (as in 'kite') Kite Kite
12 L [l] (as in 'light') Lampe Lamp

13 M [m] (as in 'moon') Mond Moon

14 N [n] (as in 'night') Nacht Night

15 O [o] (as in 'oh') Orange Orange

16 P [p] (as in 'park') Park Park

[kv] (as in 'question' with a 'v'

17 Q Quiz Quiz
instead of 'w')

|3
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

[ʁ] (a guttural sound, similar

18 R Rose Rose
to the French 'r')

[z] (as in 'zebra') or [s] (as in

19 S 'sound') depending on its Sonne Sun
position in the word
20 T [t] (as in 'table') Tisch Table
21 U [u] (as in 'boot') Uhr Clock
22 V [f] (as in 'fish') Vogel Bird
23 W [v] (as in 'van') Wasser Water
24 X [ks] (as in 'box') Xylophon Xylophone

[y] (pronounced like the

25 Y Yacht Yacht
German 'ü')

26 Z [ts] (as in 'cats') Zebra Zebra

2.2. Umlauts (Ä, Ö, Ü):

In addition to the basic letters, the German alphabet has three vowels with umlauts (Ä, Ö, Ü)
and their lowercase counterparts (ä, ö, ü). An umlaut is a pair of dots that appear above the
vowels, which alters their pronunciation.’

Example Word Example Word

Number Letter Pronunciation
(German) (English)
1 Ä [ɛ] (similar to 'bet') Äpfel Apples
[ø] (similar to 'i' in 'girl' but with
2 Ö - oe Öl Oil
rounded lips)

3 Ü - ue [y] (similar to the French 'u' in 'tu') Über Over

4 ß [s] (as in 'kiss') Straße Street

2.3. Eszett or Sharp S (ß):

The Eszett is a unique character in the German alphabet that represents a "sharp S" sound,
similar to the English "ss" in "kiss." It is used after long vowels and diphthongs.

Pronunciation rules: Some letters in German have different pronunciations depending on

their position in a word or their surrounding letters. For example:

|4
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

The letter "s" is pronounced like "z" (as in "zebra") at the beginning of a word or when it
appears before a vowel. When it appears at the end of a word or before a consonant, it is
pronounced like the English "s" (as in "sound").

The letter combination "ch" has different pronunciations depending on the preceding vowel.
After "a," "o," or "u," it is pronounced as a hard "ch" sound, similar to the "ch" in the Scottish
word "loch." After "e," "i," "ä," "ö," or "ü," it is pronounced as a soft "ch" sound, similar to the
"h" in the English word "huge."

The letter "g" is usually pronounced like the English "g" (as in "go") at the beginning of a
word. However, it is pronounced like the English "k" (as in "key") at the end of a word or
before a consonant.

2.4. Consonant combinations

In German, the consonant combinations "ch" and "sch" are not considered double or
triple consonants, but rather specific digraphs that represent distinct sounds. Let's
explore them further:

2.4.1 "ch":
- "ch" at the beginning of a word or syllable: In this position, "ch" is pronounced as
a voiceless velar fricative, similar to the "ch" sound in the Scottish word "loch" or the
German word "Bach."
Examples: "ich" (I), "China," "doch" (yet), "Mädchen" (girl), "nach" (after).

- "ch" after a, o, u, or au: In this context, "ch" is pronounced as a voiceless uvular

fricative, similar to the sound made when clearing the throat.
Examples: "Buch" (book), "Fach" (compartment), "Bauch" (belly), "auch" (also).

- "ch" after e, i, ä, ö, ü, eu, or äu: In this position, "ch" is pronounced as a

voiceless palatal fricative, similar to the "h" sound in English "huge."
Examples: "ich" (I), "mich" (me), "dich" (you),

2.4.2 "sch":
- "sch" represents the sound /ʃ/, similar to the "sh" sound in English.
Examples: "Schule" (school), "schön" (beautiful), "Fisch" (fish), "Tisch" (table).

The digraphs "ch" and "sch" are distinct from double or triple consonants because
they represent specific sound combinations rather than indicating lengthened sounds
or differentiating word meanings. It's important to note that the pronunciation of these

|5
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sounds may vary slightly depending on the regional accent or dialect within the
German-speaking countries.

3. Nouns

3.1. Gender
In the German language, nouns have one of three grammatical genders: masculine,
feminine, or neuter. These genders are not always directly related to the "natural gender" of
the object or person in question. Instead, they are grammatical categories that affect the way
words inflect and agree with other words in a sentence. Here's an overview of the three
genders and how they work in German:

3.1.1. Masculine (der)

Spotting masculine nouns (der) in German can be challenging, as there are no foolproof
rules to determine the gender of every noun. However, there are some patterns and clues
that can help you make educated guesses. Here are a few strategies to spot masculine
nouns:

In German, the gender of nouns is not always obvious, but there are certain rules and trends
that can help you guess. For example, certain endings often suggest a noun is masculine.
Keep in mind that there are always exceptions.

1. Nouns ending in -er, -el, -ling, -ich, -ig, -ner, and -ismus: These endings are often
masculine. For example: "Lehrer" (teacher), "Löffel" (spoon), "Schmetterling" (butterfly),
"Teppich" (carpet), "König" (king), "Gärtner" (gardener), "Kapitalismus" (capitalism).

2. Nouns related to time and weather: Many of these are masculine, like "Tag" (day),
"Monat" (month), "Regen" (rain), "Schnee" (snow).

3. Male people and animals: The names for male people and male animals are usually
masculine, like "Mann" (man), "Vater" (father), "Hund" (dog), "Kater" (male cat).

4. Nouns derived from verbs: Many nouns derived from verbs are masculine, for example,
"Befehl" (command/order, derived from the verb "befehlen") or "Glaube" (belief, derived from
the verb "glauben").

5. Nouns ending in -en: Many of them are masculine, like "Garten" (garden) or "Hafen"
(harbor).

6. Many, but not all, alcoholic drinks are masculine, such as "Wein" (wine) and "Wodka"
(vodka).

|6
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

7. Most of the seasons, months, and days of the week are masculine, like "Sommer"
(summer), "April", and "Montag" (Monday).

Please remember that these are just trends, not absolute rules. German, like all languages,
has its fair share of exceptions. The definite article for masculine nouns is "der" in the
nominative case. Learning the noun with its article can often be the best way to remember its
gender. For example, instead of just learning "Hund" for dog, learn "der Hund".

Also note that the gender of a noun might change the endings of other words in a sentence,
because German has grammatical cases. So not only is the gender of nouns important on its
own, but it can affect other parts of the sentence too.

3.1.2. Feminine (die)

In German, the gender of nouns is determined based on certain rules and patterns, although
there are exceptions. Here are some trends for identifying feminine nouns:

Feminine (die):
1. Nouns referring to female people or animals are generally feminine. For example, "die
Frau" (woman), "die Katze" (cat).

2. Most nouns denoting vehicles and certain types of fruit are feminine. For example, "die
Straßenbahn" (tram), "die Banane" (banana).

3. Nouns ending in "-e," "-heit," "-keit," "-ion," "-schaft," and "-ung" are often feminine. For
example, "die Blume" (flower), "die Freiheit" (freedom), "die Nation" (nation).

It's also important to remember that the gender of a noun can affect other parts of a
sentence due to the grammatical case system in German. This means the gender of a noun
is important not just for its own sake, but also because it can alter other words in the
sentence.

3.1.3. Neuter (das)

Identifying neuter nouns (das) in German can be challenging, as there are no definitive rules
that apply to all nouns. However, there are some patterns and clues that can assist you in
recognizing neuter nouns. Here are some strategies to spot neuter nouns:

|7
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

1. Noun endings: Certain noun endings are often associated with neuter nouns. Although not
all nouns with these endings are neuter, recognizing them can be helpful. Some common
neuter noun endings include:

- "chen" (das Mädchen - the girl)

- "lein" (das Büchlein - the booklet)
- "tum" (das Datum - the date)
- "ment" (das Element - the element)
- "um" (das Museum - the museum)

Remember that these endings are not exclusively neuter, so it's important to consider other
factors as well.

2. Diminutives: Neuter nouns often appear as diminutive forms with the endings "-chen" or
"-lein." For example:

- das Haus (the house) becomes das Häuschen (the little house)
- das Kind (the child) becomes das Kindlein (the little child)

3. Word formation: Some word formations can provide hints about the neuter gender. For
instance:

- Nouns derived from adjectives ending in "-es" or "-s" are often neuter. For example, das
Große (the big one) comes from the adjective groß (big).
- Many infinitives used as nouns are neuter. For example, das Essen (the food) comes
from the infinitive verb essen (to eat).

4. Borrowed words: Neuter nouns can sometimes be borrowed words from other languages,
especially from Latin or Greek. For example:

- das Museum (the museum)

- das Theater (the theater)
- das Problem (the problem)

However, there are exceptions, so it's advisable to check the gender of each individual
word.

5. Dictionary and vocabulary resources: Refer to dictionaries and vocabulary resources that
provide the gender of nouns. When encountering a new noun, look it up along with its article
to reinforce your understanding of its gender.

6. Exposure and practice: Regular exposure to the German language will help you develop a
better sense of the gender of words, including neuter nouns. Read, listen, and engage in
conversations to enhance your familiarity with neuter nouns.

|8
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Remember that while these strategies can be helpful, they are not foolproof, and it's crucial
to learn the gender of nouns alongside their respective articles. With practice and exposure,
you'll become more adept at spotting neuter nouns in German.

However, the best way to learn the gender of German nouns is through practice and
memorization. As you expand your vocabulary, try to memorize the gender of each noun
along with its meaning. This will make it easier to use the correct articles and inflections as
you speak and write in German.

3.2. Plurals
In German, as in English, nouns can be singular or plural. Plural nouns indicate more than
one of something. Forming plurals in German can be more complex than in English, as there
are various rules and exceptions. Here's an overview of regular and irregular plurals in
German

3.2.1. Regular plurals

In German, there is no "one-size-fits-all" rule for forming regular plurals. However, there are
some common patterns, which are based on the gender and ending of the noun. Here are a
few examples:

Adding "-e":
Many masculine and neuter nouns form plurals by adding "-e" to the end. For example,

Singular Noun (with English

Number Plural Form
Article) Translation
1 der Tisch die Tische the tables
2 der Hund die Hunde the dogs

Adding "-en":
Many feminine nouns and some masculine nouns form plurals by adding "-en." For example,
Singular Noun English
Number Plural Form
(with Article) Translation
1 die Lampe die Lampen the lamps
2 die Blume die Blumen
3 die Katze die Katzen the cats
9 der Hund die Hunde the dogs

Adding "-er" and umlauts:

Some masculine and neuter nouns form plurals by adding "-er" and, in some cases, an
umlaut to the base vowel. For example,

|9
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Singular Noun English

Number Plural Form
(with Article) Translation
1 das Buch die Bücher the books
2 das Haus die Häuser the houses

3.2.2. Irregular plurals

Irregular plurals in German do not follow the patterns mentioned above, and they often
involve a change in the stem vowel or the addition of an umlaut. Here are some examples:

Vowel change:
Some plurals are formed by changing the vowel, often from "a" to "ä" or "o" to "ö." For
example, der Vater (the father) becomes die Väter (the fathers).

Singular Noun English

Number Plural Form
(with Article) Translation
1 der Apfel die Äpfel the apples
2 der Stuhl die Stühle the chairs

Adding "-s":
Some nouns, especially foreign words or words ending in a vowel, form plurals by adding
"-s." For example, das Auto (the car) becomes die Autos (the cars).

It's important to note that some German nouns have the same form in both singular and
plural, such as "die Eltern" (the parents) and "die Geschwister" (the siblings). In these cases,
the context or accompanying article will indicate whether the noun is singular or plural.

As you can see, forming plurals in German can be quite complex, and the best way to learn
them is through practice and memorization. As you expand your vocabulary, try to learn the
plural form of each noun along with its gender and meaning. This will help you use plurals
correctly in your German conversations and writing.

3.3. Cases

3.3.1. Nominative
The nominative case is one of the four grammatical cases in the German language. The
others are the accusative, dative, and genitive cases. The nominative case is used to identify
the subject of a sentence – that is, the person or thing that is performing the action
described by the verb.

| 10
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

In a simple sentence, the subject is typically the noun or pronoun that comes before the
verb. For example:

Der Hund beißt den Mann. (The dog bites the man.)
In this sentence, "der Hund" (the dog) is in the nominative case because it is the subject
performing the action (biting).

The nominative case also affects the form of articles, adjectives, and pronouns that
accompany the subject. In German, articles and adjectives must agree in gender, number,
and case with the noun they modify. Here are the definite articles in the nominative case for
each gender:

Masculine: der (e.g., der Mann - the man)

Feminine: die (e.g., die Frau - the woman)
Neuter: das (e.g., das Kind - the child)
Plural: die (e.g., die Kinder - the children)
When using pronouns in the nominative case, they take the following forms:

ich (I)
du (you, informal singular)
er (he)
sie (she)
es (it)
wir (we)
ihr (you, informal plural)
sie (they)
Sie (you, formal singular and plural)

In German, the word order in sentences can be flexible, but the case markers (such as
articles and pronouns) help you identify the role each noun or pronoun plays in the sentence.
It's crucial to understand the nominative case and its role in German grammar to build
accurate and clear sentences.

3.3.2. Accusative
The accusative case is one of the four grammatical cases in the German language, along
with the nominative, dative, and genitive cases. The accusative case is used to indicate the
direct object of a sentence – that is, the person or thing that directly receives the action
described by the verb. In other words, the direct object is the noun or pronoun that answers
the question "whom" or "what" after the verb.

For example:

Der Hund beißt den Mann. (The dog bites the man.)
In this sentence, "den Mann" (the man) is in the accusative case because it is the direct
object that receives the action of the verb (being bitten).

| 11
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

The accusative case also affects the form of articles, adjectives, and pronouns that
accompany the direct object. In German, articles and adjectives must agree in gender,
number, and case with the noun they modify. Here are the definite articles in the accusative
case for each gender:

Masculine: den (e.g., den Mann - the man)

Feminine: die (e.g., die Frau - the woman)
Neuter: das (e.g., das Kind - the child)
Plural: die (e.g., die Kinder - the children)
When using pronouns in the accusative case, they take the following forms:

mich (me)
dich (you, informal singular)
ihn (him)
sie (her)
es (it)
uns (us)
euch (you, informal plural)
sie (them)
Sie (you, formal singular and plural)

Some verbs in German always take the accusative case for their objects, such as "sehen"
(to see), "hören" (to hear), and "lieben" (to love). It's essential to understand the accusative
case and its role in German grammar to build accurate and clear sentences. Additionally,
learning which verbs take the accusative case will help you use the correct case for their
objects.

3.3.3. Dative
The dative case is one of the four grammatical cases in the German language, along with
the nominative, accusative, and genitive cases. The dative case is used to indicate the
indirect object of a sentence – that is, the person or thing that is indirectly affected by the
action described by the verb. In other words, the indirect object is the noun or pronoun that
answers the question "to whom" or "for whom" after the verb.

For example:

Er gibt dem Mann das Buch. (He gives the man the book.)
In this sentence, "dem Mann" (the man) is in the dative case because it is the indirect object
that is affected by the action of the verb (receiving the book).

The dative case also affects the form of articles, adjectives, and pronouns that accompany
the indirect object. In German, articles and adjectives must agree in gender, number, and
case with the noun they modify. Here are the definite articles in the dative case for each
gender:

| 12
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Masculine: dem (e.g., dem Mann - the man)

Feminine: der (e.g., der Frau - the woman)
Neuter: dem (e.g., dem Kind - the child)
Plural: den (e.g., den Kindern - the children)
When using pronouns in the dative case, they take the following forms:

mir (me)
dir (you, informal singular)
ihm (him)
ihr (her)
ihm (it)
uns (us)
euch (you, informal plural)
ihnen (them)
Ihnen (you, formal singular and plural)
Some verbs in German always take the dative case for their objects, such as "helfen" (to
help), "folgen" (to follow), and "antworten" (to answer). Additionally, certain prepositions
require the dative case, including "mit" (with), "aus" (from), "nach" (after), "zu" (to), and "bei"
(at/by). It's essential to understand the dative case and its role in German grammar to build
accurate and clear sentences. Learning which verbs and prepositions take the dative case
will help you use the correct case for their objects.

3.3.4. Genitive
The genitive case is one of the four grammatical cases in the German language, along with
the nominative, accusative, and dative cases. The genitive case is primarily used to indicate
possession, relationships, or attributes. In other words, it often answers the question
"whose?" or "of what?" in a sentence.

For example:

Das Buch des Mannes. (The man's book, or the book of the man.)
In this sentence, "des Mannes" (of the man) is in the genitive case because it indicates the
relationship between the book and the man (possession).

The genitive case also affects the form of articles, adjectives, and pronouns that accompany
the noun in the genitive form. In German, articles and adjectives must agree in gender,
number, and case with the noun they modify. Here are the definite articles in the genitive
case for each gender:

Masculine: des (e.g., des Mannes - of the man)

Feminine: der (e.g., der Frau - of the woman)
Neuter: des (e.g., des Kindes - of the child)
Plural: der (e.g., der Kinder - of the children)
When using pronouns in the genitive case, they take the following forms:

| 13
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

meiner (my, mine)

deiner (your, yours, informal singular)
seiner (his, its)
ihrer (her, hers)
seiner (its)
unserer (our, ours)
eurer (your, yours, informal plural)
ihrer (their, theirs)
Ihrer (your, yours, formal singular and plural)

Some prepositions require the genitive case, including "wegen" (because of), "trotz" (in spite
of), "während" (during), and "außerhalb" (outside of). In modern spoken German, the
genitive case is sometimes replaced by the dative case with the preposition "von" (of) to
indicate possession, but this construction is considered informal and less precise.

3.4. Articles
In the German language, articles are used to indicate the gender, number, and case of a
noun. There are two types of articles: definite and indefinite. This response will cover definite
articles, which correspond to "the" in English.

Definite articles in German are used to refer to specific, known items or entities, and they
change according to the gender, number, and case of the noun they accompany. Here are
the definite articles for each gender in the four grammatical cases:

3.4.1. Nominative
Nominative case (used for the subject of a sentence):
Masculine: der (e.g., der Mann - the man)
Feminine: die (e.g., die Frau - the woman)
Neuter: das (e.g., das Kind - the child)
Plural: die (e.g., die Kinder - the children)

Definite articles/bestimmter Artikel

Noun Article German English
der Vater der - masculine das ist der Vater this is the father
die Mutter die - feminine das ist die Mutter this is the mother
das Kind das - neutral das ist das Kind this is the child
die Kinder die - plural das sind die Kinder these are the children

Indefinite articles/unbestimmter Artikel

Noun Article German English
der Vater ein das ist ein Vater this is a father
die Mutter eine das ist eine Mutter this is a mother

| 14
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

das Kind ein das ist ein Kind this is a child

die Kinder - das sind Kinder these are children
Negativartikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater der das ist kein Vater this is not a father
die Mutter die das ist keine Mutter this is not a mother
das Kind das das ist kein Kind this is not a child
die Kinder die das sind keine Kinder these are not children
Negativartikel + possesivartikel
der Vater der das ist nicht mein Vater this is not a father
die Mutter die das ist nicht meine Mutter this is not a mother
das Kind das das ist nicht mein Kind this is not a child
die Kinder die das sind nicht meine Kinder these are not children

kein und keine -> menegasikan sesuatu yang umum

itu bukan kucing

nicht -> menegasikan sesuatu yang khusus

itu bukan kucingku

3.4.2. Akkusativ
Definite articles/bestimmter Artikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater den ich besuche den Vater I visit the father
die Mutter die ich besuche die Mutter I visit the mother
das Kind das ich besuche das Kind I visit the child
die Kinder die ich besuche die Kinder I visit the children

Indefinite articles/unbestimmter Artikel

Noun Article German English
der Vater einen ich besuche einen Vater I visit a father
die Mutter eine ich besuche eine Mutter I visit a mother
das Kind ein ich besuche ein Kind I visit a child
die Kinder keine ich besuche keine Kinder I visit no children

| 15
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Negativartikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater der ich besuche keinen Vater I visit no father
die Mutter die ich besuche keine Mutter I visit no mother
das Kind das ich besuche kein Kind I visit no child
die Kinder die ich besuche keine Kinder I visit no children
Negativartikel + possesivartikel
der Vater der ich besuche meinen Vater nicht i don't visit my father
die Mutter die ich besuche meine Mutter nicht i don't visit my mother
das Kind das ich besuche mein Kind nicht i don't visit my child
die Kinder die ich besuche meine Kinder nicht i don't visit my children

3.4.3. Dativ

bestimmter Artikel/definite article

Noun Article Dative German English
der Vater der dem Ich gebe dem Vater einen Salat I give the father salad
die Mutter die der Ich gebe der Mutter einen Salat I give the mother a salad
das Kind das dem Ich gebe dem Kind einen Salat I give the child a salad
die Kinder die den -n Ich gebe den Kindern einen Salat I give the children a salad
unbestimmter Artikel/indefinite article
Noun Article Dative German English
der Vater der einem Ich gebe einem Vater einen Salat I give a father a salad
die Mutter die einer Ich gebe einer Mutter einen Salat I give a mother a salad
das Kind das einem Ich gebe einem Kind einen Salat I give a child a salad
die Kinder die Kindern Ich gebe Kindern einen Salat I give children a salad
Negativartikel
Noun Article Dative German English
der Vater der keinem Ich gebe keinem Vater einen Salat I don't give a father a salad
die Mutter die keiner Ich gebe keiner Mutter einen Salat I don't give a mother a salad
das Kind das keinem Ich gebe keinem Kind einen Salat I don't give a child a salad
die Kinder die keinen Ich gebe keinen Kindern einen Salat I don't give any children a salad
Noun Article Dative German English
der Vater der keinem Ich gebe einem Vater keinen Salat I give a father no salad
die Mutter die keiner Ich gebe einer Mutter keinen Salat I give a mother no salad
das Kind das keinem Ich gebe einem Kind keinen Salat I give a child no salad
die Kinder die keinen Ich gebe keinen Kindern keinen Salat I give no children no salad

| 16
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3.4.4. Genitiv

bestimmter Artikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater des Das ist das Auto des Vaters This is the father's car
die Mutter der Das ist das Auto der Mutter This is the mother's car
das Kind des Das ist das Auto des Kindes This is the child's car
die Kinder der Das sind die Autos der Kinder These are the children's cars
unbestimmter Artikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater eines Das ist das Auto eines Vaters This is a father's car
die Mutter einer Das ist das Auto einer Mutter This is a mother's car
das Kind eines Das ist das Auto eines Kindes This is a child's car
die Kinder keiner Das sind die Autos keiner Kinder These are no children's cars
Negativartikel
Noun Article German English
der Vater meines Das ist nicht das Auto meines Vaters This isn't my father's car

die Mutter meiner Das ist nicht das Auto meiner Mutter This isn't my mother's car

das Kind meines Das ist nicht das Auto meines Kindes This isn't my child's car

die Kinder meiner Das sind nicht die Autos meiner Kinder These aren't my children's cars

Accusative case (used for the direct object of a sentence):

Masculine: den (e.g., den Mann - the man)
Feminine: die (e.g., die Frau - the woman)
Neuter: das (e.g., das Kind - the child)

Plural: die (e.g., die Kinder - the children)

Dative case (used for the indirect object of a sentence):
Masculine: dem (e.g., dem Mann - the man)
Feminine: der (e.g., der Frau - the woman)
Neuter: dem (e.g., dem Kind - the child)
Plural: den (e.g., den Kindern - the children)

Genitive case (used to indicate possession, relationships, or attributes):

Masculine: des (e.g., des Mannes - of the man)
Feminine: der (e.g., der Frau - of the woman)

| 17
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Neuter: des (e.g., des Kindes - of the child)

Plural: der (e.g., der Kinder - of the children)

3.5. Compound nouns

In the German language, compound nouns are created by combining two or more individual
words (nouns, adjectives, verbs, or prepositions) to form a single, new word with a unique
meaning. This process of word formation is a common feature of the German language and
allows for the creation of long, complex words that convey specific meanings.

Here are some key aspects of compound nouns in German:

Compound noun formation:

When forming compound nouns, the individual words are usually placed one after the other
without spaces or hyphens. The last word in the compound noun typically determines the
gender, number, and case of the whole compound noun.
For example:

Compound Noun
No. (German) English Origin Word 1 English Origin Word 2 English
Schrank
1 Kühlschrank Refrigerator kühl (cool) cool (cupboard) cupboard
2 Krankenhaus Hospital krank (sick) sick Haus (house) house
fahr (to
3 Fahrrad Bicycle drive/ride) drive/ride Rad (wheel) wheel
Geschirr Spüler
4 Geschirrspüler Dishwasher (dishware) dishware (washer) washer
5 Handschuh Glove Hand (hand) hand Schuh (shoe) shoe
6 Tierarzt Veterinarian Tier (animal) animal Arzt (doctor) doctor
7 Zahnarzt Dentist Zahn (tooth) tooth Arzt (doctor) doctor
Schirm
8 Regenschirm Umbrella Regen (rain) rain (umbrella) umbrella
9 Geburtstag Birthday Geburt (birth) birth Tag (day) day
Brille
10 Sonnenbrille Sunglasses Sonnen (sun) sun (glasses) glasses
Schokolade
11 Schokoladenkuchen Chocolate cake (chocolate) chocolate Kuchen (cake) cake

These examples illustrate the process of combining individual words to create new
compound nouns with unique meanings. As you become more familiar with the German
language, you'll be able to identify and understand compound nouns more easily, as well as
create your own.

| 18
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3.6. Vocabularies

3.6.1. Profession

Masculine Form Feminine Form Meaning

der Arzt die Ärztin doctor (male), doctor (female)
der Lehrer die Lehrerin teacher (male), teacher (female)
der Ingenieur die Ingenieurin engineer (male), engineer (female)

der Schauspieler die Schauspielerin actor (male), actress (female)

der Verkäufer die Verkäuferin salesman (male), saleswoman (female)
der Anwalt die Anwältin lawyer (male), lawyer (female)
der Kellner die Kellnerin waiter (male), waitress (female)
der Musiker die Musikerin musician (male), musician (female)
der Mechaniker die Mechanikerin mechanic (male), mechanic (female)
der Polizist die Polizistin police officer (male), police officer (female)
der Architekt die Architektin architect (male), architect (female)
der Buchhalter die Buchhalterin accountant (male), accountant (female)
der Journalist die Journalistin journalist (male), journalist (female)
der Koch die Köchin cook (male), cook (female)
der Friseur die Friseurin hairdresser (male), hairdresser (female)
der Schriftsteller die Schriftstellerin writer (male), writer (female)
der Fotograf die Fotografin photographer (male), photographer (female)
der Wissenschaftler die Wissenschaftlerin scientist (male), scientist (female)
der Programmierer die Programmiererin programmer (male), programmer (female)
der Elektriker die Elektrikerin electrician (male), electrician (female)
der Zahnarzt die Zahnärztin dentist (male), dentist (female)
der Pilot die Pilotin pilot (male), pilot (female)
der Künstler die Künstlerin artist (male), artist (female)
der Designer die Designerin designer (male), designer (female)
der Physiotherapeut die Physiotherapeutin physiotherapist (male), physiotherapist (female)
der Psychologe die Psychologin psychologist (male), psychologist (female)
der Polizist die Polizistin police officer (male), police officer (female)
der Feuerwehrmann die Feuerwehrfrau firefighter (male), firefighter (female)
der Banker die Bankerin banker (male), banker (female)
der Richter die Richterin judge (male), judge (female)
der Unternehmer die Unternehmerin entrepreneur (male), entrepreneur (female)
der Schreiner die Schreinerin carpenter (male), carpenter (female)

| 19
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

der Mechaniker die Mechanikerin mechanic (male), mechanic (female)

der Apotheker die Apothekerin pharmacist (male), pharmacist (female)
der Bäcker die Bäckerin baker (male), baker (female)
der Metzger die Metzgerin butcher (male), butcher (female)
computer scientist (male), computer scientist
der Informatiker die Informatikerin (female)
der Installateur die Installateurin plumber (male), plumber (female)
der Gärtner die Gärtnerin gardener (male), gardener (female)
air traffic controller (male), air traffic controller
der Fluglotse die Fluglotsin (female)

3.6.2. Animal

Animal Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

der Hund ✔ die Hunde dog
die Katze ✔ die Katzen cat
das Pferd ✔ die Pferde horse
der Hase ✔ die Hasen rabbit
das Kaninchen ✔ die Kaninchen bunny
der Fuchs ✔ die Füchse fox
das Reh ✔ die Rehe deer
der Bär ✔ die Bären bear
die Biene ✔ die Bienen bee
die Spinne ✔ die Spinnen spider
die Schlange ✔ die Schlangen snake
der Fisch ✔ die Fische fish
der Vogel ✔ die Vögel bird
das die
Eichhörnchen ✔ Eichhörnchen squirrel
das Schwein ✔ die Schweine pig
der Affe ✔ die Affen monkey
das Krokodil ✔ die Krokodile crocodile
die Giraffe ✔ die Giraffen giraffe
der Löwe ✔ die Löwen lion
die Ziege ✔ die Ziegen goat
das Schaf ✔ die Schafe sheep
der Elefant ✔ die Elefanten elephant
der Tiger ✔ die Tiger tiger

| 20
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

die Maus ✔ die Mäuse mouse

die Ratte ✔ die Ratten rat
die Krabbe ✔ die Krabben crab
der Hummer ✔ die Hummer lobster
die Ameise ✔ die Ameisen ant
das Känguru ✔ die Kängurus kangaroo

3.6.3. Fruit

Fruit Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

der Apfel ✔ die Äpfel apple
die Banane ✔ die Bananen banana
die Blaubeere ✔ die Blaubeeren blueberry
die Erdbeere ✔ die Erdbeeren strawberry
die Grapefruit ✔ die Grapefruits grapefruit
die Himbeere ✔ die Himbeeren raspberry
die Heidelbeere ✔ die Heidelbeeren blueberry
die Kirsche ✔ die Kirschen cherry
die Mango ✔ die Mangos mango
die Mandarine ✔ die Mandarinen mandarin orange
die Orange ✔ die Orangen orange

die Pampelmuse ✔ die Pampelmusen grapefruit

die Papaya ✔ die Papayas papaya
✔ die Passionsfrüchte passion fruit
die Pfirsich ✔ die Pfirsiche peach
die Pflaume ✔ die Pflaumen plum
die Ananas ✔ die Ananas pineapple
die Birne ✔ die Birnen pear
die Himbeere ✔ die Himbeeren raspberry
✔ die Wassermelonen watermelon

die Honigmelone ✔ die Honigmelonen honeydew melon

die Kiwi ✔ die Kiwis kiwi
die Feige ✔ die Feigen fig
die Traube ✔ die Trauben grape
die Zitrone ✔ die Zitronen lemon

| 21
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

die Limette ✔ die Limetten lime

die Mandarine ✔ die Mandarinen mandarin orange

die Mango ✔ die Mangos mango
die Nektarine ✔ die Nektarinen nectarine
die Quitte ✔ die Quitten quince
der Avocado ✔ die Avocados avocado
der Granatapfel ✔ die Granatäpfel pomegranate
der Grapefruit ✔ die Grapefruits grapefruit

der Kaktusfeige ✔ die Kaktusfeigen prickly pear

der Kakao ✔ cocoa
der Kürbis ✔ die Kürbisse pumpkin

der Limettensaft ✔ lime juice

der Pfirsich ✔ die Pfirsiche peach
der Pfeffer ✔ pepper
der Rhabarber ✔ die Rhabarber rhubarb

der Traubensaft ✔ grape juice

der
Wassermelonenkern ✔ e Wassermelonenker watermelon seed

das Obst ✔ fruit (in general)

das Beerenobst ✔ berry (fruit)

das Getreide ✔ grain (in general)

✔ coconut flesh/meat
das Kiwano ✔ die Kiwanos rned melon/cucumb
das Obstglas ✔ die Obstgläser fruit jar/can
das Tapioka ✔ tapioca

3.6.4. Vegetables

Vegetable Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

die Aubergine ✔ die Auberginen eggplant
die Bohne ✔ die Bohnen bean
der Brokkoli ✔ die Brokkolis broccoli
die
der Blumenkohl ✔ Blumenkohle cauliflower

| 22
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

der Chinakohl ✔ die Chinakohle Chinese cabbage

die Erbse ✔ die Erbsen pea
die Fenchel ✔ die Fenchel fennel
die Gurke ✔ die Gurken cucumber
der Ingwer ✔ ginger
der Knoblauch ✔ garlic
die Karotte ✔ die Karotten carrot
der Kohl ✔ die Kohle cabbage
die Kartoffel ✔ die Kartoffeln potato
die Kürbis ✔ die Kürbisse pumpkin
der Lauch ✔ die Lauche leek
der Mais ✔ corn
der Paprika ✔ die Paprikas pepper
die Pastinake ✔ die Pastinaken parsnip
die Petersilie ✔ die Petersilien parsley
die Pilze ✔ mushroom
die Radieschen ✔ die Radieschen radish
der Rettich ✔ die Rettiche radish
die Sellerie ✔ die Selleries celery
der Spargel ✔ die Spargel asparagus
die Tomate ✔ die Tomaten tomato
der Zucchini ✔ die Zucchinis zucchini
der Rosenkohl ✔ die Rosenkohle Brussels sprout
der Salat ✔ die Salate lettuce
die Zwiebel ✔ die Zwiebeln onion

3.6.5. Foods

Food Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

der Burger ✔ die Burger burger
der Döner ✔ die Döner kebab
der Fisch ✔ die Fische fish
der Hamburger ✔ die Hamburger hamburger
der Hotdog ✔ die Hotdogs hotdog
der
Nudelauflauf ✔ die Nudelaufläufe pasta bake

| 23
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

der Reis ✔ die Reise rice

der Salat ✔ die Salate salad

der Sandwich ✔ die Sandwiches sandwich

der die
Sauerbraten ✔ Sauerbraten arinated beef roa
der Schnitzel ✔ die Schnitzel schnitzel
der Tofu ✔ tofu
der Wok ✔ die Woks wok
ie Auberginenroll ✔ e Auberginenrolle eggplant roll

die Currywurst ✔ die Currywürste curry sausage

die Frikadelle ✔ die Frikadellen meatball
die Lasagne ✔ die Lasagnen lasagna
die Nudeln ✔ pasta
die Pizza ✔ die Pizzen pizza
die Quiche ✔ die Quiches quiche
die Salatplatte ✔ die Salatplatten salad platter
die Suppe ✔ die Suppen soup
die Sushirolle ✔ die Sushirollen sushi roll
die
Tomatensauce
die Tomatensauce ✔ n tomato sauce
das Baguette ✔ die Baguettes baguette
das Croissant ✔ die Croissants croissant
das Eis ✔ ice cream
das Käsebrot ✔ die Käsebrote cheese bread
das Müsli ✔ muesli
das Omelette ✔ die Omeletts omelette

3.6.6. Vehicles

Vehicle Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

der Bus ✔ die Busse bus
der
Geländewagen ✔ die Geländewagen
UV, off-road vehic
der Lastwagen ✔ die Lastwagen truck
der Motorroller ✔ die Motorroller scooter, motorbike

| 24
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

der Traktor ✔ die Traktoren tractor

der Zug ✔ die Züge train
das Fahrrad ✔ die Fahrräder bicycle
das Flugzeug ✔ die Flugzeuge airplane
das Motorrad ✔ die Motorräder motorcycle
das Schiff ✔ die Schiffe boat, ship
das Auto ✔ die Autos car
das Boot ✔ die Boote boat
das Segelboot ✔ die Segelboote sailboat
das U-Boot ✔ die U-Boote submarine
die
Straßenbahn ✔ ie Straßenbahne tram, streetcar
die U-Bahn ✔ die U-Bahnen way, underground
die Vespa ✔ die Vespas (brand of motor s
die Limousine ✔ die Limousinen limousine
die Rikscha ✔ die Rikschas rickshaw
die Yacht ✔ die Yachten yacht

3.6.7. Household

Household Item Masculine Feminine Neutral Plural Meaning

der Stuhl ✔ die Stühle chair
der Tisch ✔ die Tische table
der Teppich ✔ die Teppiche rug
der Fernseher ✔ die Fernseher television
der Spiegel ✔ die Spiegel mirror
der Vorhang ✔ die Vorhänge curtain
der Wecker ✔ die Wecker alarm clock
die
die Badewanne ✔ Badewannen bathtub

die Bettdecke ✔ die Bettdecken duvet, comforter

die Glühbirne ✔ die Glühbirnen light bulb
die Lampe ✔ die Lampen lamp
die Matratze ✔ die Matratzen mattress
die Pflanze ✔ die Pflanzen plant
die Stehlampe ✔ die floor lamp

| 25
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Stehlampen
die Tapete ✔ die Tapeten wallpaper
das Bett ✔ die Betten bed
das Buch ✔ die Bücher book
das Geschirr ✔ dishes
das Handtuch ✔ die Handtücher towel
das Kissen ✔ die Kissen pillow
das Regal ✔ die Regale shelf, bookcase
das Sofa ✔ die Sofas sofa
die
das Handspiegel ✔ Handspiegel hand mirror
das Vasen ✔ die Vasen vase
die
das Waschbecken ✔ Waschbecken sink
das Besteck ✔ cutlery, silverware
das Radio ✔ die Radios radio

3.6.8. Food

Name of Food (with

Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Die Bratwurst Feminine Fried sausage Die Bratwürste Fried sausages
2 Der Apfel Masculine Apple Die Äpfel Apples
3 Die Kartoffel Feminine Potato Die Kartoffeln Potatoes
4 Das Bier Neuter Beer Die Biere Beers
5 Das Sauerkraut Neuter Sour cabbage - -
6 Die Brezel Feminine Pretzel Die Brezeln Pretzels
7 Der Käse Masculine Cheese Die Käse Cheeses
8 Die Tomate Feminine Tomato Die Tomaten Tomatoes
9 Das Ei Neuter Egg Die Eier Eggs
10 Die Wurst Feminine Sausage Die Würste Sausages
11 Der Salat Masculine Salad Die Salate Salads
12 Die Karotte Feminine Carrot Die Karotten Carrots
13 Der Schinken Masculine Ham Die Schinken Hams
14 Der Fisch Masculine Fish Die Fische Fishes
15 Der Reis Masculine Rice - -
16 Das Hähnchen Neuter Chicken Die Hähnchen Chickens

| 26
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Quark (type of
17 Der Quark Masculine cheese) - -
18 Der Joghurt Masculine Yogurt Die Joghurts Yogurts
19 Die Zwiebel Feminine Onion Die Zwiebeln Onions
20 Das Brot Neuter Bread Die Brote Breads
Die
21 Der Pfannkuchen Masculine Pancake Pfannkuchen Pancakes
22 Die Bohne Feminine Bean Die Bohnen Beans
23 Die Milch Feminine Milk - -
24 Der Knoblauch Masculine Garlic - -
25 Der Zucker Masculine Sugar - -

3.6.9. Drinks

Name of Drink (with

Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Das Wasser Neuter Water - -
2 Der Kaffee Masculine Coffee Die Kaffees Coffees
3 Das Bier Neuter Beer Die Biere Beers
4 Der Tee Masculine Tea Die Tees Teas
5 Der Wein Masculine Wine Die Weine Wines
6 Der Saft Masculine Juice Die Säfte Juices
Die
7 Die Limonade Feminine Lemonade Limonaden Lemonades
8 Die Cola Feminine Cola Die Colas Colas
9 Das Mineralwasser Neuter Mineral water - -
10 Der Kakao Masculine Cocoa Die Kakaos Cocoas
11 Der Gin Masculine Gin - -
12 Der Whisky Masculine Whiskey - -
13 Der Rum Masculine Rum - -
Sparkling
14 Der Sekt Masculine wine Die Sekte Sparkling wines
15 Der Wodka Masculine Vodka - -
16 Der Eistee Masculine Iced tea Die Eistees Iced teas
Die
17 Der Orangensaft Masculine Orange juice Orangensäfte Orange juices
Beer mixed
18 Das Colaweizen Neuter with cola - -

| 27
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

19 Der Eiskaffee Masculine Iced coffee Die Eiskaffees Iced coffees

Die
20 Die Apfelschorle Feminine Apple spritzer Apfelschorlen Apple spritzers
Die
21 Der Glühwein Masculine Mulled wine Glühweine Mulled wines
Die
22 Der Cappuccino Masculine Cappuccino Cappuccinos Cappuccinos
Yerba mate
23 Der Mate-Tee Masculine tea Die Mate-Tees Yerba mate teas
Beer mixed
24 Das Radler Neuter with lemonade Die Radler er mixed with lemona
25 Die Milch Feminine Milk - -

3.6.10. Clothing

Name of Clothing
Number (with Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Die Hose Feminine Pants Die Hosen Pants
2 Das Hemd Neuter Shirt Die Hemden Shirts
3 Der Pullover Masculine Sweater Die Pullover Sweaters
4 Der Mantel Masculine Coat Die Mäntel Coats
5 Die Jacke Feminine Jacket Die Jacken Jackets
6 Die Bluse Feminine Blouse Die Blusen Blouses
7 Der Anzug Masculine Suit Die Anzüge Suits
8 Das Kleid Neuter Dress Die Kleider Dresses
9 Die Schuhe Feminine Shoes Die Schuhe Shoes
10 Die Stiefel Feminine Boots Die Stiefel Boots
11 Der Hut Masculine Hat Die Hüte Hats
12 Die Mütze Feminine Cap Die Mützen Caps
13 Die Strumpfhose Feminine Tights Die Strumpfhosen Tights
14 Die Jeans Feminine Jeans Die Jeans Jeans
15 Der Gürtel Masculine Belt Die Gürtel Belts
16 Der Schal Masculine Scarf Die Schals Scarves
17 Der Handschuh Masculine Glove Die Handschuhe Gloves
18 Der Bikini Masculine Bikini Die Bikinis Bikinis
19 Die Badehose Feminine Swim trunks Die Badehosen Swim trunks
Die
20 Der Regenschirm Masculine Umbrella Regenschirme Umbrellas

| 28
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

21 Die Sonnenbrille Feminine Sunglasses Die Sonnenbrillen Sunglasses

22 Der Schlafanzug Masculine Pajamas Die Schlafanzüge Pajamas
23 Der Bademantel Masculine Bathrobe Die Bademäntel Bathrobes
24 Die Strickjacke Feminine Cardigan Die Strickjacken Cardigans
25 Die Unterwäsche Feminine Underwear - -

3.6.11. Nature

Name of Nature
Number (with Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Die Sonne Feminine Sun - -
2 Der Mond Masculine Moon - -
3 Der Stern Masculine Star Die Sterne Stars
4 Der Baum Masculine Tree Die Bäume Trees
5 Die Blume Feminine Flower Die Blumen Flowers
6 Die Pflanze Feminine Plant Die Pflanzen Plants
7 Der Berg Masculine Mountain Die Berge Mountains
8 Das Meer Neuter Sea - -
9 Der Fluss Masculine River Die Flüsse Rivers
10 Der See Masculine Lake Die Seen Lakes

3.6.12. Technology

Name of
Technology (with
Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Der Computer Masculine Computer Die Computer Computers
2 Das Handy Neuter Cell phone Die Handys Cell phones
3 Der Laptop Masculine Laptop Die Laptops Laptops
4 Das Tablet Neuter Tablet Die Tablets Tablets
5 Der Drucker Masculine Printer Die Drucker Printers
6 Der Scanner Masculine Scanner Die Scanner Scanners
7 Der Bildschirm Masculine Screen Die Bildschirme Screens
8 Die Tastatur Feminine Keyboard Die Tastaturen Keyboards
9 Die Maus Feminine Mouse Die Mäuse Mice
USB flash
10 Der USB-Stick Masculine drive Die USB-Sticks USB flash drives

| 29
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

11 Der Router Masculine Router Die Router Routers

12 Der Modem Masculine Modem Die Modems Modems
13 Die Festplatte Feminine Hard drive Die Festplatten Hard drives
14 Der Prozessor Masculine Processor Die Prozessoren Processors
Graphics
15 Die Grafikkarte Feminine card Die Grafikkarten Graphics cards
Das Operating Die
16 Betriebssystem Neuter system Betriebssysteme Operating systems
17 Der Code Masculine Code Die Codes Codes
18 Der Browser Masculine Browser Die Browser Browsers
19 Der E-Mail-Client Masculine Email client Die E-Mail-Clients Email clients
Die
Das Antivirus Antivirusprogram
20 Antivirusprogramm Neuter program me Antivirus programs
21 Der Kopfhörer Masculine Headphones Die Kopfhörer Headphones
22 Das Mikrofon Neuter Microphone Die Mikrofone Microphones
23 Die Webcam Feminine Webcam Die Webcams Webcams
24 Der Projektor Masculine Projector Die Projektoren Projectors
25 Die Batterie Feminine Battery Die Batterien Batteries

3.6.13. Music

Name of Music
Instrument (with
Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form Plural Meaning
1 Die Gitarre Feminine Guitar Die Gitarren Guitars
2 Das Klavier Neuter Piano Die Klaviere Pianos
3 Die Geige Feminine Violin Die Geigen Violins
4 Das Schlagzeug Neuter Drums Die Schlagzeuge Drums
5 Das Saxophon Neuter Saxophone Die Saxophone Saxophones
6 Die Trompete Feminine Trumpet Die Trompeten Trumpets
7 Der Bass Masculine Bass Die Bässe Basses
8 Die Flöte Feminine Flute Die Flöten Flutes
9 Das Akkordeon Neuter Accordion Die Akkordeons Accordions
10 Die Harfe Feminine Harp Die Harfen Harps
11 Die Klarinette Feminine Clarinet Die Klarinetten Clarinets
12 Die Orgel Feminine Organ Die Orgeln Organs
13 Das Xylophon Neuter Xylophone Die Xylophone Xylophones

| 30
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

14 Die Trommel Feminine Drum Die Trommeln Drums

Die Die
15 Mundharmonika Feminine Harmonica Mundharmonikas Harmonicas
16 Der Synthesizer Masculine Synthesizer Die Synthesizer Synthesizers
17 Die Oboe Feminine Oboe Die Oboen Oboes
18 Das Fagott Neuter Bassoon Die Fagotte Bassoons
19 Die Posaune Feminine Trombone Die Posaunen Trombones
20 Das Cembalo Neuter Harpsichord Die Cembali Harpsichords
21 Das Theremin Neuter Theremin Die Theremine Theremins
22 Die Zither Feminine Zither Die Zithern Zithers
23 Die Mandoline Feminine Mandolin Die Mandolinen Mandolins
24 Das Glockenspiel Neuter Glockenspiel Die Glockenspiele Glockenspiels
25 Die Tuba Feminine Tuba Die Tuben Tubas

3.6.14. Sports

Name of Sport (with

Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form
1 Der Fußball Masculine Football/soccer Die Fußbälle
2 Das Tennis Neuter Tennis -
3 Das Schwimmen Neuter Swimming -
4 Der Basketball Masculine Basketball Die Basketbälle
5 Das Volleyball Neuter Volleyball Die Volleybälle
6 Das Boxen Neuter Boxing -
7 Der Radsport Masculine Cycling -
8 Der Skisport Masculine Skiing -
9 Das Eishockey Neuter Ice hockey -
10 Der Handball Masculine Handball Die Handbälle
11 Das Laufen Neuter Running -
12 Das Rudern Neuter Rowing -
13 Das Golf Neuter Golf -
14 Das Tischtennis Neuter Table tennis -
15 Das Hockey Neuter Field hockey -
16 Der Motorsport Masculine Motorsport -
17 Das Skateboarden Neuter Skateboarding -
18 Das Surfen Neuter Surfing -
19 Der Fallschirmsport Masculine Skydiving -

| 31
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

20 Das Segeln Neuter Sailing -

21 Der Tauchsport Masculine Scuba diving -
22 Der Klettern Masculine Climbing -
23 Das Gewichtheben Neuter Weightlifting -
Equestrian
24 Der Reitsport Masculine sport -
25 Das Karate Neuter Karate -

3.6.15. Holidays

Name of Holiday (with

Number Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form
1 Das Weihnachten Neuter Christmas -
2 Der Ostern Masculine Easter -
3 Der Silvester Masculine New Year's Eve -

4 Der Neujahrstag Masculine New Year's Day -

5 Der Karfreitag Masculine Good Friday -
6 Der Pfingsten Masculine Pentecost -
7 Der Valentinstag Masculine Valentine's Day -
8 Der Muttertag Masculine Mother's Day -
9 Der Vatertag Masculine Father's Day -
10 Der Tag der Arbeit Masculine Labor Day -
Der Tag der German Unity
11 Deutschen Einheit Masculine Day -
12 Der Himmelfahrt Masculine Ascension Day -
Day of the
13 Der Tag der Toten Masculine Dead -
14 Der Fasching Masculine Carnival -
15 Das Oktoberfest Neuter Oktoberfest -
St. Nicholas
16 Der Nikolaustag Masculine Day -
Harvest
17 Der Erntedankfest Masculine Festival -
18 Das Halloween Neuter Halloween -
Der Tag der Heiligen
19 Drei Könige Masculine Epiphany -
Day of
20 Der Buß- und Bettag Masculine Atonement -

| 32
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

21 Der Tag der Verliebten Masculine Lover's Day -

22 Der Heilige Abend Masculine Christmas Eve -
Der Zweite
23 Weihnachtstag Masculine Boxing Day -
24 Der Allerheiligen Masculine All Saints' Day -
Sunday of the
25 Der Totensonntag Masculine Dead -

3.6.16. Household

Name of Household
Number Item (with Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form
Vacuum
1 Der Staubsauger Masculine cleaner Die Staubsauger
2 Der Kühlschrank Masculine Refrigerator Die Kühlschränke
Washing Die
3 Die Waschmaschine Feminine machine Waschmaschinen
4 Der Geschirrspüler Masculine Dishwasher Die Geschirrspüler
5 Der Backofen Masculine Oven Die Backöfen
6 Der Herd Masculine Stove Die Herde
7 Der Wasserkocher Masculine Electric kettle Die Wasserkocher
Die
8 Die Kaffeemaschine Feminine Coffee machine Kaffeemaschinen
9 Die Mikrowelle Feminine Microwave Die Mikrowellen
10 Das Bügeleisen Neuter Iron Die Bügeleisen
11 Der Toaster Masculine Toaster Die Toaster
12 Der Fön Masculine Hair dryer Die Föne
13 Der Spiegel Masculine Mirror Die Spiegel
Wardrobe/close
14 Der Schrank Masculine t Die Schränke
15 Das Bett Neuter Bed Die Betten
16 Die Decke Feminine Blanket Die Decken
17 Das Kissen Neuter Pillow Die Kissen
18 Der Teppich Masculine Carpet Die Teppiche
19 Der Tisch Masculine Table Die Tische
20 Der Stuhl Masculine Chair Die Stühle
21 Die Lampe Feminine Lamp Die Lampen
22 Das Regal Neuter Shelf Die Regale

| 33
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

23 Die Gardine Feminine Curtain Die Gardinen

24 Die Tür Feminine Door Die Türen
25 Das Fenster Neuter Window Die Fenster

3.6.17. Classroom

Name of Classroom
Number Item (with Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form
1 Die Tafel Feminine Chalkboard Die Tafeln
2 Der Stuhl Masculine Chair Die Stühle
3 Der Schreibtisch Masculine Desk Die Schreibtische
4 Das Lineal Neuter Ruler Die Lineale
5 Der Bleistift Masculine Pencil Die Bleistifte
6 Der Radiergummi Masculine Eraser Die Radiergummis
7 Das Heft Neuter Notebook Die Hefte
8 Der Kugelschreiber Masculine Ballpoint pen Die Kugelschreiber
9 Der Filzstift Masculine Marker pen Die Filzstifte
10 Das Buch Neuter Book Die Bücher
11 Der Atlas Masculine Atlas Die Atlanten
12 Die Schere Feminine Scissors Die Scheren
13 Die Kreide Feminine Chalk Die Kreiden
14 Der Zirkel Masculine Compass Die Zirkel
15 Das Pult Neuter Lectern Die Pulte
16 Das Whiteboard Neuter Whiteboard Die Whiteboards
17 Die Mappe Feminine Folder Die Mappen
18 Der Schulranzen Masculine Schoolbag Die Schulranzen
19 Das Etui Neuter Pencil case Die Etuis
20 Der Rucksack Masculine Backpack Die Rucksäcke
21 Der Griffel Masculine Slate pencil Die Griffel
22 Die Hängekartei Feminine Hanging file Die Hängekarteien
23 Das Lernspiel Neuter Learning game Die Lernspiele
Vocabulary
24 Der Vokabeltrainer Masculine trainer Die Vokabeltrainer
25 Die Landkarte Feminine Map Die Landkarten

| 34
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3.6.18. Travel

Name of Travel Item

Number (with Article) Gender Meaning Plural Form
1 Das Flugzeug Neuter Airplane -
2 Der Zug Masculine Train Die Züge
3 Das Auto Neuter Car Die Autos
4 Der Bus Masculine Bus Die Busse
5 Das Schiff Neuter Ship/boat Die Schiffe
6 Der Reisepass Masculine Passport Die Reisepässe
7 Das Gepäck Neuter Luggage -
8 Die Landkarte Feminine Map Die Landkarten
9 Die Route Feminine Route Die Routen
Accommodatio
10 Die Unterkunft Feminine n Die Unterkünfte
11 Der Flughafen Masculine Airport Die Flughäfen
12 Der Bahnhof Masculine Train station Die Bahnhöfe
13 Die Tankstelle Feminine Gas station Die Tankstellen
14 Der Mietwagen Masculine Rental car Die Mietwagen
15 Der Reiseführer Masculine Travel guide Die Reiseführer
Die
Die Travel Reiseversicherunge
16 Reiseversicherung Feminine insurance n
17 Der Koffer Masculine Suitcase Die Koffer
18 Das Hotel Neuter Hotel Die Hotels
Sightseeing Die
19 Die Sehenswürdigkeit Feminine attraction Sehenswürdigkeiten
20 Der Strand Masculine Beach Die Strände
21 Der Flug Masculine Flight Die Flüge
22 Das Ticket Neuter Ticket Die Tickets
23 Die Fähre Feminine Ferry Die Fähren
24 Der Wohnmobil Masculine Motorhome Die Wohnmobile
25 Der Rucksack Masculine Backpack Die Rucksäcke

3.6.19. Families

Number German Plural with Article English

| 35
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

1 Der Vater Die Väter Father

2 Die Mutter Die Mütter Mother
3 Der Sohn Die Söhne Son
4 Die Tochter Die Töchter Daughter
5 Der Bruder Die Brüder Brother
6 Die Schwester Die Schwestern Sister
7 Der Großvater Die Großväter Grandfather
8 Die Großmutter Die Großmütter Grandmother
9 Der Ehemann Die Ehemänner Husband
10 Die Ehefrau Die Ehefrauen Wife
11 Der Onkel Die Onkel Uncle
12 Die Tante Die Tanten Aunt
13 Der Neffe Die Neffen Nephew
14 Die Nichte Die Nichten Niece
15 Der Cousin Die Cousins Cousin (male)
16 Die Cousine Die Cousinen Cousin (female)
17 Der Enkel Die Enkel Grandson
18 Die Enkelin Die Enkelinnen Granddaughter
19 Der Schwiegervater Die Schwiegerväter Father-in-law
20 Die Schwiegermutter Die Schwiegermütter Mother-in-law

3.6.20. Places

Number German Plural with Article English

1 Die Kirche Die Kirchen Church
2 Das Einkaufszentrum Die Einkaufszentren Mall
3 Der Park Die Parks Park
4 Das Restaurant Die Restaurants Restaurant
5 Das Krankenhaus Die Krankenhäuser Hospital
6 Die Schule Die Schulen School
7 Die Bibliothek Die Bibliotheken Library
8 Das Museum Die Museen Museum
9 Der Strand Die Strände Beach
10 Das Stadion Die Stadien Stadium
11 Das Kino Die Kinos Movie theater
12 Der Flughafen Die Flughäfen Airport

| 36
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

13 Der Bahnhof Die Bahnhöfe Train station

14 Der Busbahnhof Die Busbahnhöfe Bus station
15 Das Hotel Die Hotels Hotel
16 Der Markt Die Märkte Market
17 Die Apotheke Die Apotheken Pharmacy
18 Das Postamt Die Postämter Post office
19 Das Fitnessstudio Die Fitnessstudios Gym
20 Die Bank Die Banken Bank

3.6.21. Country,Nationality,language

Nationality Nationality
No German English Language English (Male) (Female) English
1 Deutschland Germany Deutsch German Deutscher Deutsche German
2 Österreich Austria Deutsch German Österreicher Österreicherin Austrian
3 Schweiz Switzerland Deutsch German Schweizer Schweizerin Swiss
4 Frankreich France Französisch French Franzose Französin French
5 Spanien Spain Spanisch Spanish Spanier Spanierin Spanish
6 Italien Italy Italienisch Italian Italiener Italienerin Italian
7 Großbritannien Great Britain Englisch English Brite Britin British
8 Irland Ireland Englisch English Ire Irin Irish

9 Niederlande Netherlands Niederländisch Dutch Niederländer Niederländerin Dutch

10 Belgien Belgium Niederländisch Dutch Belgier Belgierin Belgian
Luxembourgi
11 Luxemburg Luxembourg Luxemburgisch Luxembourgish Luxemburger Luxemburgerin sh
12 Dänemark Denmark Dänisch Danish Däne Dänin Danish
13 Norwegen Norway Norwegisch Norwegian Norweger Norwegerin Norwegian
14 Schweden Sweden Schwedisch Swedish Schwede Schwedin Swedish
15 Finnland Finland Finnisch Finnish Finne Finnin Finnish
16 Estland Estonia Estnisch Estonian Este Estin Estonian

| 37
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

17 Lettland Latvia Lettisch Latvian Lette Lettin Latvian

18 Litauen Lithuania Litauisch Lithuanian Litauer Litauerin Lithuanian
19 Polen Poland Polnisch Polish Pole Polin Polish
20 Tschechien Czech Republic Tschechisch Czech Tscheche Tschechin Czech

Nationality Nationality
No German English Language English (Male) (Female) English
1 China China Chinesisch Chinese Chinese Chinesin Chinese
2 Japan Japan Japanisch Japanese Japaner Japanerin Japanese
Hindi,
3 Indien India Hindi, Englisch English Inder Inderin Indian
4 Südkorea South Korea Koreanisch Korean Südkoreaner Südkoreanerin South Korean
5 Nordkorea North Korea Koreanisch Korean Nordkoreaner Nordkoreanerin North Korean
6 Vietnam Vietnam Vietnamesisch Vietnamese Vietnamese Vietnamesin Vietnamese
7 Thailand Thailand Thai Thai Thailänder Thailänderin Thai
8 Indonesien Indonesia Indonesisch Indonesian Indonesier Indonesierin Indonesian
9 Malaysia Malaysia Malaiisch Malay Malaysier Malaysierin Malaysian
Englisch, English,
10 Singapur Singapore Malaysisch Malay Singapurer Singapurerin Singaporean
11 Philippinen Philippines Filipino Filipino Filipino Filipina Filipino
12 Saudi-Arabien Saudi Arabia Arabisch Arabic Saudi-Araber Saudi-Araberin Saudi Arabian
Vereinigte
Arabische United Arab
13 Emirate Emirates Arabisch Arabic Emirati Emirati Emirati
14 Israel Israel Hebräisch Hebrew Israeli Israelin Israeli
15 Türkei Turkey Türkisch Turkish Türke Türkin Turkish
16 Iran Iran Persisch Persian Iraner Iranerin Iranian
17 Irak Iraq Arabisch Arabic Iraker Irakerin Iraqi
18 Afghanistan Afghanistan Dari, Paschtu Dari, Pashto Afghane Afghanin Afghan
Urdu,
19 Pakistan Pakistan Urdu, Englisch English Pakistani Pakistani Pakistani
20 Bangladesh Bangladesh Bengalisch Bengali Bangladeshi Bangladeshi Bangladeshi

Num Nationality Nationality

ber German English (Male) (Female) English Language English
1 Kanada Canada Kanadier Kanadierin Canadian Englisch English
United
2 Vereinigte Staaten States Amerikaner Amerikanerin American Englisch English

| 38
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3 Mexiko Mexico Mexikaner Mexikanerin Mexican Spanisch Spanish

Portugiesisc
4 Brasilien Brazil Brasilianer Brasilianerin Brazilian h Portuguese
5 Argentinien Argentina Argentinier Argentinierin Argentinean Spanisch Spanish
6 Kolumbien Colombia Kolumbianer Kolumbianerin Colombian Spanisch Spanish
7 Peru Peru Peruaner Peruanerin Peruvian Spanisch Spanish
8 Venezuela Venezuela Venezolaner Venezolanerin Venezuelan Spanisch Spanish
9 Chile Chile Chilene Chilenin Chilean Spanisch Spanish
10 Ecuador Ecuador Ecuadorianer Ecuadorianerin Ecuadorian Spanisch Spanish
11 Bolivien Bolivia Bolivianer Bolivianerin Bolivian Spanisch Spanish
12 Paraguay Paraguay Paraguayer Paraguayerin Paraguayan Spanisch Spanish
13 Uruguay Uruguay Uruguayer Uruguayerin Uruguayan Spanisch Spanish

14 Costa Rica Costa Rica Costa Ricaner Costa Ricanerin Costa Rican Spanisch Spanish
15 Nicaragua Nicaragua Nicaraguaner Nicaraguanerin Nicaraguan Spanisch Spanish
16 Honduras Honduras Honduraner Honduranerin Honduran Spanisch Spanish
17 El Salvador El Salvador Salvadorianer Salvadorianerin Salvadoran Spanisch Spanish
18 Guatemala Guatemala Guatemalteke Guatemaltekin Guatemalan Spanisch Spanish
19 Panama Panama Panameñe Panameña Panamanian Spanisch Spanish
Dominikanische Dominican
20 Republik Republic Dominikaner Dominikanerin Dominican Spanisch Spanish

3.6.22. Bedroom

Number German Plural with Article English

1 Das Bett Die Betten Bed
2 Der Schrank Die Schränke Wardrobe
3 Der Nachttisch Die Nachttische Nightstand
4 Der Wecker Die Wecker Alarm clock
5 Der Spiegel Die Spiegel Mirror
6 Der Schreibtisch Die Schreibtische Desk
7 Der Stuhl Die Stühle Chair
8 Die Lampe Die Lampen Lamp
9 Die Kommode Die Kommoden Dresser
10 Die Gardine Die Gardinen Curtain
11 Der Teppich Die Teppiche Carpet
12 Der Fernseher Die Fernseher Television

| 39
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

13 Der Computer Die Computer Computer

14 Das Kissen Die Kissen Pillow
15 Die Decke Die Decken Blanket
16 Die Matratze Die Matratzen Mattress
17 Der Vorhang Die Vorhänge Curtain
18 Das Regal Die Regale Shelf
19 Der Kleiderschrank Die Kleiderschränke Wardrobe
20 Der Wecker Die Wecker Alarm clock

3.6.23. Bathroom

Number German Plural with Article English

1 Das Waschbecken Die Waschbecken Sink
2 Die Toilette Die Toiletten Toilet
3 Die Badewanne Die Badewannen Bathtub
4 Die Dusche Die Duschen Shower
5 Der Spiegel Die Spiegel Mirror
6 Das Handtuch Die Handtücher Towel
7 Der Seifenspender Die Seifenspender Soap dispenser
8 Der Föhn Die Föhne Hairdryer
9 Die Zahnbürste Die Zahnbürsten Toothbrush
10 Die Zahnpasta Die Zahnpastas Toothpaste
11 Der Rasierer Die Rasierer Razor
12 Der Spender Die Spender Dispenser
13 Das Shampoo Die Shampoos Shampoo
14 Der Conditioner Die Conditioner Conditioner
15 Der Waschlappen Die Waschlappen Washcloth
16 Die Bürste Die Bürsten Brush
17 Der Handspiegel Die Handspiegel Hand mirror
18 Der Handtuchhalter Die Handtuchhalter Towel holder
19 Die Toilettenbürste Die Toilettenbürsten Toilet brush
20 Der Abfalleimer Die Abfalleimer Trash can

3.6.24. Kitchen

| 40
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Number German Plural with Article English

1 Der Herd Die Herde Stove
2 Die Spüle Die Spülen Sink
3 Der Kühlschrank Die Kühlschränke Refrigerator
4 Der Geschirrspüler Die Geschirrspüler Dishwasher
5 Der Backofen Die Backöfen Oven
6 Die Mikrowelle Die Mikrowellen Microwave
7 Der Toaster Die Toaster Toaster

8 Die Kaffeemaschine Die Kaffeemaschinen Coffee machine

9 Die Tasse Die Tassen Cup
10 Der Teller Die Teller Plate
11 Das Besteck Die Bestecke Silverware
12 Der Topf Die Töpfe Pot
13 Die Pfanne Die Pfannen Pan
14 Die Schüssel Die Schüsseln Bowl
15 Das Schneidebrett Die Schneidebretter Cutting board
16 Der Wasserkocher Die Wasserkocher Kettle
17 Die Küchenwaage Die Küchenwaagen Kitchen scale
18 Das Sieb Die Siebe Sieve/Strainer
19 Der Mixer Die Mixer Blender/Mixer
20 Der Abfalleimer Die Abfalleimer Trash can

3.6.25. Names of People

Number Males Females

1 Maximilian Anna
2 Alexander Emma
3 Luca Mia
4 Paul Laura
5 Jonas Lea
6 David Sophia
7 Elias Leonie
8 Felix Hannah
9 Noah Emilia
10 Leon Marie
11 Tim Lina

| 41
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

12 Nico Lena
13 Julian Sarah
14 Simon Clara
15 Moritz Johanna
16 Daniel Sophie
17 Jan Mia
18 Lukas Amelie
19 Ben Emily
20 Fabian Leonie
21 Timo Paula
22 Florian Julia
23 Sebastian Alina
24 Tom Charlotte
25 Markus Ella
26 Patrick Victoria
27 Kevin Lisa
28 Marcel Isabella
29 Phillip Emily
30 Michael Mia

3.6.26. Pain

Number German English German Example English Example

Ich habe starke Kopfschmerzen
1 Kopfschmerzen Headache I have a severe headache today.
heute.
Ich habe Bauchschmerzen
2 Bauchschmerzen Stomachache I have a stomachache after eating.
nach dem Essen.
Rückenschmerze Ich leide seit Tagen unter I have been suffering from backache
3 Backache
n Rückenschmerzen. for days.
Ich habe Halsschmerzen und I have a sore throat, and it hurts
4 Halsschmerzen Sore throat
es schmerzt beim Schlucken. when I swallow.
Ich habe starke
I have severe earache since I came
5 Ohrenschmerzen Earache Ohrenschmerzen seit ich vom
back from swimming.
Schwimmen zurück bin.
Ich habe starke
I have severe toothache, and I need
6 Zahnschmerzen Toothache Zahnschmerzen und muss zum
to go to the dentist.
Zahnarzt gehen.
Ich habe Muskelschmerzen I have muscle pain after intense
7 Muskelschmerzen Muscle pain
nach dem intensiven Training workout at the gym.

| 42
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

im Fitnessstudio.
Ich leide unter
I suffer from joint pain due to my
8 Gelenkschmerzen Joint pain Gelenkschmerzen aufgrund
arthritis.
meiner Arthritis.
Ich habe Schmerzen in der I have chest pain when I breathe
9 Brustschmerzen Chest pain
Brust, wenn ich tief einatme. deeply.
Ich habe Beinschmerzen nach
10 Beinschmerzen Leg pain einem langen Spaziergang. I have leg pain after a long walk.
Ich habe Zahnsensibilität, wenn I have tooth sensitivity when I drink
11 Zahnsensibilität Tooth sensitivity ich kalte Getränke trinke. cold beverages.
Ich habe Augenschmerzen
nach stundenlanger Arbeit am I have eye pain after hours of
12 Augenschmerzen Eye pain Computer. working on the computer.
Ich habe
Spannungskopfsc Tension Spannungskopfschmerzen I have tension headaches due to
13 hmerzen headache aufgrund von Stress. stress.
Ich leide unter
Ischiasschmerzen im rechten I suffer from sciatica pain in my right
14 Ischiasschmerzen Sciatica pain Bein. leg.
Ich habe Schmerzen durch die
Weisheitszahnsch Wisdom tooth Weisheitszähne und brauche I have pain from my wisdom teeth,
15 merzen pain einen Termin beim Zahnarzt. and I need to schedule

3.6.27. Zodiac

Number German English

1 der Widder Aries
2 der Stier Taurus
3 die Zwillinge Gemini
4 der Krebs Cancer
5 der Löwe Leo
6 die Jungfrau Virgo
7 die Waage Libra
8 der Skorpion Scorpio
9 der Schütze Sagittarius
10 der Steinbock Capricorn
11 der Wassermann Aquarius
12 die Fische Pisces

| 43
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Number German English

1 die Mathematik Mathematics
2 das Deutsch German
3 das Englisch English
4 die Geschichte History
5 die Geographie Geography
6 die Biologie Biology
7 die Chemie Chemistry
8 die Physik Physics
9 die Kunst Art
10 die Musik Music
11 der Sport Physical Education
12 die Informatik Computer Science
13 die Wirtschaft Economics
14 die Politik Politics
15 die Ethik Ethics
16 die Fremdsprachen Foreign Languages
17 die Sozialwissenschaften Social Sciences
18 die Naturwissenschaften Natural Sciences

3.6.28. Direction

Richtung Direction
Number Beispiel (German) Example (English)
(German) (English)
1 Norden north Der Norden ist vorne. The north is in front.
2 Süden south Der Süden ist hinten. The south is at the back.
3 Osten east Die Sonne geht im Osten auf. The sun rises in the east.
Die Sonne geht im Westen
4 Westen west The sun sets in the west.
unter.
The northwest is up and
5 Nordwesten northwest Der Nordwesten ist oben links.
to the left.
The northeast is up and
6 Nordosten northeast Der Nordosten ist oben rechts.
to the right.
The southwest is down
7 Südwesten southwest Der Südwesten ist unten links.
and to the left.
The southeast is down
8 Südosten southeast Der Südosten ist unten rechts.
and to the right.
9 Hoch up Geh die Treppe hoch. Go up the stairs.

| 44
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10 Runter down Nimm den Aufzug runter. Take the elevator down.
Biege an der nächsten Ecke Turn left at the next
11 Links left
nach links ab. corner.
The supermarket is on
12 Rechts right Der Supermarkt ist rechts.
the right.

3.6.29. Subject

Number Name des Faches Subject Name (German)

1 Die Mathematik Mathematics
2 Die Naturwissenschaften Science
3 Die Geschichte History
4 Die Literatur Literature
5 Die Sporterziehung Physical Education
6 Die Sprachen Languages
7 Die Geografie Geography
8 Die Kunst Art
9 Die Sozialwissenschaften Social Sciences
10 Die Informatik Computer Science
11 Die Biologie Biology
12 Die Chemie Chemistry
13 Die Physik Physics
14 Die Wirtschaft Economics
15 Die Psychologie Psychology
16 Die Philosophie Philosophy
17 Die Soziologie Sociology
18 Die Weltliteratur World Literature
19 Die Staatsbürgerkunde Civic Education

20 Die Fortgeschrittene Mathematik Advanced Mathematics

21 Die Kunstgeschichte Art History
22 Die Musik Music
23 Die Umweltwissenschaften Environmental Science
24 Das Recht Law
25 Die Medizin Medicine
26 Die Astronomie Astronomy
27 Die Geologie Geology

| 45
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

28 Die Wirtschaftspolitik Political Economy

29 Die Linguistik Linguistics
30 Die Anthropologie Anthropology

4. Pronouns
In German, personal pronouns are used to replace nouns and refer to people or things. They
are essential in everyday language and are used to indicate the subject or object in a
sentence. Personal pronouns in German are inflected based on the grammatical case
(nominative, accusative, dative, and genitive) and gender (masculine, feminine, neuter).
Here is a list of the German personal pronouns:

4.1. Personal pronouns

Subject Pronouns

Pronoun Nominative
ich ich
du du
er er
sie sie
es es
wir wir
ihr ihr
sie sie
Sie Sie

Pronoun Nominative English Accusative English Dative English Genitive English

ich ich I mich me mir to/for me meiner mine
to/for you
you, informal you, informal (singular, yours (singular,
du du singular dich singular dir informal) deiner informal)
er er he ihn him ihm to/for him seiner his
sie sie she sie her ihr to/for her ihrer hers
es es it es it ihm to/for it seiner its
wir wir we uns us uns to/for us unserer ours
to/for you
you, informal you, informal (plural, yours (plural,
ihr ihr plural euch plural euch informal) eurer informal)
sie sie they sie them ihnen to/for them ihrer theirs

| 46
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

you, formal you, formal

singular and singular and
plural (polite plural (polite
address, address, to/for you yours (singular
singular and singular and (singular and and plural,
Sie Sie plural) Sie plural) Ihnen plural, formal) Ihrer formal)

4.2. Reflexive pronouns

n German, reflexive pronouns are used when the subject and the object of a sentence refer
to the same person. They are used in conjunction with reflexive verbs, which often require a
reflexive pronoun to make the meaning clear. Here is a list of the German reflexive
pronouns:

Reflexive
Pronoun Reflexive Pronoun
Pronoun (accusative) Meaning (dative) Meaning
Ich Mich Myself Mir Myself
Yourself (singular Yourself (singular
Du Dich informal) Dir informal)
Er Sich Himself Sich Himself
Sie Sich Herself Sich Herself
Es Sich Itself Sich Itself
Wir Uns Ourselves Uns Ourselves
Yourselves (plural Yourselves (plural
Ihr Euch informal) Euch informal)
Sie Sich Themselves Sich Themselves
Yourself/Yourselves Yourself/Yourselves
(singular & plural (singular & plural
Sie Sich formal) Sich formal)

Note that the reflexive pronouns for the third person (er, sie, es) and formal "Sie" are the
same: "sich."

Here are some examples of reflexive verbs and their use with reflexive pronouns in German:

Infinitive Verb Meaning Example Subject Example Sentence

Ich stelle mich vor. (I
Sich vorstellen To introduce oneself Ich introduce myself.)
Sich waschen To wash oneself Er Er wäscht sich. (He

| 47
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

washes himself.)
Sie ärgert sich. (She
Sich ärgern To get angry (with oneself) Sie gets angry.)
Wir beeilen uns. (We
Sich beeilen To hurry up Wir hurry up.)
Ihr entspannt euch.
(You (plural, informal)
Sich entspannen To relax Ihr relax.)
Sie treffen sich. (They
Sich treffen To meet (up) Sie meet (up).)

Remember that reflexive pronouns always come after the verb in a sentence and agree in
number and gender with the subject. Also, keep in mind that some verbs are reflexive in
German but not in English, and vice versa.

4.3. Possessive pronouns

Possessive pronouns in German are used to indicate ownership or possession. They agree
in gender (masculine, feminine, neuter) and number (singular, plural) with the noun they
modify, as well as in case (nominative, accusative, dative, genitive) according to their
function in the sentence. Here is a list of German possessive pronouns in the nominative
case:

4.3.1 Nominative
possessivartikel
Subject Article German English
mein das ist mein Vater this is my father
meine das ist meine Mutter this is my mother
ich
mein das ist mein Kind this is my child
meine das sind meine Kinder these are my children
dein das ist dein Vater this is your father
deine das ist deine Mutter this is your mother
du
dein das ist dein Kind this is your child
deine das sind deine Kinder these are your children
sein das ist sein Vater this is its father
seine das ist seine Mutter this is its mother
es
sein das ist sein Kind this is its child
seine das sind seine Kinder these are its children

| 48
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sein das ist sein Vater this is his father

seine das ist seine Mutter this is his mother
er
sein das ist sein Kind this is his child
seine das sind seine Kinder these are his children
ihr das ist ihr Vater this is her father
ihre das ist ihre Mutter this is her mother
sie
ihr das ist ihr Kind this is her child
ihre das sind ihre Kinder these are her children
unser das ist unser Vater this is our father
unsere das ist unsere Mutter this is our mother
wir
unser das ist unser Kind this is our child
unsere das sind unsere Kinder these are our children
ihr das ist ihr Vater this is their father
ihre das ist ihre Mutter this is their mother
sie
ihr das ist ihr Kind this is their child
ihre das sind ihre Kinder these are their children
euer das ist euer Vater this is your (you all) father
eure das ist eure Mutter this is your (you all) mother
ihr
euer das ist euer Kind this is your (you all) child
eure das sind eure Kinder these are your (you all) children
Ihr das ist Ihr Vater this is your (you formal) father
Ihre das ist Ihre Mutter this is your (you formal) mother
Sie
Ihr das ist Ihr Kind this is your (you formal) child
Ihre das sind Ihre Kinder these are your (you formal) children

4.3.2. Akkusativ

possessivartikel
Subject Noun Article Possessive German English
der Vater den meinen ich besuche meinen Vater I visit my father
die Mutter die meine ich besuche meine Mutter I visit my mother
ich
das Kind das mein ich besuche mein Kind I visit my child
die Kinder die meine ich besuche meine Kinder I visit my children
der Vater den deinen ich besuche deinen Vater I visit your father
du die Mutter die deine ich besuche deine Mutter I visit your mother

| 49
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

das Kind das dein ich besuche dein Kind I visit your child
die Kinder die deine ich besuche deine Kinder I visit your children
der Vater den seinen ich besuche seinen Vater I visit its father
die Mutter die seine ich besuche seine Mutter I visit its mother
es
das Kind das sein ich besuche sein Kind I visit its child
die Kinder die seine ich besuche seine Kinder I visit its children
der Vater den seinen ich besuche seinen Vater I visit his father
die Mutter die seine ich besuche seine Mutter I visit his mother
er
das Kind das sein ich besuche sein Kind I visit his child
die Kinder die seine ich besuche seine Kinder I visit his children
der Vater den ihren ich besuche ihren Vater I visit her father
die Mutter die ihre ich besuche ihre Mutter I visit her mother
sie
das Kind das ihr ich besuche ihr Kind I visit her child
die Kinder die ihre ich besuche ihre Kinder I visit her children
der Vater den unseren ich besuche unseren Vater I visit our father
die Mutter die unsere ich besuche unsere Mutter I visit our mother
wir
das Kind das unser ich besuche unser Kind I visit our child
die Kinder die unsere ich besuche unsere Kinder I visit our children
der Vater den ihren ich besuche ihren Vater I visit their father
die Mutter die ihre ich besuche ihre Mutter I visit their mother
sie
das Kind das ihr ich besuche ihr Kind I visit their child
die Kinder die ihre ich besuche ihre Kinder I visit their children
der Vater den Ihren ich besuche Ihren Vater I visit your (formal) father
die Mutter die Ihre ich besuche Ihre Mutter I visit your (formal) mother
Sie
das Kind das Ihr ich besuche Ihr Kind I visit your (formal) child
die Kinder die Ihre ich besuche Ihre Kinder I visit your (formal) children
der Vater den euren ich besuche euren Vater I visit your (plural) father
die Mutter die eure ich besuche eure Mutter I visit your (plural) mother
ihr
das Kind das euer ich besuche euer Kind I visit your (plural) child
die Kinder die eure ich besuche eure Kinder I visit your (plural) children

4.3.3 Dativ

| 50
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Noun Dative Possessive German English

der Vater dem meinem Ich gebe meinem Vater einen Salat I give my father a salad
die Mutter der meiner Ich gebe meiner Mutter einen Salat I give my mother a salad
ich
das Kind dem meinem Ich gebe meinem Kind einen Salat I give my child a salad
die Kinder den -n meinen Ich gebe meinen Kindern einen Salat I give my children a salad
der Vater dem deinem Ich gebe deinem Vater einen Salat I give your father a salad
die Mutter der deiner Ich gebe deiner Mutter einen Salat I give your mother a salad
du
das Kind dem deinem Ich gebe deinem Kind einen Salat I give your child a salad
die Kinder den -n deinen Ich gebe deinen Kindern einen Salat I give your children a salad
der Vater dem seinem Ich gebe seinem Vater einen Salat I give his father a salad
die Mutter der seiner Ich gebe seiner Mutter einen Salat I give his mother a salad
er
das Kind dem seinem Ich gebe seinem Kind einen Salat I give his child a salad
die Kinder den -n seinen Ich gebe seinen Kindern einen Salat I give his children a salad
der Vater dem ihrem Ich gebe ihrem Vater einen Salat I give her father a salad
die Mutter der ihrer Ich gebe ihrer Mutter einen Salat I give her mother a salad
sie
das Kind dem ihrem Ich gebe ihrem Kind einen Salat I give her child a salad
die Kinder den -n ihren Ich gebe ihren Kindern einen Salat I give her children a salad
der Vater dem seinem Ich gebe seinem Vater einen Salat I give its father a salad
die Mutter der seiner Ich gebe seiner Mutter einen Salat I give its mother a salad
es
das Kind dem seinem Ich gebe seinem Kind einen Salat I give its child a salad
die Kinder den -n seinen Ich gebe seinen Kindern einen Salat I give its children a salad
der Vater dem unserem Ich gebe unserem Vater einen Salat I give our father a salad
die Mutter der unserer Ich gebe unserer Mutter einen Salat I give our mother a salad
wir
das Kind dem unserem Ich gebe unserem Kind einen Salat I give our child a salad
die Kinder den -n unseren Ich gebe unseren Kindern einen Salat I give our children a salad
I give your (plural) father a
der Vater dem eurem Ich gebe eurem Vater einen Salat salad
I give your (plural) mother a
die Mutter der eurer Ich gebe eurer Mutter einen Salat salad
ihr
I give your (plural) child a
das Kind dem eurem Ich gebe eurem Kind einen Salat salad
I give your (plural) children
die Kinder den -n euren Ich gebe euren Kindern einen Salat a salad
der Vater dem ihrem Ich gebe ihrem Vater einen Salat I give their father a salad
die Mutter der ihrer Ich gebe ihrer Mutter einen Salat I give their mother a salad
sie
das Kind dem ihrem Ich gebe ihrem Kind einen Salat I give their child a salad
die Kinder den -n ihren Ich gebe ihren Kindern einen Salat I give their children a salad
Sie der Vater dem Ihrem Ich gebe Ihrem Vater einen Salat I give your (formal) father a

| 51
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

salad
I give your (formal) mother
die Mutter der Ihrer Ich gebe Ihrer Mutter einen Salat a salad
I give your (formal) child a
das Kind dem Ihrem Ich gebe Ihrem Kind einen Salat salad
I give your (formal) children
die Kinder den -n Ihren Ich gebe Ihren Kindern einen Salat a salad

4.3.4. Genitiv

possessivartikel
Subject Noun Possessive German English
der Vater meines Das ist das Auto meines Vaters This is my father's car
die Mutter meiner Das ist das Auto meiner Mutter This is my mother's car
ich
das Kind meines Das ist das Auto meines Kindes This is my child's car
die Kinder meiner Das sind die Autos meiner Kinder These are my children's cars
der Vater deines Das ist das Auto deines Vaters This is your (informal) father's car
die Mutter deiner Das ist das Auto deiner Mutter This is your (informal) mother's car
du
das Kind deines Das ist das Auto deines Kindes This is your (informal) child's car
die Kinder deiner Das sind die Autos deiner Kinder These are your (informal) children's cars
der Vater seines Das ist das Auto seines Vaters This is his father's car
die Mutter seiner Das ist das Auto seiner Mutter This is his mother's car
er
das Kind seines Das ist das Auto seines Kindes This is his child's car
die Kinder seiner Das sind die Autos seiner Kinder These are his children's cars
der Vater ihres Das ist das Auto ihres Vaters This is her father's car
die Mutter ihrer Das ist das Auto ihrer Mutter This is her mother's car
sie
das Kind ihres Das ist das Auto ihres Kindes This is her child's car
die Kinder ihrer Das sind die Autos ihrer Kinder These are her children's cars
der Vater seines Das ist das Auto seines Vaters This is its father's car
die Mutter seiner Das ist das Auto seiner Mutter This is its mother's car
es
das Kind seines Das ist das Auto seines Kindes This is its child's car
die Kinder seiner Das sind die Autos seiner Kinder These are its children's cars
der Vater unser Das ist das Auto unseres Vaters This is our father's car
die Mutter unserer Das ist das Auto unserer Mutter This is our mother's car
wir
das Kind unser Das ist das Auto unseres Kindes This is our child's car
die Kinder unserer Das sind die Autos unserer Kinder These are our children's cars
der Vater eures Das ist das Auto eures Vaters This is your (plural) father's car
ihr die Mutter eurer Das ist das Auto eurer Mutter This is your (plural) mother's car

| 52
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

das Kind eures Das ist das Auto eures Kindes This is your (plural) child's car
die Kinder eurer Das sind die Autos eurer Kinder These are your (plural) children's cars
der Vater ihres Das ist das Auto ihres Vaters This is their father's car
die Mutter ihrer Das ist das Auto ihrer Mutter This is their mother's car
sie
das Kind ihres Das ist das Auto ihres Kindes This is their child's car
die Kinder ihrer Das sind die Autos ihrer Kinder These are their children's cars
der Vater Ihres Das ist das Auto Ihres Vaters This is your (formal) father's car
die Mutter Ihrer Das ist das Auto Ihrer Mutter This is your (formal) mother's car
Sie
das Kind Ihres Das ist das Auto Ihres Kindes This is your (formal) child's car
die Kinder Ihrer Das sind die Autos Ihrer Kinder These are your (formal) children's cars

Now, let's see how possessive pronouns change according to the gender, number, and case
of the noun they modify:

Gender/Number Nominative Accusative Dative Genitive English

Masculine (der Hund) Mein Hund Meinen Hund Meinem Hund Meines Hundes My dog
Feminine (die Katze) Meine Katze Meine Katze Meiner Katze Meiner Katze My dog
Neuter (das Pferd) Mein Pferd Mein Pferd Meinem Pferd Meines Pferdes My dog
Plural (die Hunde) Meine Hunde Meine Hunde Meinen Hunden Meiner Hunde My dogs

These examples use "mein" (my), but the same pattern applies to the other possessive
pronouns. Note that "euer" (your, plural informal) drops the "e" before adding case endings:
e.g., euren Hund (your dog, accusative), eurem Hund (to your dog, dative), and eures
Hundes (of your dog, genitive).

4.4. Demonstrative pronouns

Demonstrative pronouns in German are used to point to specific objects or persons and can
replace a noun in a sentence. They are similar to the English words "this," "that," "these,"
and "those." In German, demonstrative pronouns agree with the noun they replace in gender
(masculine, feminine, neuter), number (singular, plural), and case (nominative, accusative,
dative, genitive).

The main German demonstrative pronouns are "dieser" (this) and "jener" (that), though
"jener" is less commonly used in modern German. Instead, "der," "die," and "das" (the
definite articles) can be used as demonstrative pronouns when stressed.

Here's how "dieser" (this) changes according to gender, number, and case:

| 53
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Gender/Number Nominative Accusative Dative Genitive Meaning

This (referring to a
Masculine (der Hund) Dieser Hund Diesen Hund Diesem Hund Dieses Hundes masculine noun)
This (referring to a
Feminine (die Katze) Diese Katze Diese Katze Dieser Katze Dieser Katze feminine noun)
This (referring to a
Neuter (das Pferd) Dieses Pferd Dieses Pferd Diesem Pferd Dieses Pferdes neuter noun)
These (referring to
Plural (die Hunde) Diese Hunde Diese Hunde Diesen Hunden Dieser Hunde plural nouns)

When using "der," "die," and "das" as demonstrative pronouns, they take the same forms as
the definite articles in each case:

Gender/Number Nominative Accusative Dative Genitive Meaning

Masculine (der That (referring to a
Hund) Der Hund Den Hund Dem Hund Des Hundes masculine noun)
Feminine (die That (referring to a
Katze) Die Katze Die Katze Der Katze Der Katze feminine noun)
That (referring to a
Neuter (das Pferd) Das Pferd Das Pferd Dem Pferd Des Pferdes neuter noun)
Those (referring to
Plural (die Hunde) Die Hunde Die Hunde Den Hunden Der Hunde plural nouns)

Remember to emphasize "der," "die," and "das" when using them as demonstrative
pronouns to avoid confusion with their use as definite articles.

4.5. Relative pronouns

Relative pronouns in German are used to introduce relative clauses, which provide
additional information about a noun without starting a new sentence. They function similarly
to English relative pronouns like "who," "which," and "that." German relative pronouns agree
with the noun they refer to in gender (masculine, feminine, neuter) and number (singular,
plural). They also take on the appropriate case (nominative, accusative, dative, genitive)
based on their function within the relative clause.

Nominative Accusative
Relative Relative Dative Relative Genitive Relative
Gender/Number Pronoun Pronoun Pronoun Pronoun
Masculine Der Den Dem Dessen)
Feminine Die Die Der Deren
Neuter Das Das Dem Dessen)
Plural Die Die Denen Deren

| 54
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

4.5.1. nominative case

In the nominative case, relative pronouns are used to refer back to a noun or pronoun
mentioned earlier in a sentence, and they function as the subject of the relative clause. Just
like in the genitive case, they agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they replace.
Here are the nominative relative pronouns for each gender and number:

Gender/Number Definite Article

Masculine Der
Feminine Die
Neuter Das
Plural Die

Here are some example sentences using nominative relative pronouns:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

Der Mann, der ein rotes Hemd The man who is wearing a red shirt is my
der (masc.) trägt, ist mein Bruder. brother.

Die Frau, die nebenan wohnt, ist The woman who lives next door is very
die (fem.) sehr freundlich. friendly.

Das Kind, das im Park spielt, ist The child who is playing in the park is my
das (neut.) mein Neffe. nephew.

Die Hunde, die im Garten spielen, The dogs who are playing in the garden
die (plur.) gehören meiner Schwester. belong to my sister.

In these examples, the nominative relative pronouns (der, die, das) function as the subject of
the relative clause and agree in gender and number with the noun they replace.

4.5.2. accusative case

In the accusative case, relative pronouns are used to refer back to a noun or pronoun
mentioned earlier in a sentence, and they function as the direct object of the relative clause.
Like in the other cases, they agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they replace.
Here are the accusative relative pronouns for each gender and number:

Gender/Number Definite Article

Masculine Den

| 55
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Feminine Die
Neuter Das
Plural Die

Here are some example sentences using accusative relative pronouns:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

Ich kenne den Mann, den

den (masc.) du gestern getroffen hast. I know the man whom you met yesterday.

Die Torte, die ich gebacken

die (fem.) habe, ist sehr lecker. The cake that I baked is very delicious.

Das Buch, das ich lese, ist

das (neut.) spannend. The book that I am reading is exciting.

Die Kinder, die wir im Park

gesehen haben, waren The children whom we saw in the park were
die (plur.) fröhlich. cheerful.

In these examples, the accusative relative pronouns (den, die, das) function as the direct
object of the relative clause and agree in gender and number with the noun they replace.

[Link] With prepositions

When using relative pronouns with prepositions in the accusative case, the preposition
comes before the relative pronoun in the relative clause. As always, the relative pronouns
must agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they replace. Here are some
example sentences using accusative relative pronouns with prepositions:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

den (masc.) Das ist der Mann, für den ich arbeite. That is the man for whom I work.

Das sind die Bücher, auf die ich mich

die (plur.) beziehe. These are the books that I am referring to.

Die Schüler, gegen die wir gespielt The students against whom we played were
die (plur.) haben, waren sehr gut. very good.

| 56
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Das ist die Stadt, in die ich ziehen

die (fem.) möchte. That is the city to which I want to move.

Das ist der Künstler, über den alle

der (masc.) sprechen. That is the artist everyone is talking about.

Die Frau, an die ich die Blumen The woman to whom I sent the flowers is my
die (fem.) geschickt habe, ist meine Mutter. mother.

Der Film, durch den er berühmt wurde, The movie through which he became famous is
der (masc.) ist ein Klassiker. a classic.

Das Restaurant, in das wir gehen

das (neut.) wollen, ist sehr beliebt. The restaurant we want to go to is very popular.

Der Kurs, für den ich mich angemeldet

der (masc.) habe, beginnt morgen. The course I registered for starts tomorrow.

In these examples, the prepositions (für, mit, auf, gegen, in) come before the accusative
relative pronouns (den, die, das), and the pronouns function as the objects of the
prepositions in the relative clauses.

4.5.3. Dative case

In the dative case, relative pronouns are used to refer back to a noun or pronoun mentioned
earlier in a sentence, and they function as the indirect object of the relative clause. They
agree in gender, number, and case with the noun they replace. Here are the dative relative
pronouns for each gender and number:

Gender/Number Definite Article

Masculine Dem
Feminine Der
Neuter Dem
Plural Denen

Here are some example sentences using dative relative pronouns:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

| 57
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Der Mann, dem ich geholfen habe, ist

dem (masc.) mein Onkel. The man whom I helped is my uncle.

Die Frau, der ich das Buch gegeben The woman to whom I gave the book is my
der (fem.) habe, ist meine Lehrerin. teacher.

Das Kind, dem ich den Ball geworfen The child to whom I threw the ball is my
dem (neut.) habe, ist mein Cousin. cousin.

Die Schüler, denen wir

Hausaufgaben aufgegeben haben, The students to whom we assigned
denen (plur.) sind fleißig. homework are hardworking.

In these examples, the dative relative pronouns (dem, der, denen) function as the indirect
object of the relative clause and agree in gender and number with the noun they replace.

[Link] With prepositions

When using relative pronouns with prepositions in the dative case, the preposition comes
before the relative pronoun in the relative clause. The relative pronouns must agree in
gender, number, and case with the noun they replace. Here are some example sentences
using dative relative pronouns with prepositions:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

Das ist der Mann, mit dem ich nach Deutschland That is the man with whom I
mit dem (masc.)
fahre. am traveling to Germany.
The woman from whom I got
Die Frau, von der ich das Rezept bekommen habe,
von der (fem.) the recipe is my
ist meine Großmutter.
grandmother.
The house in which I live is
in dem (neut.) Das Haus, in dem ich wohne, ist alt.
old.
The friends at whose place I
Die Freunde, bei denen ich übernachtet habe, sind
bei denen stayed overnight are very
sehr gastfreundlich.
hospitable.
Das Museum, neben dem ich arbeite, ist sehr The museum next to which I
neben dem
bekannt. work is very well-known.
The city from which he
Die Stadt, aus der er kommt, hat eine interessante
aus der comes has an interesting
Geschichte.
history.
The park through which I
Der Park, durch den ich jeden Morgen laufe, ist
durch den run every morning is
wunderschön.
beautiful.

| 58
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Der Schauspieler, mit dem sie zusammenarbeitet, ist The actor with whom she
mit dem
talentiert. collaborates is talented.
The countries between
Die Länder, zwischen denen der Fluss fließt, sind
zwischen denen which the river flows are
Nachbarn.
neighbors.

In these examples, the prepositions (mit, von, in, bei, für) come before the dative relative
pronouns (dem, der, denen), and the pronouns function as the objects of the prepositions in
the relative clauses.

4.5.4. Genitive case

In the genitive case, there are specific relative pronouns for each gender and number. Here
they are:

Gender/Number Possessive Pronoun

Masculine Dessen
Feminine Deren
Neuter Dessen
Plural Deren

Here are some example sentences using genitive relative pronouns:

Article/Gender German Sentence English Translation

That's the man whose car I
dessen (masc.) Das ist der Mann, dessen Auto ich repariert habe.
repaired.
Die Frau, deren Tasche gestohlen wurde, ist meine The woman whose bag was
deren (fem.)
Nachbarin. stolen is my neighbor.
The book, whose author is
dessen (neut.) Das Buch, dessen Autor berühmt ist, wurde verfilmt. famous, was made into a
movie.
Die Studenten, deren Prüfungen bestanden wurden, The students whose exams
deren (plur.)
sind glücklich. were passed are happy.

In these examples, the genitive relative pronouns (dessen, deren) are used to show
possession or a relationship between the two nouns.

| 59
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

5. Interrogative pronouns
Interrogative pronouns in German are used to ask questions and replace the unknown
information you're seeking in a sentence. They are equivalent to English interrogative
pronouns like "who," "what," "which," "whose," and "whom." Here are the main German
interrogative pronouns:

wer (who) - used to ask about people

was (what) - used to ask about things, objects, or ideas
welcher/welche/welches (which) - used to ask about specific items from a known set

These pronouns change their forms according to gender (masculine, feminine, neuter),
number (singular, plural), and case (nominative, accusative, dative, genitive). Here are the
forms for each interrogative pronoun:

5.1 "Wer" (who) - asking about people:

Case German English Examples

Nominative wer who Wer ist das?
Accusative wen whom Wen hast du gesehen?
Dative wem to whom Wem hast du das gegeben?
Genitive wessen whose Wessen Buch ist das?

5.2 "Was" (what) - asking about things, objects, or ideas:

Case German English Examples

Nominative was what Was ist das?
Accusative was what Was siehst du?
Dative - - -

Genitive - - -

5.3 "Welcher/welche/welches" (which) - asking about specific items from a

known set:

Case Masc. Fem. Neut. English Examples Examples (English)

| 60
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Nominative welcher welche welches which (one) Welches Auto ist das? Which car is that?
Welchen Film hast du Which movie did you
which (one)
Accusative welchen welche welches gesehen? watch?

to/for which Mit welchem Stift hast du With which pen did you
Dative welchem welcher welchem (one) das geschrieben? write that?

of which
Die Farbe welches Hemds Which shirt color do you
(one)
Genitive welches welcher welches gefällt dir am besten? like the best?

Note that the plural forms of "welcher/welche/welches" are the same as the feminine forms.

Here are some examples of German interrogative pronouns in context:

German English
Wer ist das? Who is that?
Wen hast du gesehen? Whom did you see?
Wem hast du das Buch
gegeben? To whom did you give the book?
Wessen Tasche ist das? Whose bag is that?
Was möchtest du essen? What would you like to eat?
Welchen Film möchtest du
sehen? Which film would you like to see?
Welcher Kuchen schmeckt dir
am besten? Which cake do you like the most?
Welches Kleid gefällt dir? Which dress do you like?

In addition to these interrogative pronouns, German also has other question words that
function as adverbs or adjectives, such as "wo" (where), "wann" (when), "warum" (why),
"wie" (how), and "wie viel" (how much).

5.4 wo (where) - asks about location

"Wo" is a German word that translates to "where" in English. It is used to ask about the
location of something or someone. To use "wo" in a sentence, simply place it at the
beginning of a question to inquire about a location. Here are some examples:

1. Wo ist das Museum? (Where is the museum?)

2. Wo wohnst du? (Where do you live?)
3. Wo kann ich einen Geldautomaten finden? (Where can I find an ATM?)

| 61
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

4. Wo hast du dein Auto geparkt? (Where did you park your car?)
5. Wo ist die nächste Bushaltestelle? (Where is the nearest bus stop?)

Remember that German word order might be different from English, so make sure you
familiarize yourself with the sentence structure to ask questions correctly.

5.5 woher (where from) - asks about origin or source

"Woher" is a German word that translates to "where from" in English. It is used to ask about
the origin or source of something or someone. To use "woher" in a sentence, place it at the
beginning of a question to inquire about an origin or source. Here are some examples:

1. Woher kommst du? (Where are you from?)

2. Woher hast du das gehört? (Where did you hear that?)
3. Woher weißt du das? (How do you know that? / Where did you learn that?)
4. Woher hat er das Geld? (Where did he get the money from?)
5. Woher stammt dieses Zitat? (Where does this quote come from?)

As with "wo," be mindful of the German sentence structure when asking questions using
"woher." Make sure you understand how to properly form questions to convey your intended
meaning.

5.6 wohin (where to) - asks about destination

"Wohin" is a German word that translates to "where to" in English. It is used to ask about the
destination of something or someone. To use "wohin" in a sentence, place it at the beginning
of a question to inquire about a destination. Here are some examples:

1. Wohin gehst du? (Where are you going?)

2. Wohin fährt dieser Bus? (Where is this bus going?)
3. Wohin soll ich die Koffer stellen? (Where should I put the suitcases?)
4. Wohin möchten Sie reisen? (Where would you like to travel?)
5. Wohin zieht ihr um? (Where are you moving to?)

As with "wo" and "woher," it's important to be familiar with German sentence structure when
asking questions using "wohin." Ensure you understand how to properly form questions in
order to convey your intended meaning.

5.7 wann (when) - asks about time

"Wann" is a German word that translates to "when" in English. It is used to ask about the
time at which something occurs or occurred. To use "wann" in a sentence, place it at the
beginning of a question to inquire about the time of an event or action. Here are some
examples:

1. Wann beginnt der Film? (When does the movie start?)

2. Wann hast du Geburtstag? (When is your birthday?)

| 62
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3. Wann kommt der Zug an? (When does the train arrive?)
4. Wann treffen wir uns? (When are we meeting?)
5. Wann war das letzte Mal, dass du ihn gesehen hast? (When was the last time you saw
him?)

As with "wo," "woher," and "wohin," it's important to be familiar with German sentence
structure when asking questions using "wann." Make sure you understand how to properly
form questions in order to convey your intended meaning.

5.8 warum/wieso/weswegen (why) - asks about reason or cause

"Warum," "wieso," and "weswegen" are German words that can all be translated to "why" in
English. They are used to ask about the reason or cause behind something, or to request an
explanation or clarification. Here are some examples of how to use each word in a sentence:

1. Warum:
- Warum bist du traurig? (Why are you sad?)
- Warum hast du das gemacht? (Why did you do that?)

2. Wieso: similar to "warum," but often used to ask for an explanation or clarification

- Wieso funktioniert das Gerät nicht? (Why doesn't the device work?)
- Wieso hat sie das gesagt? (Why did she say that?)

3. Weswegen: another way to ask about reason or cause, more formal than "warum"
and "wieso"
- Weswegen wurde das Projekt abgebrochen? (Why was the project canceled?)
- Weswegen ist er so spät gekommen? (Why did he come so late?)

As with the previous question words ("wo," "woher," "wohin," and "wann"), it's important to be
familiar with German sentence structure when asking questions using "warum," "wieso," and
"weswegen." Make sure you understand how to properly form questions to convey your
intended meaning. Note that "weswegen" is more formal than "warum" and "wieso," so you
might want to use it in more formal situations or when speaking with someone you don't
know well.

5.9 wie (how) - asks about manner or condition

"Wie" is a German word that translates to "how" in English. It is used to ask about the
manner or condition of something or someone, or to inquire about the way something is
done. To use "wie" in a sentence, place it at the beginning of a question to ask about a
manner or condition. Here are some examples:

1. Wie geht es dir? (How are you?)

2. Wie komme ich zum Bahnhof? (How do I get to the train station?)

| 63
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3. Wie viel kostet das? (How much does that cost?)

4. Wie lange dauert der Flug? (How long is the flight?)
5. Wie oft trainierst du? (How often do you train?)

As with the previous question words ("wo," "woher," "wohin," "wann," "warum," "wieso," and
"weswegen"), it's important to be familiar with German sentence structure when asking
questions using "wie." Make sure you understand how to properly form questions in order to
convey your intended meaning.

5.9.1. wie viel (how much) - asks about quantity or amount (uncountable)
"Wie viel" is a German phrase that translates to "how much" in English. It is used to ask
about the quantity or amount of something uncountable, such as liquids, substances, or
abstract concepts. To use "wie viel" in a sentence, place it at the beginning of a question to
inquire about an uncountable amount or quantity. Here are some examples:

1. Wie viel kostet das Kleid? (How much does the dress cost?)
2. Wie viel Wasser trinkst du täglich? (How much water do you drink daily?)
3. Wie viel Zeit brauchst du, um fertig zu werden? (How much time do you need to get
ready?)
4. Wie viel Benzin ist noch im Tank? (How much gas is left in the tank?)
5. Wie viel Geduld hast du noch? (How much patience do you have left?)

As with the previous question words and phrases, it's important to be familiar with German
sentence structure when asking questions using "wie viel." Make sure you understand how
to properly form questions in order to convey your intended meaning.

5.9.2. wie viele (how many) - asks about the number of things (countable)
"Wie viele" is a German phrase that translates to "how many" in English. It is used to ask
about the number of countable things, such as objects or people. To use "wie viele" in a
sentence, place it at the beginning of a question to inquire about the number of countable
items. Here are some examples:

1. Wie viele Äpfel hast du gekauft? (How many apples did you buy?)
2. Wie viele Leute kommen zur Party? (How many people are coming to the party?)
3. Wie viele Bücher hast du gelesen? (How many books have you read?)
4. Wie viele Stunden arbeitest du pro Woche? (How many hours do you work per week?)
5. Wie viele Kinder sind in der Klasse? (How many children are in the class?)

As with the previous question words and phrases, it's important to be familiar with German
sentence structure when asking questions using "wie viele." Make sure you understand how
to properly form questions in order to convey your intended meaning.
In addition to "wie" (how), "wie viel" (how much), and "wie viele" (how many), there are
several other interrogative phrases in German that begin with "wie." Some of these include:

| 64
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

5.9.3. Wie alt (how old):

- Wie alt bist du? (How old are you?)
- Wie alt ist dein Bruder? (How old is your brother?)

5.9.4. Wie groß (how tall / how big):

- Wie groß bist du? (How tall are you?)
- Wie groß ist der Raum? (How big is the room?)

5.9.5. Wie weit (how far):

- Wie weit ist es von hier zum Bahnhof? (How far is it from here to the train station?)
- Wie weit kann das Auto mit einer vollen Ladung fahren? (How far can the car go on a full
charge?)

5.9.6. Wie spät / Wie viel Uhr (what time):

- Wie spät ist es? / Wie viel Uhr ist es? (What time is it?)
- Um wie viel Uhr beginnt die Veranstaltung? (What time does the event start?)

5.9.7. Wie oft (how often):

- Wie oft gehst du ins Fitnessstudio? (How often do you go to the gym?)
- Wie oft muss ich das Medikament einnehmen? (How often do I need to take the
medication?)

Remember to be familiar with German sentence structure when asking questions using
these "wie" phrases. Make sure you understand how to properly form questions in order to
convey your intended meaning.

These interrogative pronouns or question words help to gather specific information or clarify
details in various contexts. Understanding their usage and meaning is important for effective
communication in German.

6. Indefinite pronouns
Indefinite pronouns in German are used to refer to unspecified or unidentified people, things,
or quantities. They are similar to English indefinite pronouns like "someone," "anyone,"
"something," "anything," "nobody," "none," and "all." Here are some common German
indefinite pronouns:

| 65
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

German English Examples

someone,
jemand somebody Jemand hat mein Buch genommen. (Someone took my book.)

Niemand hat auf meine E-Mail geantwortet. (Nobody replied to

niemand nobody, no one my email.)

man one, people, you Man muss Geduld haben. (One/You must have patience.)
Kannst du mir etwas Wasser geben? (Can you give me some
etwas something water?)

nichts nothing Es gibt nichts zu essen. (There's nothing to eat.)

Jeder Mensch hat das Recht auf Bildung. (Each person has the
jeder each, every right to education.)

Alle Mitarbeiter müssen an der Schulung teilnehmen. (All

alle all, everyone employees must participate in the training.)

These indefinite pronouns can be declined according to case (nominative, accusative,

dative, genitive), although some are used only in specific cases or do not change their form.
Here are the forms for some common indefinite pronouns:

6.1. "Jemand" (someone, somebody) and "niemand" (nobody, no one):

Nominative Accusative Dative Genitive Meaning

jemand jemanden jemandem jemandes someone/somebody
niemand niemanden niemandem niemandes

German English Case Examples

someone,
jemand somebody Nominative Jemand ist hier. (Someone is here.)
niemand nobody, no one Nominative Niemand hat angerufen. (Nobody called.)
someone, Ich habe jemanden gesehen. (I saw
jemanden somebody Accusative someone.)
Ich kenne niemanden hier. (I don't know
niemanden nobody, no one Accusative anyone here.)
someone, Kannst du jemandem helfen? (Can you help
jemandem somebody Dative someone?)

| 66
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich habe niemandem die Tür geöffnet. (I

niemandem nobody, no one Dative didn't open the door for anyone.)
someone, Ich kenne niemandes Geschmack. (I don't
jemandes somebody Genitive know anyone's taste.)
Ich habe niemandes Namen gehört. (I didn't
niemandes nobody, no one Genitive hear anyone's name.)

6.2. "Man" (one, people, you) - a general, impersonal pronoun:

German English Case Examples

Man kann Deutsch lernen. (One can learn
man one Nominative German.)
Ich sehe einen Film. (I am watching a
einen one Accusative movie.)
Ich gebe einem Freund ein Geschenk. (I give
einem one Dative a friend a gift.)
Ich bin mir eines Fehlers bewusst. (I am
eines one Genitive aware of a mistake.)

6.3. "Jeder" (each, every):

German English Case Examples

Jeder Mensch ist anders. (Every person is
jeder every Nominative different.)
Ich kenne jeden Song auf dem Album. (I
jeden every Accusative know every song on the album.)
jedem every Dative Ich helfe jedem Kind. (I help every child.)
Ich habe jedes Detail beachtet. (I have
jedes every Genitive considered every detail.)

6.4. "Alle" (all, everyone) has the same endings as the definite articles (der,
die, das) for each gender, number, and case.

German English Case Examples

Alle Menschen sind gleich. (All people are
alle all Nominative equal.)

| 67
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich wünsche allen eine schöne Woche. (I

alle everyone Dative wish everyone a nice week.)
Wir haben alle Bücher gelesen. (We have
alle all Accusative read all the books.)
Das ist der Traum aller Kinder. (That is the
aller of all Genitive dream of all children.)

6.5. Einige (some, a few)

German English Case Example

Einige Leute haben schon gegessen. (Some
einige some Nominative people have already eaten.)
Ich kenne einige Restaurants in der Stadt. (I
einige some Accusative know some restaurants in the city.)
Wir haben einigen Freunden geholfen. (We
einigen to some Dative helped some friends.)
Die Meinungen einiger Politiker sind
umstritten. (The opinions of some politicians
einiger of some Genitive are controversial.)

6.6. Viele (many)

German English Case Example

Viele Menschen lieben Schokolade. (Many
viele many Nominative people love chocolate.)
Wir haben viele Freunde besucht. (We
viele many Accusative visited many friends.)
Ich habe vielen Menschen geholfen. (I
vielen to many Dative helped many people.)
Die Meinungen vieler Experten sind
unterschiedlich. (The opinions of many
vieler of many Genitive experts are different.)

6.7. Wenige (few)

German English Case Example

wenige few Nominative Wenige Leute waren bei der Party. (Few

| 68
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

people were at the party.)

Ich habe nur wenige Fehler gemacht. (I
wenige few Accusative made only a few mistakes.)
Ich habe mit wenigen Leuten gesprochen. (I
wenigen to few Dative talked with few people.)
Die Meinung weniger Experten hat mich
überzeugt. (The opinion of few experts
weniger of few Genitive convinced me.)

6.8. Mehrere (several)

German English Case Examples

Mehrere Leute haben mich gefragt. (Several
mehrere several Nominative people asked me.)
Ich habe mehrere Bücher gelesen. (I have
mehrere several Accusative read several books.)
Ich habe mit mehreren Leuten gesprochen. (I
mehreren to several Dative talked with several people.)
Die Meinung mehrerer Experten hat mich
überzeugt. (The opinion of several experts
mehrerer of several Genitive convinced me.)

Example: Sie hat mehrere Bücher von dem Autor gelesen. (She has read several books by
the author.)

Ein paar (a couple, a few) - This pronoun is not declined.

Example: Ich habe ein paar Äpfel gekauft. (I bought a couple of apples.)
These indefinite pronouns can be used to ask or provide information about unspecified
quantities or degrees of people, things, or ideas. It's essential to learn their declension
patterns and how they function in various cases to use them correctly in German sentences.

7. Verbs

7.1. The infinitive form (Infinitivform) adn Verbstamm

7.1.1. The infinitive form

In German, the infinitive form (Infinitivform) of a verb is its basic, unconjugated form. It
typically ends with "-en" or "-n" and is equivalent to the English "to + verb" form, such as
"to play" or "to read." The infinitive form of a verb is used in various contexts, including with

| 69
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

modal verbs, in the infinitive with "zu" construction, and when listing or discussing verbs in
general.

Here are some examples of infinitive forms of German verbs:

spielen (to play)

lesen (to read)
schreiben (to write)
gehen (to go)
sehen (to see)
kommen (to come)

7.1.2. Verbstamm
The term "Verbstamm" (verb stem) in German refers to the base form of a verb without any
conjugation or inflections. The verb stem is the part of the verb that remains constant when
conjugating the verb in different tenses or when adding prefixes. By knowing the verb stem,
you can build various forms of the verb by adding the appropriate endings or prefixes.

For example, let's consider the verb "spielen" (to play):

Verb stem: spiel

Verb Verbstamm Ending English Meaning

spielen spiel- -en to play
lernen lern- -en to learn
kaufen kauf- -en to buy
trinken trink- -en to drink
schreiben schreib- -en to write
machen mach- -en to make/do
kommen komm- -en to come
reden red- -en to talk
tanzen tanz- -en to dance
arbeiten arbeit- -en to work
essen ess- -en to eat
laufen lauf- -en to run/walk
lesen les- -en to read
hören hör- -en to hear/listen
sehen seh- -en to see
reisen reis- -en to travel
gehen geh- -en to go
schlafen schlaf- -en to sleep

| 70
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

leben leb- -en to live

Verb Verbstamm Ending English Translation

wandern wander- -n to hike
basteln bastel- -n to craft
segeln segel- -n to sail
handeln handel- -n to trade
umsiedeln umsiedel- -n to relocate
klingeln klingel- -n to ring (a bell)
lächeln lächel- -n to smile

7.2. Regular verbs and Irregular verbs

7.2.1. Regular verbs

Regular verbs, also known as weak verbs, follow a predictable pattern for conjugation. They
maintain the same stem throughout their conjugation, and their endings change based on
tense, mood, and person.

To conjugate a regular verb in the present tense, you start with the verb's infinitive form,
which typically ends in "-en." Then, you remove the "-en" ending to find the stem and add the
appropriate personal endings based on the subject.

The personal endings for regular verbs in the present tense are as follows:

Subject Conjugation Verbstamm Suffix English

ich spiele spiel- -e play (I)
du spielst spiel- -st play (you informal)
er/sie/es spielt spiel- -t plays (he/she)
wir spielen spiel- -en play (we)
ihr spielt spiel- -t play (you guys)
sie/Sie spielen spiel- -en play (they/you formal)

For example, let's conjugate the regular verb "spielen" (to play) in the present tense:

Subject Conjugation Example Sentence English Translation

ich (I) spiele Ich spiele gerne Basketball. I like to play basketball.

du (you, informal
singular) spielst Du spielst gerne Basketball. You like to play basketball.

| 71
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

er/sie/es (he/she/it) spielt Er spielt gerne Basketball. He likes to play basketball.

wir (we) spielen Wir spielen gerne Basketball. We like to play basketball.
ihr (you all, informal
plural) spielt Ihr spielt gerne Basketball. You all like to play basketball.

sie/Sie (they/you,
formal singular and
plural) spielen Sie spielen gerne Basketball. They/You like to play basketball.

Regular verbs are also conjugated in other tenses and moods, such as the simple past,
present perfect, past perfect, future, and subjunctive. These conjugations follow specific
patterns for regular verbs, making them easier to learn and use compared to irregular verbs.

For example, the simple past tense of regular verbs is formed by adding the following
endings to the stem:

Pronoun Conjugation
ich (I) -te

du (you, informal singular) -test

er/sie/es (he/she/it) -te

wir (we) -ten

ihr (you, informal plural) -tet

sie/Sie (they/you, formal singular

-ten
and plural)

Using the verb "spielen" (to play) as an example again:

Pronoun Conjugation Meaning

ich (I) spielte I played

du (you, informal singular) spieltest You played

er/sie/es (he/she/it) spielte He/She/It played

wir (we) spielten We played

ihr (you, informal plural) spieltet You all played

| 72
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sie/Sie (they/you, formal

spielten They/You played
singular and plural)

7.2.2. Irregular verbs

Irregular verbs, also known as strong verbs, do not follow a consistent pattern for
conjugation like regular verbs. They have changes in the stem vowel, and sometimes the
verb endings, in different tenses and moods. These variations make irregular verbs more
challenging to learn, but they are frequently used in German, so it's essential to become
familiar with them.

The most common tense with significant irregularity is the simple past (preterite) tense. In
the present tense, irregular verbs mostly have regular conjugations with some minor
exceptions.

Some irregular verbs have a stem ending in "-s" or "-ß," "-x," "-z," or a vowel other than "-e."
In these cases, the second person singular (du) form drops the "-s" ending:

ich reise (I travel)

du reist (you travel) - not "du reisest"

Subject Verbstamm Suffix Conjugation English

ich (I) reis- -e reise travel (I)
du (you, informal singular) reis- -t reist travel (you)

er/sie/es (he/she/it) reis- -t reist travels

wir (we) reis- -en reisen travel (we)

ihr (you, informal plural) reis- -t reist travel (you)

sie/Sie (they/you, formal
singular and plural) reis- -en reisen travel (they/you)

Subject Verbstamm Suffix Conjugation English

ich (I) tanz- -e tanze dance (I)
du (you, informal singular) tanz- -t tanzt dance (you)

er/sie/es (he/she/it) tanz- -t tanzt dances

wir (we) tanz- -en tanzen dance (we)

ihr (you, informal plural) tanz- -t tanzt dance (you)

| 73
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sie/Sie (they/you, formal

singular and plural) tanz- -en tanzen dance (they/you)

heißen = to be called
Subject Verbstamm Suffix Conjugation English
ich (I) heiß- -e heiße am called (I)
du (you, informal singular) heiß- -t heißt are called (you)
er/sie/es (he/she/it) heiß- -t heißt is called
wir (we) heiß- -en heißen are called (we)
ihr (you, informal plural) heiß- -t heißt are called (you)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal
singular and plural) heiß- -en heißen are called (they/you)

Subject Verb Conjugation English Meaning

ich (I) mixen ich mixe I mix
du (you, informal singular) mixen du mixt you mix
er/sie/es (he/she/it) mixen er/sie/es mixt he/she/it mixes
wir (we) mixen wir mixen we mix
ihr (you, informal plural) mixen ihr mixt you all mix
sie/Sie (they/you, formal singular
and plural) mixen sie/Sie mixen they/you mix

Subject Verb Conjugation English Meaning

ich (I) schwitzen ich schwitze I sweat
du (you, informal singular) schwitzen du schwitzt you sweat
er/sie/es (he/she/it) schwitzen er/sie/es schwitzt he/she/it sweats
wir (we) schwitzen wir schwitzen we sweat
ihr (you, informal plural) schwitzen ihr schwitzt you all sweat
sie/Sie (they/you, formal singular
and plural) schwitzen sie/Sie schwitzen they/you sweat

arbeiten - to work
Subject Verbstamm Suffix Conjugation English
ich arbeit- -e arbeite work (I)
du arbeit- -est arbeitest work (you)
er/sie/es arbeit- -et arbeitet works
wir arbeit- -en arbeiten work (we)

| 74
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ihr arbeit- -et arbeitet work (you)

sie/Sie arbeit- -en arbeiten work (they/you)

sprechen- to speak
Subject Verb Stem Suffix German English
Ich sprech e Ich spreche I speak
Du sprich st Du sprichst You speak (informal)
Er/sie/es spricht t Er/sie/es spricht He/she/it speaks
Wir sprech en Wir sprechen We speak
Ihr sprich t Ihr sprecht You speak (plural)
Sie sprech en Sie sprechen They speak

For example, let's consider the irregular verb "sehen" (to see) in the present tense:

Subject
Pronoun Verb Stem Suffix German English
Ich seh e Ich sehe I see

Du sieh st Du siehst You see (informal)

Er/sie/es sieht Er/sie/es sieht He/she/it sees
Wir seh en Wir sehen We see
Ihr seht Ihr seht You see (plural)
Sie seh en Sie sehen They see

Sie seh en Sie sehen You see (formal)

Notice that the conjugation in the present tense is regular, except for the stem vowel change
in the second and third person singular forms (from "e" to "ie").

However, the simple past tense of irregular verbs often has significant changes in both the
stem vowel and the verb endings:

Subject
Pronoun Verb Stem Suffix German English
Ich sah Ich sah I saw

Du sahst Du sahst You saw (informal)

Er/sie/es sah Er/sie/es sah He/she/it saw
Wir sahen Wir sahen We saw

| 75
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ihr saht Ihr saht You saw (plural)

Sie sahen Sie sahen They saw

Sie sahen Sie sahen You saw (formal)

In this case, the stem vowel changed from "e" to "a," and the endings are different from
regular verb endings in the simple past tense.

Another example is the irregular verb "fahren" (to drive, go):

Present tense:

Subject
Pronoun Verb Stem Suffix German English
Ich fahr e Ich fahre I drive
Du fähr st Du fährst You drive
Er/sie/es fährt t Er/sie/es fährt He/she/it drives
Wir fahr en Wir fahren We drive
Ihr fahr t Ihr fahrt You all drive
Sie fahr en Sie fahren They drive
Sie fahr en Sie fahren You drive

Simple past tense:

ich fuhr (I drove)

du fuhrst (you drove)
er/sie/es fuhr (he/she/it drove)
wir fuhren (we drove)
ihr fuhrt (you all drove)
sie/Sie fuhren (they/you drove)

In both the present and simple past tenses, the stem vowel changes for some forms of the
verb "fahren."

To learn irregular verbs, it's crucial to practice and memorize the most common ones, as
they often appear in everyday conversation and writing. Some other examples of irregular
verbs include "sprechen" (to speak), "gehen" (to go), "geben" (to give), "kommen" (to come),
and "schlafen" (to sleep).

| 76
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

[Link]. Reguler Vocabolaries verbs

Number Verb Meaning Number Verb Meaning

1 arbeiten to work 51 antworten to answer
2 leben to live 52 telefonieren to make a phone call
3 wissen to know 53 planen to plan
4 denken to think 54 diskutieren to discuss
5 sagen to say 55 studieren to study
6 machen to do/make 56 ankommen to arrive
7 nehmen to take 57 duschen to shower
8 sehen to see 58 trainieren to train
9 wollen to want 59 besichtigen to visit/see
10 finden to find 60 reparieren to repair
11 bekommen to receive 61 segeln to sail
12 geben to give 62 feiern to celebrate
13 kommen to come 63 fotografieren to photograph
14 haben to have 64 bedecken to cover
15 sprechen to speak 65 freuen to be happy
16 können to be able to 66 teilen to share
17 bleiben to stay/remain 67 sammeln to collect
18 halten to hold 68 besitzen to possess
19 laufen to run 69 helfen to help
20 stehen to stand 70 rechnen to calculate
21 lieben to love 71 sparen to save
22 essen to eat 72 wandern to hike
23 trinken to drink 73 verbinden to connect
24 schlafen to sleep 74 verbringen to spend
25 führen to lead 75 beschriften to label
26 hören to hear 76 suchen to search
27 lesen to read 77 finden to find
28 lernen to learn 78 bringen to bring
29 brauchen to need 79 abholen to pick up
30 treffen to meet 80 zurückkehren to return
31 spielen to play 81 vergessen to forget
32 verlieren to lose 82 erinnern to remember
33 gewinnen to win 83 fahren to drive/go
34 öffnen to open 84 schmücken to decorate

| 77
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

35 schließen to close 85 segnen to bless

36 bauen to build 86 atmen to breathe
37 kaufen to buy 87 schmecken to taste
38 verkaufen to sell 88 duften to smell
39 reisen to travel 89 glänzen to shine
40 schreiben to write 90 bewegen to move
41 singen to sing 91 klettern to climb
42 tanzen to dance 92 reiben to rub
43 malen to paint 93 schweben to float
44 hoffen to hope 94 springen to jump
45 verlassen to leave 95 erzählen to tell
46 besuchen to visit 96 flicken to patch
47 erklären to explain 97 fließen to flow
48 empfehlen to recommend 98 spülen to rinse
49 verstehen to understand 99 trocknen to dry
50 fragen to ask 100 wiegen to weigh

[Link]. Ireguler Vocabolaries verbs

Number Verb Meaning

1 sein to be
2 haben to have
3 werden to become
4 können to be able to
5 müssen to have to/must
6 wollen to want
7 dürfen to be allowed to/may
8 sollen to be supposed to/should

7.3. Separable and inseparable verbs

7.3.1. Separable
Separable verbs (Trennbare Verben) in German are compound verbs consisting of a main
verb and a prefix. The prefix often adds a specific meaning or nuance to the main verb.
When conjugated, the prefix is separated from the main verb and placed at the end of the
clause or sentence. Separable verbs are common in German and can be regular or irregular.

| 78
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Some examples of separable prefixes include:

an-
auf-
aus-
ein-
mit-
vor-
zu-

To use separable verbs in a sentence, you need to know how to split and position the prefix
and the main verb. Here's an example using the separable verb "aufstehen" (to get up, to
stand up):

Present tense:

ich stehe auf (I get up)

du stehst auf (you get up)
er/sie/es steht auf (he/she/it gets up)
wir stehen auf (we get up)
ihr steht auf (you all get up)
sie/Sie stehen auf (they/you get up)
In this case, the prefix "auf" is separated from the main verb "stehen" and placed at the end
of the sentence.

However, when using separable verbs in the simple past tense, the prefix remains attached
to the main verb:

Simple past tense:

ich stand auf (I got up)

du standst auf (you got up)
er/sie/es stand auf (he/she/it got up)
wir standen auf (we got up)
ihr standet auf (you all got up)
sie/Sie standen auf (they/you got up)
In subordinate clauses, the separable verb remains in its infinitive form with the prefix
attached, and it is placed at the end of the clause:

Example: Ich weiß, dass er morgen aufsteht. (I know that he gets up tomorrow.)

Another example with the separable verb "einkaufen" (to shop, to buy):

Present tense:

ich kaufe ein (I shop)

du kaufst ein (you shop)

| 79
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

er/sie/es kauft ein (he/she/it shops)

wir kaufen ein (we shop)
ihr kauft ein (you all shop)
sie/Sie kaufen ein (they/you shop)

It's important to learn and recognize separable verbs, as they are frequently used in
German. When you encounter a new verb with a prefix, check whether it is separable or
inseparable (nicht trennbare Verben), as inseparable verbs do not split during conjugation.
Common inseparable prefixes include "be-," "er-," "ge-," "ver-," and "zer-."

[Link] Separable Vocabolaries verbs

Prefix German Word English Meaning

an- anfangen to begin
an- ankommen to arrive
an- anrufen to call
an- anschauen to look at
an- anziehen to put on
an- annehmen to accept
an- anbieten to offer
an- ankruzen to mark/check
an- anmelden to register
an- anmachen to turn on
auf- aufstehen to get up
auf- aufhören to stop
auf- aufpassen to pay attention
auf- aufschreiben to write down
auf- aufwachen to wake up
auf- aufnehmen to record/take up
auf- aufklären to clear up
auf- aufbauen to build up
auf- aufzeigen to show/point out
auf- aufgeben to give up
aus- ausmachen to turn off
aus- aussehen to appear/look
aus- ausprobieren to try out
aus- aussteigen to get off/out
aus- ausgehen to go out
aus- ausfüllen to fill out

| 80
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

aus- auswählen to choose

aus- ausdrucken to print out
aus- ausruhen to rest
aus- ausleihen to borrow
ein- einkaufen to shop
ein- einladen to invite
ein- einschlafen to fall asleep
ein- einsteigen to get on/in

ein- eintragen to register/enter

ein- einstellen to set/adjust
ein- einziehen to move in

ein- einwerfen to insert/throw in

ein- einprägen to memorize
mit- mitnehmen to take with
mit- mitmachen to participate

mit- mitteilen to communicate

mit- mitbringen to bring along
mit- mitgeben to give along
mit- mitarbeiten to collaborate
mit- mitfahren to ride along
mit- mitlesen to read along
mit- mitsingen to sing along
mit- mitkochen to cook along
vor- vorbereiten to prepare
vor- vorlesen to read aloud
vor- vorstellen to introduce
vor- vorhaben to plan
vor- vorschlagen to suggest
vor- vorbeikommen to come by
vor- vorbestellen to preorder
the day before
vor- vorgestern yesterday
vor- vorhersagen to predict
vor- vorführen to demonstrate
zu- zubereiten to prepare
zu- zuhören to listen

| 81
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

zu- zumachen to close

zu- zugeben to admit

zu- zurechtkommen to cope/manage

zu- zusammenfassen
zu- zustimmen to agree
zu- zufügen to add
zu- zusehen to watch
zu- zurechtweisen to scold

Prefix German Word English Meaning

ab- abfahren to depart
ab- abgeben to hand in
ab- abholen to pick up
ab- abnehmen to decrease
ab- absagen to cancel
ab- abwaschen to wash up
ab- abwarten to wait for
ab- abstimmen to vote
ab- abmelden to deregister
ab- absetzen to take off/deduct
zurück- zurückkehren to return
zurück- zurückkommen to come back
zurück- zurückgeben to return something
zurück- zurückziehen to withdraw
zurück- zurücksenden to send back
zurück- zurückrufen to call back
zurück- zurücksetzen to reset
zurück- zurückfahren to drive back
zurück- zurücklaufen to run back
zurück- zurückdenken to think back
her- herbringen to bring here
her- herzeigen to show here
her- herstellen to produce
her- herschreiben to write here
her- hergeben to hand over
her- herholen to get here

| 82
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

her- herunterladen to download

her- herrichten to prepare
her- herrühren to originate
her- herfallen to fall upon
hin- hingehen to go there
hin- hinlegen to put down
hin- hinschauen to look there
hin- hinsetzen to sit down
hin- hinschreiben to write there
hin- hinweisen to point out
hin- hinkommen to get there
hin- hineingehen to go inside
hin- hinwerfen to throw down
hin- hinausgehen to go out
heraus- herausfinden to find out
heraus- herausnehmen to take out
heraus- herausholen to get out
heraus- herausfordern to challenge
heraus- herausgeben to issue
heraus- herausziehen to pull out
heraus- herausarbeiten to work out
heraus- herauskommen to come out
heraus- herauslaufen to run out
herunter- herunterkommen to come down
herunter- herunterladen to download
herunter- herunterfallen to fall down
herunter- herunterschreiben to write down
herunter- herunterfahren to shut down
herunter- heruntergehen to go down
herunter- herunternehmen to take down
herunter- herunterstoßen to knock down
herunter- herunterwerfen to throw down
herunter- herunterrutschen to slide down
weg- weggehen to go away
weg- wegnehmen to take away
weg- wegbringen to take away
weg- wegfahren to drive away

| 83
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

weg- weglaufen to run away

weg- wegwerfen to throw away
weg- wegziehen to move away
weg- wegschicken to send away
weg- wegtragen to carry away
weg- wegräumen to clear away
weg- weggeben to give away

7.3.2. inseparable verbs

Inseparable verbs in German are formed by adding specific prefixes to base verbs. These
prefixes cannot be separated from the verb when used in a sentence, unlike separable verb
prefixes.
Here is the conjugation of the inseparable verb "bekommen" (to receive/get) in the present
tense, simple past, and present perfect:

Present Tense (Präsens):

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich bekomme I receive/get
du bekommst you receive/get (informal singular)

er/sie/es bekommt he/she/it receives/gets

wir bekommen we receive/get

ihr bekommt you receive/get (informal plural)

sie/Sie bekommen they receive/get, you receive/get (formal singular & plural)

Simple Past (Präteritum):

ich bekam I received/got

du bekamst you received/got (informal singular)
er/sie/es bekam he/she/it received/got
wir bekamen we received/got
ihr bekamt you received/got (informal plural)

sie/Sie bekamen they received/got, you received/got (formal singular & plural)

Present Perfect (Perfekt):

| 84
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich habe bekommen I have received/got
du hast bekommen you have received/got (informal singular)
er/sie/es hat bekommen he/she/it has received/got
wir haben bekommen we have received/got
ihr habt bekommen you have received/got (informal plural)
they have received/got, you have received/got
sie/Sie haben bekommen (formal singular & plural)

Note that in the present perfect, the auxiliary verb "haben" is conjugated according to the
subject, and the past participle "bekommen" remains the same.

[Link] Vocabolaries verbs

Here is a list of common inseparable verbs for each prefix:

Prefix German Word English Meaning

be- bekommen to receive
be- beginnen to begin
be- bedecken to cover
be- beenden to finish
be- behalten to keep
be- beschreiben to describe
be- besuchen to visit
be- betrachten to consider
be- bewegen to move
be- bewahren to preserve
ent- entdecken to discover
ent- entfernen to remove
ent- entscheiden to decide
ent- entstehen to emerge
ent- enthalten to contain
ent- entwickeln to develop
ent- entlassen to dismiss
ent- entgegennehmen to accept
ent- entwerfen to design
ent- entzünden to ignite
er- erfahren to experience

| 85
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

er- erkennen to recognize

er- erreichen to reach
er- erinnern to remember
er- erhalten to receive
er- erlauben to allow
er- erklären to explain
er- erzeugen to generate
er- erwarten to expect
er- erweitern to expand
ge- gebrauchen to use
ge- geschehen to happen
ge- gestatten to allow
ge- gebieten to command
ge- gewähren to grant
ge- gefallen to please
ge- gefrieren to freeze
ge- gelingen to succeed
ge- gemäß according to
ge- genießen to enjoy
ver- verkaufen to sell
ver- verstehen to understand
ver- verdienen to earn
ver- verlieren to lose
ver- vergleichen to compare
ver- verbringen to spend time
ver- versuchen to try
ver- verbinden to connect
ver- verändern to change
ver- vermeiden to avoid
zer- zerbrechen to break
zer- zerstören to destroy
zer- zerlegen to dismantle
zer- zerren to drag
zer- zerteilen to divide
zer- zerfetzen to shred
zer- zerdrücken to crush
zer- zerfließen to melt

| 86
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

zer- zermahlen to grind

zer- zerquetschen to squeeze

7.4. Modal verbs

Modal verbs (Modalverben) are a type of auxiliary verb in German that express the attitude,
possibility, ability, or obligation of the action in a sentence. Here are some general rules for
using modal verbs in sentences:

Modal verbs usually come before the main verb in a sentence. For example:

Ich kann Deutsch sprechen. (I can speak German.)

Wir müssen heute arbeiten. (We have to work today.)

Modal verbs are usually conjugated based on the subject of the sentence, and are
followed by the infinitive form of the main verb. For example:

Du darfst das Auto benutzen. (You are allowed to use the car.)
Er will ins Kino gehen. (He wants to go to the cinema.)

In German, the main verb usually goes to the end of the sentence, after the modal
verb and any other sentence elements. For example:

Sie soll das Buch heute Abend lesen. (She should read the book tonight.)
Ich kann morgen nicht kommen, weil ich arbeiten muss. (I can't come tomorrow because I
have to work.)

Some modal verbs can change their meaning depending on the context in which they
are used. For example, "dürfen" can mean "may" or "be allowed to", "mögen" can
mean "like" or "may", and "sollen" can mean "should" or "be supposed to".

Modal verbs are often used in conjunction with other sentence elements, such as
adverbs or prepositional phrases, to provide additional information about the action.
For example:

Ich kann gut schwimmen. (I can swim well.)

Wir müssen um sechs Uhr aufstehen. (We have to wake up at six o'clock.)

Conjugation
German English Meaning
dürfen may, to be allowed to Indicates permission or ability to do something
können can, to be able to Indicates ability to do something

mögen to like, may Indicates preference or possibility of doing something

| 87
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

müssen must, to have to Indicates necessity or obligation to do something

sollen should, to be supposed to Indicates an expected or recommended action
wollen want, to want to Indicates desire or intention to do something

Here are the conjugations for each modal verb in the present tense and In the simple past
tense, modal verbs are conjugated irregularly as well::

7.4.1 dürfen:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich darf I may/am allowed to
du darfst you may/are allowed to (informal singular)
er/sie/es darf he/she/it may/is allowed to
wir dürfen we may/are allowed to
ihr dürft you all may/are allowed to (informal plural)

sie/Sie dürfen they/you may/are allowed to (formal singular & plural)

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich durfte I was allowed to
du durftest you were allowed to (informal singular)
er/sie/es durfte he/she/it was allowed to
wir durften we were allowed to
ihr durftet you all were allowed to (informal plural)
sie/Sie durften they/you were allowed to (formal singular & plural)

7.4.2 können:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich kann I can/am able to
du kannst you can/are able to (informal singular)
er/sie/es kann he/she/it can/is able to
wir können we can/are able to
ihr könnt you all can/are able to (informal plural)
sie/Sie können they/you can/are able to (formal singular & plural)

| 88
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich konnte I could/was able to
du konntest you could/were able to (informal singular)
er/sie/es konnte he/she/it could/was able to
wir konnten we could/were able to
ihr konntet you all could/were able to (informal plural)
sie/Sie konnten they/you could/were able to (formal singular & plural)

7.4.3 mögen:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich mag I like/may
du magst you like/may (informal singular)
er/sie/es mag he/she/it likes/may
wir mögen we like/may
ihr mögt you all like/may (informal plural)
sie/Sie mögen they/you like/may (formal singular & plural)

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich mochte I liked/wanted to
du mochtest you liked/wanted to (informal singular)
er/sie/es mochte he/she/it liked/wanted to
wir mochten we liked/wanted to
ihr mochtet you all liked/wanted to (informal plural)
sie/Sie mochten they/you liked/wanted to (formal singular & plural)

7.4.4 müssen:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich muss I must/have to
du musst you must/have to (informal singular)
er/sie/es muss he/she/it must/has to
wir müssen we must/have to
ihr müsst you all must/have to (informal plural)
sie/Sie müssen they/you must/have to (formal singular & plural)

| 89
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich musste I had to/must
du musstest you had to/must (informal singular)
er/sie/es musste he/she/it had to/must
wir mussten we had to/must
ihr musstet you all had to/must (informal plural)
sie/Sie mussten they/you had to/must (formal singular & plural)

7.4.5 sollen:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich soll I should/am supposed to
du sollst you should/are supposed to (informal singular)
er/sie/es soll he/she/it should/is supposed to
wir sollen we should/are supposed to
ihr sollt you all should/are supposed to (informal plural)
they/you should/are supposed to (formal singular &
sie/Sie sollen plural)

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich sollte I was supposed to/should
du solltest you were supposed to/should (informal singular)
er/sie/es sollte he/she/it was supposed to/should
wir sollten we were supposed to/should
ihr solltet you all were supposed to/should (informal plural)
they/you were supposed to/should (formal singular &
sie/Sie sollten plural)

7.4.5 wollen:

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich will I want to
du willst you want to (informal singular)
er/sie/es will he/she/it wants to
wir wollen we want to
ihr wollt you all want to (informal plural)

| 90
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sie/Sie wollen they/you want to (formal singular & plural)

Subject Conjugation English Meaning

ich wollte I wanted to
du wolltest you wanted to (informal singular)
er/sie/es wollte he/she/it wanted to
wir wollten we wanted to
ihr wolltet you all wanted to (informal plural)
sie/Sie wollten they/you wanted to (formal singular & plural)

Examples of sentences with modal verbs:

German English
Ich darf das Auto benutzen. I am allowed to use the car.
Du kannst Deutsch sprechen. You can speak German.
Er mag Schokolade. He likes chocolate.
Wir müssen heute arbeiten. We have to work today.
Ihr sollt das Zimmer aufräumen. You all should clean up the room.
Sie wollen ins Kino gehen. They want to go to the cinema.

Understanding and using modal verbs correctly is crucial for expressing various shades of
meaning in German. Practice conjugating and combining them with other verbs to improve
your fluency and comprehension.

7.5. Reflexive verbs

Reflexive verbs (Reflexive Verben) in German are verbs that refer back to the subject of the
sentence. These verbs are used when the subject and the object of the action are the same.
Reflexive verbs are often used to describe actions related to personal care, emotions, or
daily routines.

To form reflexive verbs, you need to add a reflexive pronoun (Reflexivpronomen) that
corresponds to the subject of the sentence. These reflexive pronouns are in the accusative
or dative case, depending on the verb's requirements.

7.5.1. accusative case

Here are the reflexive pronouns in the accusative case:

| 91
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Conjugation English Translation

ich (I) mich myself (1st person singular)
du (you, informal singular) dich yourself (2nd person singular)
er/sie/es (he/she/it) sich himself, herself, itself (3rd person singular)
wir (we) uns ourselves (1st person plural)
ihr (you, informal plural) euch yourselves (2nd person plural)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal singular
and plural) sich themselves (3rd person plural)

Examples of reflexive verbs with accusative reflexive pronouns:

Subject Conjugation English Translation

ich (I) ich wasche mich I wash myself (1st person singular)

du (you, informal singular) du wäschst dich you wash yourself (2nd person singular)
he/she/it washes himself/herself/itself (3rd
er/sie/es (he/she/it) er/sie/es wäscht sich person singular)

wir (we) wir waschen uns we wash ourselves (1st person plural)
ihr (you, informal plural) ihr wascht euch you wash yourselves (2nd person plural)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal they/you wash themselves (3rd person
singular and plural) sie/Sie waschen sich plural/formal singular and plural)

7.5.2. dative case

Some reflexive verbs require dative reflexive pronouns. Here they are:

Subject Reflexive Pronoun English Translation

ich (I) mir to myself (1st person singular)
du (you, informal singular) dir to yourself (2nd person singular)
to himself, to herself, to itself (3rd person
er/sie/es (he/she/it) sich singular)
wir (we) uns to ourselves (1st person plural)
ihr (you, informal plural) euch to yourselves (2nd person plural)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal to themselves (3rd person plural/formal
singular and plural) sich singular and plural)

Examples of reflexive verbs with dative reflexive pronouns:

| 92
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Subject Conjugation Example Sentence (with object) English Translation

ich kaufe ich kaufe mir ein Buch I buy a book for myself
You buy a book for yourself
du kaufst du kaufst dir ein Buch (singular)
He/She/It buys a book for
er/sie/es kauft er/sie/es kauft sich ein Buch himself/herself/itself
wir kaufen wir kaufen uns ein Buch We buy a book for ourselves
You buy a book for yourselves
ihr kauft ihr kauft euch ein Buch (plural)
They/You buy a book for
sie/Sie kaufen sie/Sie kaufen sich ein Buch themselves/yourself

In many cases, reflexive verbs have a similar structure to their English counterparts.
However, some German reflexive verbs may not be reflexive in English, and vice versa. It is
essential to familiarize yourself with common reflexive verbs in German and understand
when to use reflexive pronouns in the appropriate case.

Additionally, reflexive verbs can be used in different tenses, like other verbs. Just remember
to include the appropriate reflexive pronoun when conjugating them.

Example in the simple past tense:

Ich wusch mich. (I washed myself.)

Example in the present perfect tense:

Ich habe mich gewaschen. (I have washed myself.)

[Link] Vocabolaries verbs

Infinitive English Translation Infinitive English Translation
sich abtrocknen to dry oneself sich aufwärmen to warm up
sich ändern to change oneself sich beschleunigen to accelerate
sich anziehen to get dressed sich entwickeln to develop
sich ausruhen to rest sich unterordnen to submit
sich ausziehen to undress sich aufhalten to stay
sich beeilen to hurry sich beklagen to complain
sich befinden to be located sich beteiligen to participate
sich bemühen to make an effort sich einmischen to interfere
sich benehmen to behave sich entspannen to relax
sich beschäftigen to occupy oneself sich erkundigen to inquire
sich beschweren to complain sich festhalten to hold on

| 93
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sich entscheiden to decide sich gedulden to be patient

sich erholen to recover sich hinlegen to lie down
sich erkälten to catch a cold sich rächen to take revenge
sich ernähren to nourish oneself sich trauen to dare
sich erinnern to remember sich umdrehen to turn around
sich fühlen to feel sich verändern to change
sich freuen to be happy sich verstecken to hide
sich fürchten to be afraid sich vorstellen to imagine/introduce oneself
sich gewöhnen to get used to sich zwingen to force oneself
sich kämmen to comb oneself sich einstellen to adjust
sich konzentrieren to concentrate sich orientieren to orient oneself
sich kümmern to take care of sich verirren to get lost
sich langweilen to be bored sich vermehren to multiply
sich nähern to approach sich versöhnen to reconcile
sich rasieren to shave sich zusammensetzen to sit together
sich setzen to sit down sich übergeben to vomit
sich streiten to argue sich überlegen to consider
sich treffen to meet sich überwinden to overcome
sich trennen to separate sich unterstellen to take shelter
sich unterhalten to have a conversation sich verlaufen to get lost
sich verabschieden to say goodbye sich anschließen to join
sich verhalten to behave sich ausstellen to exhibit
sich verlieben to fall in love sich eignen to be suitable
sich verspäten to be late sich zurückziehen to withdraw

sich vorbereiten to prepare oneself sich kühl halten to keep cool

sich waschen to wash oneself sich leisten to afford
sich wundern to be surprised sich schämen to be ashamed
sich zurechtmachen to get ready sich verletzen to injure oneself
sich anfreunden to become friends sich wenden to turn
sich anmelden to register sich unterziehen to undergo
sich bedanken to thank sich auskennen to know one's way
sich bewegen to move sich hinsetzen to sit down
sich einigen to agree sich anschauen to look at
sich entschuldigen to apologize sich einprägen to memorize
sich erlauben to allow oneself sich aufregen to get upset
sich irren to be mistaken sich ausdrücken to express oneself

| 94
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sich zurückhalten to hold back sich ausgeben to spend

sich ausbreiten to spread sich bemerkbar machen to make oneself noticed
sich abwenden to turn away sich einlassen to get involved

7.6. Tenses

7.6.1. Present tense

In German, verb conjugation is the process of changing the form of a verb to reflect the
tense, mood, voice, and person. In this case, we'll focus on the present tense conjugation of
regular verbs in German. The present tense is used to describe actions happening now or
habits and general truths.

In German, verbs are conjugated according to the subject of the sentence, which can be
singular or plural and can correspond to the 1st, 2nd, or 3rd person.

Here's an overview of the regular verb conjugation in the present tense:

Affirmative Negative

Subject German English German English

Ich wohne nicht in
I do not live in Germany
ich ich wohne in Deutschland I live in Germany Deutschland
you [informal] live in Du wohnst nicht in
You [informal] do not live in Germany
du du wohnst in Deutschland Germany Deutschland
er/sie/es wohnt in Er/Sie/Es wohnt nicht in
He/She/It does not live in Germany
er/sie/es Deutschland he/she/it lives in Germany Deutschland
Wir wohnen nicht in
We do not live in Germany
wir wir wohnen in Deutschland we live in Germany Deutschland
Ihr wohnt nicht in
You [plural] do not live in Germany
ihr ihr wohnt in Deutschland you [plural] live in Germany Deutschland
sie/Sie wohnen in they/you [formal] live in Sie/Sie wohnen nicht in They/You [formal] do not live in
sie/Sie Deutschland Germany Deutschland Germany

Closed question Negative Closed question

Subject German English German English

wohne ich nicht in
Do I live in Germany?
ich wohne ich in Deutschland? Deutschland? Don't I live in Germany?
wohnst du nicht in
Do you live in Germany?
du wohnst du in Deutschland? Deutschland? don't you [informal] live in Germany?
wohnt er/sie/es in Does he/she/it live in wohnt er/sie/es nicht in
er/sie/es Deutschland? Germany? Deutschland? doesn't he/she/it live in Germany?
wohnen wir nicht in
Do we live in Germany?
wir wohnen wir in Deutschland? Deutschland? don't we live in Germany?
Do you [plural] live in wohnt ihr nicht in
ihr wohnt ihr in Deutschland? Germany? Deutschland? don't you [plural] live in Germany?
wohnen sie/Sie in wohnen sie/Sie nicht in don't they/you [formal] live in
Do they live in Germany?
sie/Sie Deutschland Deutschland? Germany?

| 95
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Open question Negative open question

Subject German English German English

Warum wohne ich in warum wohne ich nicht in
Why do I live in Germany? why don't i live in Germany?
ich Deutschland? Deutschland?
Warum wohnst du in Why do you [informal] live warum wohnst du nicht in
why don't you live in Germany?
du Deutschland? in Germany? Deutschland?
Warum wohnt er/sie/es in Why does he/she/it live in warum wohnt er/sie/es nicht Why doesn't he/she/it live in
er/sie/es Deutschland? Germany? in Deutschland? Germany?
Warum wohnen wir in Why do we live in wohnen wir nicht in
Why don't we live in Germany?
wir Deutschland? Germany? Deutschland?
Warum wohnt ihr in Why do you [plural] live in warum wohnt ihr nicht in why don't you [plural] live in
ihr Deutschland? Germany? Deutschland? Germany?
Warum wohnen sie/Sie in Why do they/you [formal] warum wohnen sie/Sie nicht
why don't they/you live in Germany?
sie/Sie Deutschland? live in Germany? in Deutschland?

with adjective/adverb/noun

Affirmative Negative (dhea)

Subject German English German English

ich ich bin hier I am here Ich bin nicht hier I am not here

du du bist hier you [informal] are here Du bist nicht hier You [informal] are not here

er/sie/es er/sie/es ist hier he/she/it is here Er/Sie/Es ist nicht hier He/She/It is not here

wir wir sind hier we are here Wir sind nicht hier We are not here

ihr ihr seid hier you [plural] are here Ihr seid nicht hier You [plural] are not here

sie/Sie sie/Sie sind hier they/you [formal] are here Sie/Sie sind nicht hier They/You [formal] are not here

Closed question (nita) Negative Closed question (salva)

Subject German English German English

ich Bin ich hier? Am I here? Bin ich nicht hier? Am I not here?

du Bist du hier? Are you [informal] here? Bist du nicht hier? Are you [informal] not here?

er/sie/es Ist er/sie/es hier? Is he/she/it here? Ist er/sie/es nicht hier? Is he/she/it not here?

wir Sind wir hier? Are we here? Sind wir nicht hier? Are we not here?

ihr Seid ihr hier? Are you [plural] here? Seid ihr nicht hier? Are you [plural] not here?

sie/Sie Sind sie/Sie hier? Are they/you [formal] here? Sind sie/Sie nicht hier? Are they/you [formal] not here?

Open question (sabrina) Negative open question (salva)

Subject German English German English

ich Warum bin ich hier? Why am I here? Warum bin ich nicht hier? Why am I not here?

du Warum bist du hier? Why are you [informal] here? Warum bist du nicht hier? Why are you [informal] not here?

er/sie/es Warum ist er/sie/es hier? Why is he/she/it here? Warum ist er/sie/es nicht hier? Why is he/she/it not here?

wir Warum sind wir hier? Why are we here? Warum sind wir nicht hier? Why are we not here?

ihr Warum seid ihr hier? Why are you [plural] here? Warum seid ihr nicht hier? Why are you [plural] not here?

sie/Sie Warum sind sie/Sie hier? Why are they/you [formal] here? Warum sind sie/Sie nicht hier? Why are they/you [formal] not here?

| 96
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Affirmative Negative

Subject German English German English

ich Ich will Deutsch lernen I want to learn German Ich will kein Deutsch lernen I don't want to learn German

You [informal] want to learn You [informal] don't want to learn

Du willst kein Deutsch lernen
du Du willst Deutsch lernen German German
He/She/It wants to learn He/She/It doesn't want to learn
Er/Sie/Es will kein Deutsch lernen
er/sie/es Er/Sie/Es will Deutsch lernen German German

wir Wir wollen Deutsch lernen We want to learn German Wir wollen kein Deutsch lernen We don't want to learn German

You [plural] want to learn You [plural] don't want to learn

Ihr wollt kein Deutsch lernen
ihr Ihr wollt Deutsch lernen German German
Sie/Sie wollen Deutsch They/You [formal] want to learn They/You [formal] don't want to
Sie/Sie wollen kein Deutsch lernen
sie/Sie lernen German learn German

Closed question Negative Closed question

Subject German English German English

ich Will ich Deutsch lernen? Do I want to learn German? Will ich kein Deutsch lernen? Do I not want to learn German?
Do you [informal] want to learn Do you [informal] not want to learn
du Willst du Deutsch lernen? German? Willst du kein Deutsch lernen? German?
Will er/sie/es Deutsch Does he/she/it want to learn Does he/she/it not want to learn
er/sie/es lernen? German? Will er/sie/es kein Deutsch lernen? German?

wir Wollen wir Deutsch lernen? Do we want to learn German? Wollen wir kein Deutsch lernen? Do we not want to learn German?
Do you [plural] want to learn Do you [plural] not want to learn
ihr Wollt ihr Deutsch lernen? German? Wollt ihr kein Deutsch lernen? German?
Wollen sie/Sie Deutsch Do they/you [formal] want to Do they/you [formal] not want to
sie/Sie lernen? learn German? Wollen sie/Sie kein Deutsch lernen? learn German?

Open question Negative open question

Subject German English German English

Warum will ich Deutsch Why do I want to learn Why do I not want to learn
ich lernen? German? Warum will ich kein Deutsch lernen? German?
Warum willst du Deutsch Why do you [informal] want to Why do you [informal] not want to
du lernen? learn German? Warum willst du kein Deutsch lernen? learn German?
Warum will er/sie/es Deutsch Why does he/she/it want to Warum will er/sie/es kein Deutsch Why does he/she/it not want to
er/sie/es lernen? learn German? lernen? learn German?
Warum wollen wir Deutsch Why do we want to learn Warum wollen wir kein Deutsch Why do we not want to learn
wir lernen? German? lernen? German?
Warum wollt ihr Deutsch Why do you [plural] want to Why do you [plural] not want to
ihr lernen? learn German? Warum wollt ihr kein Deutsch lernen? learn German?
Warum wollen sie/Sie Why do they/you [formal] want Warum wollen sie/Sie kein Deutsch Why do they/you [formal] not want
sie/Sie Deutsch lernen? to learn German? lernen? to learn German?

First, you need to know the infinitive form of the verb (e.g., spielen – to play).

Remove the "-en" ending from the infinitive to obtain the verb stem (e.g., spiel-).

Add the appropriate ending to the verb stem according to the subject pronoun:

ich (I) - add "-e" (e.g., ich spiele – I play)

| 97
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du (you, singular informal) - add "-st" (e.g., du spielst – you play)

er/sie/es (he/she/it) - add "-t" (e.g., er spielt – he plays)
wir (we) - add "-en" (e.g., wir spielen – we play)
ihr (you, plural informal) - add "-t" (e.g., ihr spielt – you all play)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal) - add "-en" (e.g., sie spielen – they play, Sie spielen – you play)

Keep in mind that there are irregular (strong) verbs in German that don't follow these regular
patterns. They often involve vowel changes in the stem for the 2nd and 3rd person singular
forms (e.g., fahren – to drive: du fährst, er/sie/es fährt).

Modal verbs are also irregular and need to be memorized individually. Examples include
können (can), müssen (must), dürfen (may), and wollen (want).

Additionally, some verbs have separable prefixes, which means the prefix is separated from
the verb stem and placed at the end of the clause. For example, the verb "anfangen" (to
begin) is conjugated as "ich fange an" (I begin).

7.6.2. Simple past tense (Präteritum)

In German, the simple past tense, also known as Präteritum or Imperfekt, is used to describe
completed actions or events in the past. It is mainly used in written language and storytelling,
while in everyday spoken language, the present perfect tense (Perfekt) is more commonly
used. Nevertheless, it is essential to understand the simple past tense, especially when
reading German texts.

Here's an overview of regular verb conjugation in the simple past tense:

Start with the infinitive form of the verb (e.g., spielen – to play).

Remove the "-en" ending from the infinitive to obtain the verb stem (e.g., spiel-).

Add the appropriate simple past tense endings to the verb stem according to the subject
pronoun:

ich (I) - add "-te" (e.g., ich spielte – I played)

du (you, singular informal) - add "-test" (e.g., du spieltest – you played)
er/sie/es (he/she/it) - add "-te" (e.g., er spielte – he played)
wir (we) - add "-ten" (e.g., wir spielten – we played)
ihr (you, plural informal) - add "-tet" (e.g., ihr spieltet – you all played)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal) - add "-ten" (e.g., sie spielten – they played, Sie spielten – you
played)
However, many German verbs are irregular (strong) in the simple past tense, with changes
in the verb stem and different endings. The stem vowel often changes, and the endings are
as follows:

ich (I) - add "-(e)" (e.g., ich las – I read)

| 98
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du (you, singular informal) - add "-est" or "-st" (e.g., du lasest or du lasst – you read)
er/sie/es (he/she/it) - add "-(e)" (e.g., er las – he read)
wir (we) - add "-en" (e.g., wir lasen – we read)
ihr (you, plural informal) - add "-et" or "-t" (e.g., ihr laset or ihr last – you all read)
sie/Sie (they/you, formal) - add "-en" (e.g., sie lasen – they read, Sie lasen – you read)
Irregular verb forms in the simple past tense need to be memorized, as there isn't a single
rule that covers all irregular verbs. Examples of common irregular verbs include sein
(was/were), haben (had), gehen (went), and kommen (came).

Modal verbs (e.g., können, müssen, dürfen, wollen) are also irregular in the simple past
tense, and their conjugation should be memorized individually.

7.6.3. Present perfect tense (Perfekt)

The present perfect tense (Perfekt) in German is used to describe past events and is often
used in everyday spoken language. It is formed using the present tense of an auxiliary verb
(either "haben" or "sein") and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the present perfect tense in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb. Most verbs use "haben" as the auxiliary verb, while
some verbs of motion or change of state, as well as reflexive verbs, use "sein."

Conjugate the auxiliary verb in the present tense according to the subject pronoun:

[Link] haben:

Subject
Subject (English) Sentence (German) Sentence (English)
(German)
ich I have Ich habe I have

du you have (singular inf.) Du hast You have (singular inf.)

er/sie/es he/she/it has Er/Sie/Es hat He/She/It has

wir we have Wir haben We have

ihr you all have (pl. inf.) Ihr habt You all have (pl. inf.)

sie/Sie they have/you have (frm.) Sie/Sie haben They have/You have (frm.)

Subject
Subject (English) Sentence (German) Sentence (English)
(German)

| 99
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ich I have Ich habe gesprochen I have spoken

You have spoken (singular

du you have (singular inf.) Du hast gesprochen
informal)
Er/Sie/Es hat
er/sie/es he/she/it has He/She/It has spoken
gesprochen

wir we have Wir haben gesprochen We have spoken

You all have spoken (plural

ihr you all have (pl. inf.) Ihr habt gesprochen
informal)
Sie/Sie haben They have/You have spoken
sie/Sie they have/you have (frm.)
gesprochen (formal)

[Link] sein:

Sentence
Subject (German) Subject (English) Sentence (English)
(German)
they are/you are Sie/Sie sind They have/You have been spoken
sie/Sie (frm.) gesprochen (formal)

ich I went Ich bin gegangen I went

you went (singular
du inf.) Du bist gegangen You went (singular informal)
Er/Sie/Es ist
er/sie/es he/she/it went gegangen He/She/It went

wir we went Wir sind gegangen We went

you all went (pl.
ihr inf.) Ihr seid gegangen You all went (plural informal)
they/you went Sie/Sie sind
sie/Sie (frm.) gegangen They/You went (formal)

Sentence
Subject (German) Subject (English) Sentence (English)
(German)
they are/you are Sie/Sie sind They have/You have been spoken
sie/Sie (frm.) gesprochen (formal)

ich I went Ich bin gegangen I went

you went (singular
du inf.) Du bist gegangen You went (singular informal)
Er/Sie/Es ist
er/sie/es he/she/it went gegangen He/She/It went

| 100
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

wir we went Wir sind gegangen We went

you all went (pl.
ihr inf.) Ihr seid gegangen You all went (plural informal)
they/you went Sie/Sie sind
sie/Sie (frm.) gegangen They/You went (formal)

Remember that word order matters in German sentences. In main clauses, the auxiliary verb
occupies the second position, and the past participle goes to the end of the clause. In
subordinate clauses, both the auxiliary verb and the past participle are moved to the end of
the clause, with the auxiliary verb coming last.

[Link] Adverb of time:

[Link] Verbs:

7.6.4. Past perfect tense (Plusquamperfekt)

The past perfect tense (Plusquamperfekt) in German is used to describe events that
happened before another event in the past. This tense is less common in everyday spoken
language but is often used in written texts and storytelling.

The past perfect tense in German is formed using the simple past tense of an auxiliary verb
(either "haben" or "sein") and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the past perfect tense in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb. Most verbs use "haben" as the auxiliary verb, while
some verbs of motion or change of state, as well as reflexive verbs, use "sein."

Conjugate the auxiliary verb in the simple past tense according to the subject pronoun:

[Link] haben:

ich hatte (I had)

du hattest (you had, singular informal)
er/sie/es hatte (he/she/it had)
wir hatten (we had)
ihr hattet (you all had, plural informal)
sie/Sie hatten (they had/you had, formal)

[Link] sein:

ich war (I was)

| 101
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du warst (you were, singular informal)

er/sie/es war (he/she/it was)
wir waren (we were)
ihr wart (you all were, plural informal)
sie/Sie waren (they were/you were, formal)
Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Combine the conjugated auxiliary verb and the past participle to form the past perfect tense.
For example:
ich hatte gespielt (I had played)
du warst gekommen (you had come, singular informal)
wir hatten gesehen (we had seen)
In main clauses, the auxiliary verb occupies the second position, and the past participle goes
to the end of the clause. In subordinate clauses, both the auxiliary verb and the past
participle are moved to the end of the clause, with the auxiliary verb coming last.

7.6.5. Future tense (Futur I)

The future tense (Futur I) in German is used to describe events or actions that will happen in
the future. It is formed using the present tense of the auxiliary verb "werden" and the
infinitive form of the main verb. In everyday spoken language, the present tense is often
used to describe future events, especially when the context makes the time reference clear.
However, the future tense is still used to express predictions, intentions, or assumptions
about the future.

Here's how to form the future tense (Futur I) in German:

Conjugate the auxiliary verb "werden" in the present tense according to the subject pronoun:
ich werde (I will)
du wirst (you will, singular informal)
er/sie/es wird (he/she/it will)
wir werden (we will)
ihr werdet (you all will, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden (they will/you will, formal)
Use the infinitive form of the main verb.

Combine the conjugated auxiliary verb "werden" with the main verb's infinitive to form the
future tense. For example:

| 102
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ich werde spielen (I will play)

du wirst kommen (you will come, singular informal)
wir werden sehen (we will see)
In main clauses, the auxiliary verb "werden" occupies the second position, and the main
verb's infinitive goes to the end of the clause. In subordinate clauses, both "werden" and the
main verb's infinitive are moved to the end of the clause, with the infinitive coming last.

Please note that there is also a future perfect tense (Futur II) in German, which is used to
describe events or actions that will have been completed by a certain point in the future.
Futur II is formed using the future tense of "werden," the past participle of the main verb, and
the infinitive of the auxiliary verb "haben" or "sein."

7.6.6. Future perfect tense (Futur II)

The future perfect tense (Futur II) in German is used to describe events or actions that will
have been completed by a certain point in the future. This tense is less common in everyday
spoken language but can be used to express assumptions or predictions about the
completion of future events.

Here's how to form the future perfect tense (Futur II) in German:

Conjugate the auxiliary verb "werden" in the present tense according to the subject pronoun:
ich werde (I will)
du wirst (you will, singular informal)
er/sie/es wird (he/she/it will)
wir werden (we will)
ihr werdet (you all will, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden (they will/you will, formal)
Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Determine the correct auxiliary verb for the main verb (either "haben" or "sein") and use its
infinitive form.

Combine the conjugated auxiliary verb "werden," the past participle of the main verb, and the
infinitive of the auxiliary verb "haben" or "sein" to form the future perfect tense. For example:

ich werde gespielt haben (I will have played)

| 103
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du wirst gekommen sein (you will have come, singular informal)

wir werden gesehen haben (we will have seen)
In main clauses, the auxiliary verb "werden" occupies the second position, the past participle
goes to the end of the clause, and the infinitive of "haben" or "sein" comes right before the
past participle. In subordinate clauses, "werden," the past participle, and the infinitive of
"haben" or "sein" are all moved to the end of the clause, with "werden" coming last.

1. Regular Verbs

Simple Perfekt Simple Future

Subject Present Tense Simple Past Tense Tense Tense Meaning
ich werde
ich (I) ich lerne ich lernte ich habe gelernt lernen I learn(ed)
du (you, informal du wirst
singular) du lernst du lerntest du hast gelernt lernen you learn(ed)
er/sie/es wird he/she/it
er/sie/es (he/she/it) er/sie/es lernt er/sie/es lernte er/sie/es hat gelernt lernen learn(ed)
wir werden
wir (we) wir lernen wir lernten wir haben gelernt lernen we learn(ed)
ihr (you, informal ihr werdet you all
plural) ihr lernt ihr lerntet ihr habt gelernt lernen learn(ed)

2. Irregular Verbs

Simple Perfekt Simple Future

ubject Present Tense Simple Past Tense Tense Tense Meaning
ich habe dich ich werde dich
ich (I) ich sehe dich ich sah dich gesehen sehen I see/saw you
du (you, informal du hast mich du wirst mich
singular) du siehst mich du sahst mich gesehen sehen you see/saw me
er/sie/es hat dich er/sie/es wird he/she/it
er/sie/es (he/she/it) er/sie/es sieht dich er/sie/es sah dich gesehen dich sehen sees/saw you
wir haben dich wir werden dich
wir (we) wir sehen dich wir sahen dich gesehen sehen we see/saw you
ihr (you, informal ihr habt mich ihr werdet mich you all see/saw
plural) ihr seht mich ihr saht mich gesehen sehen me
sie/Sie (they/you,
formal singular and sie/Sie haben dich sie/Sie werden
plural) sie/Sie sehen dich sie/Sie sahen dich gesehen dich sehen they/you see/sa

3. Modal Verbs

| 104
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Simple Past Simple Perfekt Simple Future

Subject Present Tense Tense Tense Tense Meaning
I want/wanted to
ich (I) ich will lernen ich wollte lernen learn

du (you, informal you want/wanted to

singular) du willst lernen du wolltest lernen learn
he/she/it
er/sie/es will er/sie/es wollte wants/wanted to
er/sie/es (he/she/it) lernen lernen learn

we want/wanted to
wir (we) wir wollen lernen wir wollten lernen learn

ihr (you, informal you all want/wanted

plural) ihr wollt lernen ihr wolltet lernen to learn

4. Reflexive Verbs

Simple Past Simple Future Simple Perfekt

Subject Present Tense Tense Tense Tense Meaning
ich werde mich ich habe mich
ich (I) ich wasche mich ich wusch mich waschen gewaschen I wash(ed) myself
du (you,
informal du wirst dich du hast dich
singular) du wäschst dich du wuschest dich waschen gewaschen you wash(ed) yourself

er/sie/es er/sie/es wäscht er/sie/es wusch er/sie/es wird sich er/sie/es hat sich he/she/it wash(ed)
(he/she/it) sich sich waschen gewaschen himself/herself/itself
wir werden uns wir haben uns we wash(ed)
wir (we) wir waschen uns wir wuschen uns waschen gewaschen ourselves
ihr (you,
informal ihr werdet euch ihr habt euch you all wash(ed)
plural) ihr wascht euch ihr waschtet euch waschen gewaschen yourselves
sie/Sie
(they/you,
formal
singular and sie/Sie waschen sie/Sie wuschen sie/Sie werden sich sie/Sie haben sich they/you wash(ed)
plural) sich sich waschen gewaschen themselves/yourse

Simple Past Simple Perfekt Simple Future

Subject Present Tense Tense Tense Tense Meaning
ich kaufe mir ich kaufte mir ein ich habe mir ein ich werde mir ein I buy/bought myself a
ich (I) ein Auto Auto Auto gekauft Auto kaufen car

| 105
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du (you, informal du kaufst dir ein du kauftest dir du hast dir ein du wirst dir ein Auto you buy/bought
singular) Auto ein Auto Auto gekauft kaufen yourself a car

er/sie/es kauft er/sie/es kaufte er/sie/es hat sich er/sie/es wird sich he/she/it buys/bought
er/sie/es (he/she/it) sich ein Auto sich ein Auto ein Auto gekauft ein Auto kaufen themselves a car
wir kaufen uns wir kauften uns wir haben uns ein wir werden uns ein we buy/bought
wir (we) ein Auto ein Auto Auto gekauft Auto kaufen ourselves a car

ihr (you, informal ihr kauft euch ihr kauftet euch ihr habt euch ein ihr werdet euch ein you all buy/bought
plural) ein Auto ein Auto Auto gekauft Auto kaufen yourselves a car
sie/Sie (they/you, sie/Sie haben they/you buy/bought
formal singular and sie/Sie kaufen sie/Sie kauften sich ein Auto sie/Sie werden sich themselves/yourself a
plural) sich ein Auto sich ein Auto gekauft ein Auto kaufen car

5. Separable Verbs

Simple Past Simple Perfekt Simple Future

Subject Present Tense Tense Tense Tense Meaning
ich habe dich ich werde dich
ich (I) ich rufe dich an ich rief dich an angerufen anrufen I call(ed) you
du (you, informal du riefst mich du hast mich du wirst mich
singular) du rufst mich an an angerufen anrufen you call(ed) me
er/sie/es ruft dich er/sie/es rief er/sie/es hat dich er/sie/es wird
er/sie/es (he/she/it) an dich an angerufen dich anrufen he/she/it call(ed) you
wir riefen dich wir haben dich wir werden dich
wir (we) wir rufen dich an an angerufen anrufen we call(ed) you
ihr (you, informal ihr riefet mich ihr habt mich ihr werdet mich
plural) ihr ruft mich an an angerufen anrufen you all call(ed) me
sie/Sie (they/you,
formal singular and sie/Sie rufen dich sie/Sie riefen sie/Sie haben dich sie/Sie werden
plural) an dich an angerufen dich anrufen they/you call(ed) you

Simple Past Simple Perfekt

Subject Present Tense Tense Tense Simple Future Tense Meaning
ich habe
ich (I) ich verstehe ich verstand verstanden ich werde verstehen I understand(ed)
du (you,
informal du hast
singular) du verstehst du verstandest verstanden du wirst verstehen you understand(ed)
er/sie/es er/sie/es er/sie/es hat he/she/it
(he/she/it) versteht er/sie/es verstand verstanden er/sie/es wird verstehen understand(ed)

| 106
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

wir haben
wir (we) wir verstehen wir verstanden verstanden wir werden verstehen we understand(ed)
ihr (you, ihr habt you all
informal plural) ihr versteht ihr verstandet verstanden ihr werdet verstehen understand(ed)
sie/Sie
(they/you,
formal singular sie/Sie sie/Sie sie/Sie haben
and plural) verstehen verstanden verstanden sie/Sie werden verstehen they/you understa

7.7. Passive voice

In German, the passive voice is used to emphasize the action being performed rather than
the subject performing the action. It is formed using a form of the auxiliary verb "werden" and
the past participle of the main verb. The passive voice exists in different tenses, and its
conjugation changes accordingly.

German English Tenses

Das Buch wird gelesen The book is being read Present tense (Präsens)

Das Buch wurde gelesen The book was being read Past tense (Präteritum)

Das Buch ist gelesen worden The book has been read Present perfect tense (Perfekt)
Past perfect tense
Das Buch war gelesen worden The book had been read (Plusquamperfekt)

Das Buch wird gelesen werden The book will be read Future tense (Futur I)
Das Buch wird gelesen worden
sein The book will have been read Future tense (Futur II)

Here is a breakdown of the passive voice in various tenses:

7.7.1. Present tense passive (Präsens Passiv):

The present tense passive (Präsens Passiv) in German is used to describe actions or events
that are currently happening and are being done to the subject. The passive voice is formed
using the auxiliary verb "werden" and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the present tense passive in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb "werden" according to the subject pronoun and
conjugate it in the present tense:
ich werde (I am being)
du wirst (you are being, singular informal)

| 107
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

er/sie/es wird (he/she/it is being)

wir werden (we are being)
ihr werdet (you all are being, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden (they are being/you are being, formal)

Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)

Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Use the correct form of "werden" as the auxiliary verb, followed by the past participle of the
main verb, to form the present tense passive. For example:
ich werde geliebt (I am loved)
du wirst gefragt (you are asked, singular informal)
wir werden unterstützt (we are supported)

Note that in the present tense passive, the subject of the sentence receives the action rather
than performing it. Therefore, the subject is typically preceded by the preposition "von" (by)
to indicate who or what is performing the action. For example:

ich werde von meiner Familie geliebt (I am loved by my family)

das Buch wird von vielen Menschen gelesen (the book is read by many people)

7.7.2 Simple past tense passive (Präteritum Passiv):

The simple past tense passive (Präteritum Passiv) in German is used to describe actions or
events that took place in the past and were done to the subject. The passive voice is formed
using the auxiliary verb "werden" and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the simple past tense passive in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb "werden" according to the subject pronoun and
conjugate it in the simple past tense:
ich wurde (I was being)
du wurdest (you were being, singular informal)
er/sie/es wurde (he/she/it was being)
wir wurden (we were being)
ihr wurdet (you all were being, plural informal)

| 108
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sie/Sie wurden (they were being/you were being, formal)

Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Use the correct form of "werden" as the auxiliary verb, followed by the past participle of the
main verb, to form the simple past tense passive. For example:
ich wurde geliebt (I was loved)
du wurdest gefragt (you were asked, singular informal)
wir wurden unterstützt (we were supported)
Note that in the simple past tense passive, the subject of the sentence receives the action
rather than performing it. Therefore, the subject is typically preceded by the preposition "von"
(by) to indicate who or what is performing the action. For example:

ich wurde von meiner Familie geliebt (I was loved by my family)

das Buch wurde von vielen Menschen gelesen (the book was read by many people)

7.7.3. Present perfect passive (Perfekt Passiv):

The present perfect passive (Perfekt Passiv) in German is used to describe actions or
events that were completed in the past and have an effect on the present. The passive voice
is formed using the auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the present perfect passive in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" according to the main verb's
transitivity and the subject's action:
"sein" is used with intransitive verbs, which do not have a direct object and describe a state
or condition (e.g., schlafen, sterben)
"werden" is used with transitive verbs, which have a direct object and describe an action or
process (e.g., lesen, schreiben)
Conjugate the auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" in the present perfect tense according to the
subject pronoun:
sein:

ich bin gewesen (I have been)

du bist gewesen (you have been, singular informal)
er/sie/es ist gewesen (he/she/it has been)
wir sind gewesen (we have been)
ihr seid gewesen (you all have been, plural informal)

| 109
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

sie/Sie sind gewesen (they/you have been, formal)

werden:

ich werde geworden sein (I will have become)

du wirst geworden sein (you will have become, singular informal)
er/sie/es wird geworden sein (he/she/it will have become)
wir werden geworden sein (we will have become)
ihr werdet geworden sein (you all will have become, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden geworden sein (they/you will have become, formal)
Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Combine the correct form of "sein" or "werden" with the past participle to form the present
perfect passive. For example:
ich bin geliebt worden (I have been loved)
du bist gefragt worden (you have been asked, singular informal)
wir sind unterstützt worden (we have been supported)
Note that in the present perfect passive, the subject of the sentence receives the action
rather than performing it. Therefore, the subject is typically preceded by the preposition "von"
(by) to indicate who or what is performing the action. For example:

ich bin von meiner Familie geliebt worden (I have been loved by my family)
das Buch ist von vielen Menschen gelesen worden (the book has been read by many
people)

7.7.4. Future tense passive (Futur I Passiv):

The future tense passive (Futur I Passiv) in German is used to describe actions or events
that will be completed in the future and will have an effect on the subject. The passive voice
is formed using the auxiliary verb "werden" and the past participle of the main verb.

Here's how to form the future tense passive in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb "werden" according to the subject pronoun and
conjugate it in the future tense:
ich werde (I will be)

| 110
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du wirst (you will be, singular informal)

er/sie/es wird (he/she/it will be)
wir werden (we will be)
ihr werdet (you all will be, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden (they/you will be, formal)
Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)
Use the correct form of "werden" as the auxiliary verb, followed by the past participle of the
main verb, to form the future tense passive. For example:
ich werde geliebt werden (I will be loved)
du wirst gefragt werden (you will be asked, singular informal)
wir werden unterstützt werden (we will be supported)
Note that in the future tense passive, the subject of the sentence receives the action rather
than performing it. Therefore, the subject is typically preceded by the preposition "von" (by)
to indicate who or what is performing the action. For example:

ich werde von meiner Familie geliebt werden (I will be loved by my family)
das Buch wird von vielen Menschen gelesen werden (the book will be read by many people)

7.7.5. Future perfect passive (Futur II Passiv):

The future perfect passive (Futur II Passiv) in German is used to describe actions or events
that will have been completed in the future and will have an effect on the subject. The
passive voice is formed using the auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" and the past participle of
the main verb.

Here's how to form the future perfect passive in German:

Determine the correct auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" according to the main verb's
transitivity and the subject's action:
"sein" is used with intransitive verbs, which do not have a direct object and describe a state
or condition (e.g., schlafen, sterben)
"werden" is used with transitive verbs, which have a direct object and describe an action or
process (e.g., lesen, schreiben)
Conjugate the auxiliary verb "sein" or "werden" in the future perfect tense according to the
subject pronoun:
sein:

| 111
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ich werde gewesen sein (I will have been)

du wirst gewesen sein (you will have been, singular informal)
er/sie/es wird gewesen sein (he/she/it will have been)
wir werden gewesen sein (we will have been)
ihr werdet gewesen sein (you all will have been, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden gewesen sein (they/you will have been, formal)
werden:

ich werde geworden sein (I will have become)

du wirst geworden sein (you will have become, singular informal)
er/sie/es wird geworden sein (he/she/it will have become)
wir werden geworden sein (we will have become)
ihr werdet geworden sein (you all will have become, plural informal)
sie/Sie werden geworden sein (they/you will have become, formal)

Form the past participle of the main verb, following the same rules as in the present perfect
tense:
Regular (weak) verbs: add "ge-" to the beginning of the verb stem and "-t" to the end (e.g.,
spielen -> gespielt)
Irregular (strong) verbs: the past participle often starts with "ge-" and ends with "-en," but the
verb stem's vowel may change (e.g., sehen -> gesehen)
Verbs with separable prefixes: the "ge-" is inserted between the prefix and the verb stem
(e.g., aufstehen -> aufgestanden)
Verbs with inseparable prefixes: the past participle does not have "ge-" (e.g., besuchen ->
besucht)

Combine the correct form of "sein" or "werden" with the past participle to form the future
perfect passive. For example:
ich werde geliebt worden sein (I will have been loved)
du wirst gefragt worden sein (you will have been asked, singular informal)
wir werden unterstützt worden sein (we will have been supported)
Note that in the future perfect passive, the subject of the sentence receives the action rather
than performing it. Therefore, the subject is typically preceded by the preposition "von" (by)
to indicate who or what is performing the action. For example:

ich werde von meiner Familie geliebt worden sein (I will have been loved by my family)
das Buch wird von vielen Menschen gelesen worden sein (the book will have been read by
many people)

7.8. Subjunctive mood (Konjunktiv)

The subjunctive mood (Konjunktiv) in German is used to express hypothetical situations,
indirect speech, politeness, and wishes. There are two forms of the subjunctive mood in
German: Konjunktiv I and Konjunktiv II.

| 112
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Konjunktiv I:

Konjunktiv I is mainly used in indirect speech to report statements, thoughts, or questions,

without directly quoting the speaker. It is formed by adding specific endings to the stem of
the verb in the present tense.

Here are the Konjunktiv I endings:

ich: -e
du: -est
er/sie/es: -e
wir: -en
ihr: -et
sie/Sie: -en

Examples:

sagen (to say):

ich sage → ich sage

du sagst → du sagest
er/sie/es sagt → er/sie/es sage
wir sagen → wir sagen
ihr sagt → ihr saget
sie/Sie sagen → sie/Sie sagen

nehmen (to take):

ich nehme → ich nehme

du nimmst → du nimmest
er/sie/es nimmt → er/sie/es nehme
wir nehmen → wir nehmen
ihr nehmt → ihr nehmet
sie/Sie nehmen → sie/Sie nehmen

Example in a sentence:

Er sagt, dass er müde sei. (He says that he is tired.)

Konjunktiv II:

Konjunktiv II is used to express hypothetical or counterfactual situations, wishes, and polite

requests. It is formed by adding specific endings to the stem of the verb in the simple past
tense.

Here are the Konjunktiv II endings:

ich: -e

| 113
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

du: -est
er/sie/es: -e
wir: -en
ihr: -et
sie/Sie: -en

Examples:

gehen (to go):

ich ging → ich ginge

du gingst → du gingest
er/sie/es ging → er/sie/es ginge
wir gingen → wir gingen
ihr gingt → ihr ginget
sie/Sie gingen → sie/Sie gingen

nehmen (to take):

ich nahm → ich nähme

du nahmst → du nähmest
er/sie/es nahm → er/sie/es nähme
wir nahmen → wir nähmen
ihr nahmt → ihr nähmet
sie/Sie nahmen → sie/Sie nähmen

Example in a sentence:

Wenn ich mehr Zeit hätte, würde ich mehr lesen. (If I had more time, I would read more.)

For some verbs, the Konjunktiv II form is the same as the simple past form. In such cases, to
avoid confusion, an auxiliary verb "würden" is used, followed by the infinitive of the main
verb.

Example:

arbeiten (to work)

Ich arbeitete → Ich würde arbeiten.

The subjunctive mood is essential for expressing hypothetical situations, politeness, and
indirect speech in German. Practice forming and using Konjunktiv I and Konjunktiv II with
various verbs to improve your understanding and fluency in the language.

| 114
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

7.9. Imperative mood

The imperative mood (Imperativ) in German is used to give commands, make requests, or
offer advice. It is formed using the base form of the verb, with some slight modifications
depending on the person and whether the verb is regular or irregular.

There are three forms of the imperative mood in German, corresponding to the three
persons of address: du (informal singular), ihr (informal plural), and Sie (formal singular and
plural).

7.9.1. Du (informal singular) form:

For regular verbs, remove the "-en" ending from the infinitive and add an "-e" at the end. The
"-e" ending is optional for many verbs, and in some cases, it is dropped in everyday speech.

Examples:

gehen (to go) → Geh(e)! (Go!)

spielen (to play) → Spiel(e)! (Play!)
For most irregular verbs, remove the "-en" ending from the infinitive.

Examples:

nehmen (to take) → Nimm! (Take!)

lesen (to read) → Lies! (Read!)
For verbs ending in "-d," "-t," "-ig," "-m," or "-n" (following another consonant), add an "-e" at
the end.

Examples:

arbeiten (to work) → Arbeite! (Work!)

atmen (to breathe) → Atme! (Breathe!)

7.9.2. Ihr (informal plural) form:

For both regular and irregular verbs, remove the "-en" ending from the infinitive and add a
"-t" at the end. The verb form is the same as the indicative mood for the "ihr" form, without
the pronoun "ihr."

Examples:

gehen → Geht! (Go!)

nehmen → Nehmt! (Take!)
lesen → Lest! (Read!)

| 115
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

7.9.3. Sie (formal singular and plural) form:

For the formal imperative, use the present tense indicative form of the verb for "Sie" and
place the pronoun "Sie" after the verb.

Examples:

gehen → Gehen Sie! (Go!)

nehmen → Nehmen Sie! (Take!)
lesen → Lesen Sie! (Read!)
Some verbs have irregular forms in the imperative mood. One common example is "sein" (to
be):

du → Sei!
ihr → Seid!
Sie → Seien Sie!

When using the imperative mood, remember that it can sound very direct and even impolite,
especially in the "du" form. To soften the tone, you can use phrases like "bitte" (please) or
"doch" (an emphasizing particle).

Examples:

Geh bitte! (Please go!)

Lies doch! (Do read!)
Understanding and using the imperative mood correctly is essential for making requests,
giving commands, or offering advice in German. Practice forming the imperative with
different verbs to improve your fluency and command of the language.

7.10. Infinitive constructions

In German, infinitive constructions (Infinitivkonstruktionen) are used when you want to
combine two or more verbs in a sentence. These constructions consist of the infinitive form
of a verb, often with an auxiliary verb or a modal verb. Infinitive constructions can be used to
express intention, possibility, necessity, and other relationships between actions. There are
two main types of infinitive constructions in German: Infinitive with "zu" and Infinitive without
"zu."

7.10.1. Infinitive with "zu" (Infinitiv mit zu):

The German infinitive with "zu" (Infinitiv mit zu) is a grammar construction used in certain
contexts. It's similar to using the "to + verb" structure in English.

However, unlike English, where "to" is almost always used before a verb in its infinitive form,
in German, "zu" is not always used. It depends on the context and the specific sentence
structure.

| 116
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Here's how to use the "Infinitiv mit zu" in German:

1. After Certain Verbs:

Many German verbs require the use of the infinitive with "zu" when they're followed by
another verb. For example:

- "Er hat versucht, die Tür zu öffnen." (He tried to open the door.)
- "Ich hoffe, dich bald zu sehen." (I hope to see you soon.)

In these examples, the verbs "versuchen" (to try) and "hoffen" (to hope) are followed by the
infinitive with "zu".

No German English Example

1 anfangen to begin Ich fange an, Deutsch zu lernen. (I'm starting to learn German.)
2 aufhören to stop Er hört auf, zu rauchen. (He stops smoking.)
3 versuchen to try Sie versucht, zu singen. (She tries to sing.)
4 hoffen to hope Ich hoffe, zu gewinnen. (I hope to win.)
5 erlauben to allow Sie erlauben mir, zu gehen. (They allow me to leave.)
6 vergessen to forget Er hat vergessen, zu bezahlen. (He forgot to pay.)
7 planen to plan Wir planen, zu reisen. (We plan to travel.)
8 scheinen to seem Es scheint, zu regnen. (It seems to be raining.)
9 empfehlen to recommend Ich empfehle dir, zu lesen. (I recommend you to read.)
10 versprechen to promise Sie verspricht, zu helfen. (She promises to help.)
11 beabsichtigen to intend Er beabsichtigt, zu studieren. (He intends to study.)
12 wünschen to wish Ich wünsche mir, zu gewinnen. (I wish to win.)
13 entscheiden to decide Sie hat sich entschieden, zu bleiben. (She has decided to stay.)
14 anbieten to offer Er bietet an, zu helfen. (He offers to help.)
15 erlauben to permit Das Gesetz erlaubt es, zu heiraten. (The law permits to marry.)
16 erinnern to remember Ich erinnere mich daran, zu bezahlen. (I remember to pay.)
17 ermutigen to encourage Sie ermutigt mich, zu singen. (She encourages me to sing.)
18 zögern to hesitate Er zögert, zu antworten. (He hesitates to answer.)

19 verhindern to prevent Das Ziel ist, Unfälle zu verhindern. (The goal is to prevent accidents.)
20 erwarten to expect Wir erwarten, zu gewinnen. (We expect to win.)

After Certain Verbs (haben):

Number German English

1 Ich habe Lust, mit dir zu gehen. I feel like going with you.

| 117
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

2 Du hast Zeit, das Buch zu lesen. You have time to read the book.
3 Er hat die Möglichkeit, erfolgreich zu sein. He has the opportunity to be successful.
4 Sie hat die Fähigkeit, gut zu singen. She has the ability to sing well.
5 Wir haben die Erlaubnis, das Museum zu besuchen. We have permission to visit the museum.

6 Ihr habt die Verantwortung, eure Aufgaben zu erledigen. You have the responsibility to complete your tasks.
7 Sie haben das Privileg, dabei zu sein. They have the privilege to be present.
8 Es hat keinen Sinn, darüber zu streiten. It doesn't make sense to argue about it.

9 Ich habe die Absicht, mein Bestes zu geben. I have the intention to do my best.
10 Du hast die Chance, deine Träume zu verwirklichen. You have the chance to fulfill your dreams.

2. After Certain Adjectives:

Some adjectives in German also require the infinitive with "zu".

- "Es ist wichtig, genug zu schlafen." (It is important to sleep enough.)

Number German English

1 Es ist wichtig, regelmäßig zu trainieren. It is important to exercise regularly.
2 Es ist wichtig, gesund zu essen. It is important to eat healthily.
3 Es ist wichtig, pünktlich zu sein. It is important to be punctual.
4 Es ist wichtig, sich gut zu erholen. It is important to rest well.
5 Es ist wichtig, umweltbewusst zu handeln. It is important to act environmentally conscious.
6 Es ist wichtig, seine Ziele zu verfolgen. It is important to pursue one's goals.
7 Es ist wichtig, sich gegenseitig zu respektieren. It is important to respect each other.
8 Es ist wichtig, offen für Neues zu sein. It is important to be open to new things.
9 Es ist wichtig, Zeit für sich selbst zu haben. It is important to have time for oneself.

10 Es ist wichtig, auf seine Gesundheit zu achten. It is important to take care of one's health.

11 Es ist sinnvoll, aufmerksam zu sein. It is meaningful to be attentive.

12 Es ist hilfreich, geduldig zu sein. It is helpful to be patient.

13 Es ist notwendig, effizient zu arbeiten. It is necessary to work efficiently.

14 Es ist empfehlenswert, organisiert zu sein. It is advisable to be organized.

15 Es ist wertvoll, kreativ zu denken. It is valuable to think creatively.

16 Es ist angemessen, respektvoll zu kommunizieren. It is appropriate to communicate respectfully.

| 118
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

17 Es ist spannend, Neues zu entdecken. It is exciting to discover new things.

18 Es ist lohnend, mutig zu handeln. It is rewarding to act courageously.

19 Es ist entspannend, in der Natur zu sein. It is relaxing to be in nature.

20 Es ist erfrischend, ehrlich zu sein. It is refreshing to be honest.

3. After Prepositions:

In German, the infinitive with "zu" is used after prepositions.

- "Statt zu arbeiten, spielt er Videospiele." (Instead of working, he plays video games.)

4. In Order to (Purpose):

It's also used to express purpose, equivalent to "in order to" in English.

- "Ich lerne Deutsch, um in Berlin studieren zu können." (I am learning German in order to be

able to study in Berlin.)

Remember that in some cases, the infinitive verb with "zu" goes to the end of the sentence,
following the rules of German word order.

There are exceptions and other structures, and the "zu" can even be inserted in between the
verb when it's separable. For example, "Ich habe angefangen, Klavier zu spielen." (I started
to play the piano.). Here, "spielen" (to play) is not separable, but if it were, "zu" would be
inserted, like "Ich fange an, aufzuräumen" (I'm starting to clean up).

Also, remember there are many verbs that don't require "zu" before an infinitive verb. These
are usually modal verbs like "können", "wollen", "müssen", etc., and verbs of perception like
"sehen", "hören". For example: "Ich kann schwimmen" (I can swim) or "Ich höre dich singen"
(I hear you sing).

Understanding and mastering the infinitive with "zu" in German takes practice and exposure
to the language, so keep studying and listening to German in various contexts.

In German, the infinitive form of a verb is often accompanied by the particle "zu," which is
equivalent to the English "to." This combination is called the "Infinitiv mit zu" or "zu-Infinitiv."

The "zu-Infinitiv" is commonly used in various grammatical constructions and contexts in

German. Here are some of the most common uses:

1. Infinitive as a noun complement: The "zu-Infinitiv" can be used as a complement to a

noun, similar to how an infinitive phrase functions in English. For example:

| 119
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

- Es ist Zeit, zu gehen. (It's time to go.)

- Die Entscheidung, zu reisen, war richtig. (The decision to travel was right.)

2. Purpose or intention: The "zu-Infinitiv" is used to express the purpose or intention behind
an action. It answers the question "Why?" For example:
- Ich gehe ins Fitnessstudio, um fit zu bleiben. (I go to the gym to stay fit.)
- Er hat viel gelernt, um die Prüfung zu bestehen. (He studied a lot in order to pass the
exam.)

3. Modal verbs: The "zu-Infinitiv" is used after certain modal verbs like "möchten" (would
like), "sollen" (should), "wollen" (want), etc. For example:
- Ich möchte anfangen, Deutsch zu lernen. (I would like to start learning German.)
- Er soll versuchen, pünktlich zu sein. (He should try to be on time.)

4. Verb patterns: Certain verbs in German are followed by the "zu-Infinitiv" when used in
certain contexts. For example:
- Er beginnt, Deutsch zu sprechen. (He starts speaking German.)
- Sie vergaß, ihre Hausaufgaben zu machen. (She forgot to do her homework.)

It's important to note that in some cases, the "zu" can be omitted, especially in informal
speech or in certain fixed expressions. However, in formal writing and in most cases, the
"zu-Infinitiv" is used.

More examples :

German English
ich versuche, zu sehen I'm trying to see
ich versuche, dich zu sehen I'm trying to see you
ich versuche nicht, dich zu sehen I'm not trying to see you
jetzt versuche ich nicht, dich zu sehen I'm not trying to see you now
ich versuche, dich anzurufen I'm trying to call you
ich möchte versuchen, dich zu sehen I would like to try to see you
ich habe versucht, dich zu sehen I tried to see you

German English
versuchst du, mich zu sehen? Are you trying to see me?
wann versuchst du, mich zu sehen? When are you trying to see me?
warum versuchst du nicht, mich zu sehen? Why aren't you trying to see me?
wann möchtest du versuchen, mich zu sehen? When would you like to try to see me?
warum hast du versucht mich zu sehen? Why did you try to see me?

| 120
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

7.10.2. The "um...zu" construction

The "um...zu" construction in German is used to express purpose or intention. It is similar to
the English "in order to" or "to" when used to explain the reason for doing something. Here's
how to use the "um...zu" construction:

The "um...zu" construction in German is used to express a purpose or goal, and it

corresponds to "in order to" or "so as to" in English. You use it when you want to say why an
action is being done.

Here are some circumstances when "um...zu" is used:

1. Expressing Purpose or Intent:

You use "um...zu" to express the reason why something is being done. The purpose or intent
follows the "um", and the action follows the "zu".

Example: Er lernt Deutsch, um in Deutschland zu studieren.

(He is learning German in order to study in Germany.)

2. When the Subjects are the Same:

The "um...zu" construction is generally used when the subject of the main clause is the
same as the subject of the infinitive clause.

Example: Sie isst viel Obst, um gesund zu bleiben.

(She eats a lot of fruit in order to stay healthy.)

3. When You Have a Full Infinitive Verb:

The "um...zu" construction requires the full infinitive of the verb (the base form). This verb is
placed at the end of the sentence.

Example: Ich trinke Kaffee, um wach zu bleiben.

(I drink coffee to stay awake.)

4. With Separable Verbs:

If the verb in the infinitive clause is a separable verb, the "zu" is inserted between the prefix
and the main part of the verb.

Example: Sie steht früh auf, um zur Arbeit zu kommen.

(She gets up early to go to work.)

Remember, if the subjects of the two actions are different, then "damit" is more commonly
used.

Formation: The construction is formed by using "um" followed by the infinitive with "zu" and
the main verb of the purpose or intention. The infinitive with "zu" is usually placed at the end
of the sentence or clause.

| 121
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

German English
Ich spare Geld, um mir ein neues Auto zu
kaufen. I'm saving money to buy a new car.
Er lernt fleißig, um gute Noten zu bekommen. He studies hard in order to get good grades.
Wir gehen früh ins Bett, um morgen We go to bed early in order to be well-rested
ausgeschlafen zu sein. tomorrow.
Ich gebe ihr den Schlüssel, damit sie die Tür
öffnen kann. I give her the key so that she can open the door.
Er steht früh auf, um rechtzeitig zur Arbeit zu
kommen. He gets up early to arrive at work on time.
Sie hat hart gearbeitet, um nicht zu versagen. She worked hard not to fail.
She practices every day in order to improve
Sie übt jeden Tag, um sich zu verbessern. herself.

Examples:

Ich spare Geld, um mir ein neues Auto zu kaufen. (I'm saving money to buy a new car.)
Er lernt fleißig, um gute Noten zu bekommen. (He studies hard in order to get good grades.)
Wir gehen früh ins Bett, um morgen ausgeschlafen zu sein. (We go to bed early in order to
be well-rested tomorrow.)

Subject alignment: In most cases, the subject of the main clause and the subject of the
"um...zu" clause should be the same. If the subjects are different, you need to use the
"damit" construction instead:
Ich gebe ihr den Schlüssel, damit sie die Tür öffnen kann. (I give her the key so that she can
open the door.)

Separable verbs: For separable verbs, "zu" is inserted between the prefix and the base verb:
Er steht früh auf, um rechtzeitig zur Arbeit zu kommen. (He gets up early to arrive at work on
time.)

Negation: To negate the "um...zu" construction, place "nicht" before "um":

Sie hat hart gearbeitet, um nicht zu versagen. (She worked hard not to fail.)

Reflexive verbs: When using reflexive verbs in the "um...zu" construction, include the
appropriate reflexive pronoun:

Sie übt jeden Tag, um sich zu verbessern. (She practices every day in order to improve
herself.)
Remember that practice is key when learning to use the "um...zu" construction in German.
Incorporate it into your conversations and writing to become more comfortable with this way
of expressing purpose or intention.

| 122
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

7.11. Verbs with preposition

Number Verb with Preposition Preposition Translation

1 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
2 warten auf auf to wait for
3 sich konzentrieren auf auf to focus on
4 sprechen über über to talk about
5 denken an an to think about
6 sich entschuldigen bei bei to apologize to
7 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
8 sich beschweren über über to complain about
9 sich treffen mit mit to meet with
10 sich verlassen auf auf to rely on
11 sich kümmern um um to take care of
12 sich erinnern an an to remember
13 sich freuen über über to be happy about
14 sich beschäftigen mit mit to occupy oneself with
15 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
16 sich verlieben in in to fall in love with
17 sich ärgern über über to get angry about
18 sich wundern über über to be surprised about
19 sich konzentrieren auf auf to concentrate on
20 sich vorbereiten auf auf to prepare for
21 sich entscheiden für für to decide on
22 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
23 sich freuen über über to be happy about
24 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
25 sich kümmern um um to take care of
26 sich bewerben um um to apply for
27 sich beschweren bei bei to complain to
28 sich entschuldigen für für to apologize for
29 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
30 sich freuen über über to be happy about
31 sich gewöhnen an an to get used to
32 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
33 sich konzentrieren auf auf to focus on
34 sich kümmern um um to take care of

| 123
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

35 sich verlassen auf auf to rely on

36 sich beschäftigen mit mit to deal with
37 sich erholen von von to recover from
38 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
39 sich freuen über über to be happy about
40 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
41 sich konzentrieren auf auf to concentrate on
42 sich verlassen auf auf to rely on
43 sich beschweren bei bei to complain to
44 sich beschäftigen mit mit to occupy oneself with
45 sich erholen von von to recover from
46 sich gewöhnen an an to get used to
47 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
48 sich konzentrieren auf auf to focus on
49 sich verlassen auf auf to rely on
50 sich vorbereiten auf auf to prepare for
51 sich abmelden von von to unsubscribe from
52 sich aufregen über über to get worked up about
53 sich ausruhen von von to rest from
54 sich befreien von von to free oneself from
55 sich beschäftigen mit mit to be occupied with
56 sich beteiligen an an to participate in
57 sich bewerben bei bei to apply to
58 sich erkundigen bei bei to inquire with
59 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
60 sich freuen über über to be happy about
61 sich gewöhnen an an to get used to
62 sich informieren über über to get information about
63 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
64 sich konzentrieren auf auf to focus on
65 sich kümmern um um to take care of
66 sich melden bei bei to get in touch with
67 sich merken - to remember
68 sich aufhalten in in to stay in
69 sich auseinandersetzen mit mit to deal with
70 sich beeilen mit mit to hurry with
71 sich befassen mit mit to deal with

| 124
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

72 sich beschäftigen mit mit to be occupied with

73 sich beteiligen an an to participate in
74 sich beziehen auf auf to refer to
75 sich einlassen auf auf to get involved in
76 sich engagieren für für to get involved with
77 sich entscheiden gegen gegen to decide against
78 sich entscheiden für für to decide for
79 sich entschuldigen bei
80 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
81 sich freuen über über to be happy about
82 sich gewöhnen an an to get used to
83 sich handeln um um to be about
84 sich interessieren für für to be interested in
85 sich konzentrieren auf auf to focus on
86 sich kümmern um um to take care of
87 sich merken - to remember
88 sich verlassen auf auf to rely on
89 sich verlieben in in to fall in love with
90 sich vorbereiten auf auf to prepare for
91 sich wenden an an to turn to
92 sich wundern über über to be surprised about
93 sich ärgern über über to get angry about
94 sich auskennen mit mit to be familiar with
95 sich beschweren bei bei to complain to
96 sich beteiligen an an to participate in
97 sich bewerben für für to apply for
98 sich einigen auf auf to agree on
99 sich freuen auf auf to look forward to
100 sich verabreden mit mit to make an appointment with
101 sich verhalten gegenüber gegenüber to behave towards
102 sich verhalten zu zu to behave towards
103 sich vorbereiten für für to prepare for
104 sich wenden an an to turn to
105 sich wundern über über to be surprised about
106 sich ärgern über über to get angry about
107 sich auskennen mit mit to be familiar with
108 sich beschweren über über to complain about

| 125
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

109 sich beziehen auf auf to refer to

8. Adjectives

8.1. Predicate adjectives

Predicate adjectives in German are adjectives that follow a linking verb (usually a form of
"sein" - to be) and describe the subject of the sentence. Predicate adjectives do not have
any specific inflections or endings, as they do not directly modify a noun. Instead, they take
the base form of the adjective, which is also known as the "positive" form.

Here are some examples of predicate adjectives in sentences:

Der Kuchen ist lecker. (The cake is delicious.)

In this sentence, "lecker" (delicious) is the predicate adjective that describes the cake. It
follows the linking verb "ist" (is), which is a form of the verb "sein" (to be).

Die Blumen sind schön. (The flowers are beautiful.)

In this example, "schön" (beautiful) is the predicate adjective describing the flowers,
following the linking verb "sind" (are).

Die Wohnung war groß. (The apartment was big.)

Here, "groß" (big) is the predicate adjective that describes the apartment. It follows the
linking verb "war" (was), which is the simple past form of the verb "sein" (to be).

When using predicate adjectives in German, remember to:

Place the predicate adjective after the linking verb, usually a form of "sein" (to be).
Use the base or positive form of the adjective, without any inflections or endings.
Be aware that predicate adjectives agree with the subject in terms of number and gender,
but their form does not change.

Understanding predicate adjectives and using them correctly is essential for describing
subjects in German sentences. Practice using predicate adjectives in various contexts to
enhance your fluency and command of the language.

8.2. Attributive adjectives

Attributive adjectives in German are adjectives that directly modify a noun and describe its
characteristics. Attributive adjectives are placed before the noun they modify and agree with
the noun in terms of gender, number, and case. To express this agreement, attributive
adjectives take specific endings depending on the article preceding the noun and the noun's
gender, number, and case.

| 126
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

There are three types of articles in German: definite articles (der, die, das), indefinite articles
(ein, eine, ein), and no article (called zero article).

Here are some examples of attributive adjectives with different articles:

Definite articles:
der große Hund (the big dog) - masculine, nominative
die große Katze (the big cat) - feminine, nominative
das große Haus (the big house) - neuter, nominative
Indefinite articles:
ein großer Hund (a big dog) - masculine, nominative
eine große Katze (a big cat) - feminine, nominative
ein großes Haus (a big house) - neuter, nominative
Zero articles:
großer Hund (big dog) - masculine, nominative
große Katze (big cat) - feminine, nominative
großes Haus (big house) - neuter, nominative

To determine the correct adjective ending, consider the following factors:

The gender of the noun (masculine, feminine, or neuter)

The case of the noun (nominative, accusative, dative, or genitive)
The type of article used (definite, indefinite, or zero article)

There are specific adjective ending tables available to help you understand which endings to
use based on these factors. It's essential to practice using attributive adjectives with various
nouns and in different cases to improve your understanding and fluency in the language.

Here are some additional tips for using attributive adjectives in German:

Place the attributive adjective before the noun it modifies.

Use the appropriate adjective ending based on the noun's gender, number, case, and the
type of article used.
Be aware that some adjectives have irregular comparative and superlative forms, such as
"gut" (good), "besser" (better), and "am besten" (the best).
Remember that when multiple adjectives modify the same noun, each adjective must agree
with the noun in terms of gender, number, and case and take the appropriate ending.

Using attributive adjectives correctly is essential for describing nouns in German sentences.
Practice forming and using attributive adjectives in various contexts to enhance your fluency
and command of the language.

8.3. Adjective endings

Sure, I'd be happy to help explain German adjective declension!

| 127
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

German adjective declension, or "Adjektivdeklination," refers to how adjectives change their

endings based on the gender, case, and number of the noun they are modifying.
Additionally, the presence or absence of a "determiner" (such as "der," "ein," etc.) also
affects the adjective ending. There are three types of declensions: strong, mixed, and weak.

1. **Strong declension** is used when there is no determiner before the adjective, or if the
determiner does not show the case, gender, and number of the noun.

2. **Mixed declension** is used when there is an "ein"-word (like "ein," "kein," "mein," etc.)
that does show the case, gender, and number of the noun, but not completely.

3. **Weak declension** is used when there is a "der"-word (like "der," "dieser," "jeder," etc.)
that fully shows the case, gender, and number of the noun.

Here are the declensions for each category:

**Strong Declension:**

| Case | Masculine | Feminine | Neuter | Plural |

|------------|-----------|----------|--------|--------|
| Nominative | -er | -e | -es | -e |
| Accusative | -en | -e | -es | -e |
| Dative | -em | -er | -em | -en |
| Genitive | -en | -er | -en | -er |

**Mixed Declension:**

| Case | Masculine | Feminine | Neuter | Plural |

|------------|-----------|----------|--------|--------|
| Nominative | -er | -e | -es | -en |
| Accusative | -en | -e | -es | -en |
| Dative | -en | -en | -en | -en |
| Genitive | -en | -en | -en | -en |

**Weak Declension:**

| Case | Masculine | Feminine | Neuter | Plural |

|------------|-----------|----------|--------|--------|
| Nominative | -e | -e | -e | -en |
| Accusative | -en | -e | -e | -en |
| Dative | -en | -en | -en | -en |
| Genitive | -en | -en | -en | -en |

| 128
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

8.3.1. Nominative

Bestimmter Artikel Definite Article

das ist der nett-e Mann That is the nice man.
das ist die nett-e Frau That is the nice woman.
das ist das nett-e Kind That is the nice child.
das sind die nett-e Kinder Those are the nice children.
Unbestimmter Artikel Indefinite Article
das ist ein nett-er Mann That is a nice man.
das ist eine nett-e Frau That is a nice woman.
das ist ein nett-es Kind That is a nice child.
-
Negativartikel Negative Article
das ist kein nett-er Mann That is not a nice man.
das ist keine nett-e Frau That is not a nice woman.
das ist kein nett-es Kind That is not a nice child.
das sind keine nett-e Kinder Those are not nice children.

possessiv Artikel
Subject Subject German English
Ich Mein das ist mein nett-er Mann That is my nice man.
Ich Meine das ist meine nett-e Frau That is my nice woman.
Ich Mein das ist mein nett-es Kind That is my nice child.
Those are my nice
Ich Meine das sind meine nett-e Kinder children.
Du Dein das ist dein nett-er Mann That is your nice man.
Du Deine das ist deine nett-e Frau That is your nice woman.
Du Dein das ist dein nett-es Kind That is your nice child.
Those are your nice
Du Deine das sind deine nett-e Kinder children.
Er Sein das ist sein nett-er Mann That is his nice man.
Er Seine das ist seine nett-e Frau That is his nice woman.
Er Sein das ist sein nett-es Kind That is his nice child.
Those are his nice
Er Seine das sind seine nett-e Kinder children.
Sie Ihr das ist ihr nett-er Mann That is her nice man.
Sie Ihre das ist ihre nett-e Frau That is her nice woman.

| 129
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sie Ihr das ist ihr nett-es Kind That is her nice child.
Those are her nice
Sie Ihre das sind ihre nett-e Kinder children.
Wir Unser das ist unser nett-er Mann That is our nice man.
Wir Unsere das ist unsere nett-e Frau That is our nice woman.
Wir Unser das ist unser nett-es Kind That is our nice child.
Those are our nice
Wir Unsere das sind unsere nett-en Kinder children.
That is your (plural) nice
Ihr Euer das ist euer nett-er Mann man.
That is your (plural) nice
Ihr Eure das ist eure nett-e Frau woman.
That is your (plural) nice
Ihr Euer das ist euer nett-es Kind child.
Ihr Eure das sind eure nett-en Kinder e are your (plural) nice child
That is your (formal) nice
Sie (formal) Ihr (formal) das ist Ihr nett-er Mann man.
That is your (formal) nice
Sie (formal) Ihre (formal) das ist Ihre nett-e Frau woman.
That is your (formal) nice
Sie (formal) Ihr (formal) das ist Ihr nett-es Kind child.
Sie (formal) Ihre (formal) das sind Ihre nett-en Kinder e are your (formal) nice chil

8.3.2. Akkusativ

Bestimmter Artikel Definite Article

ich habe den netten Bruder I have the nice brother.
ich habe die nette Schwester I have the nice sister.
ich habe das nette Kind I have the nice child.
ich habe die nette Kinder I have the nice children.
Unbestimmter Artikel Indefinite Article
ich habe einen netten Bruder I have a nice brother.
ich habe eine nette Schwester I have a nice sister.
ich habe ein nettes Kind I have a nice child.
-
Negativartikel Negative Article
ich habe keinen netten Bruder I don't have a nice brother.
ich habe keine nette Schwester I don't have a nice sister.

| 130
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ich habe kein nettes Kind I don't have a nice child.

ich habe keine nette Kinder I don't have nice children.

possessiv Artikel
Subject Subject German English
Ich Mein ich besuche meinen nett-en Bruder I am visiting my nice brother.
Ich Meine ich besuche meine nett-e Schwester I am visiting my nice sister.
Ich Mein ich besuche mein nett-es Kind I am visiting my nice child.
Ich Meine ich besuche meine nett-e Kinder I am visiting my nice children.
Du Dein du besuchst deinen nett-en Bruder You are visiting your nice brother.
Du Deine du besuchst deine nett-e Schwester You are visiting your nice sister.
Du Dein du besuchst dein nett-es Kind You are visiting your nice child.
Du Deine du besuchst deine nett-e Kinder You are visiting your nice children.
Er Sein er besucht seinen nett-en Bruder He is visiting his nice brother.
Er Seine er besucht seine nett-e Schwester He is visiting his nice sister.
Er Sein er besucht sein nett-es Kind He is visiting his nice child.
Er Seine er besucht seine nett-e Kinder He is visiting his nice children.
Sie Ihr sie besucht ihren nett-en Bruder She is visiting her nice brother.
Sie Ihre sie besucht ihre nett-e Schwester She is visiting her nice sister.
Sie Ihr sie besucht ihr nett-es Kind She is visiting her nice child.
Sie Ihre sie besucht ihre nett-e Kinder She is visiting her nice children.
Wir Unser wir besuchen unseren nett-en Bruder We are visiting our nice brother.
wir besuchen unsere nett-e
Wir Unsere Schwester We are visiting our nice sister.
Wir Unser wir besuchen unser nett-es Kind We are visiting our nice child.
Wir Unsere wir besuchen unsere nett-e Kinder We are visiting our nice children.
You (plural) are visiting your nice
Ihr Euer ihr besucht euren nett-en Bruder brother.
Ihr Eure ihr besucht eure nett-e Schwester You (plural) are visiting your nice sister.
Ihr Euer ihr besucht euer nett-es Kind You (plural) are visiting your nice child.
You (plural) are visiting your nice
Ihr Eure ihr besucht eure nett-e Kinder children.
Sie You (formal) are visiting your nice
(formal) Ihr (formal) Sie besuchen Ihren nett-en Bruder brother.
Sie You (formal) are visiting your nice
(formal) Ihre (formal) Sie besuchen Ihre nett-e Schwester sister.
Sie
(formal) Ihr (formal) Sie besuchen Ihr nett-es Kind You (formal) are visiting your nice child.

| 131
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sie You (formal) are visiting your nice

(formal) Ihre (formal) Sie besuchen Ihre nett-e Kinder children.

8.3.3. Dativ

Bestimmter Artikel Definite Article

ich gebe dem netten Mann I give to the nice man.
ich gebe der netten Frau I give to the nice woman.
ich gebe dem netten Kind I give to the nice child.
ich gebe den netten Kinder I give to the nice children.
Unbestimmter Artikel Indefinite Article
ich gebe einem netten Mann I give to a nice man.
ich gebe einer netten Frau I give to a nice woman.
ich gebe einem netten Kind I give to a nice child.
-
Negativartikel Negative Article
ich gebe keinem netten Mann I don't have a nice brother.
ich gebe keiner netten Frau I don't have a nice sister.
ich gebe keinem netten Kind I don't have a nice child.
ich gebe keinen netten Kinder I don't have nice children.

8.3.4. Genitiv

These rules can seem complex at first, but with practice, they become easier to understand
and apply. Let me know if you have any questions about German adjective declension!

8.3.5. Gleich
"Das gleiche" and "die gleiche" are also pronouns in German that mean "the same" in
English, but they are used to refer to things rather than people.

Here are some examples of how to use them in sentences:

Ich trinke jeden Morgen den gleichen Kaffee. (I drink the same coffee every morning.)
Wir haben die gleiche Lieblingsserie. (We have the same favorite TV series.)
Das Gleiche gilt für alle Teilnehmer. (The same applies to all participants.)
Die beiden Blusen sehen gleich aus, aber das Material ist nicht dasselbe. (The two blouses
look the same, but the material is not the same.)

| 132
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Wir haben das gleiche Ziel vor Augen. (We have the same goal in mind.)
Note that "das gleiche" and "die gleiche" also have different endings depending on the
gender and case of the noun they are referring to. Here is a chart to show the different
forms:

Masculine Feminine Neuter Plural

Nominative der gleiche die gleiche das gleiche die gleichen
Accusative den gleichen die gleiche das gleiche die gleichen
Dative dem gleichen der gleichen dem gleichen den gleichen
Genitive des gleichen der gleichen des gleichen der gleichen

8.4. Comparative and superlative forms

In German, adjectives can have three degrees of comparison: positive, comparative, and
superlative. The positive form is the base form of the adjective, while the comparative form is
used to compare two things or people, and the superlative form is used to indicate the
highest degree among three or more things or people.

Comparative forms:

To form the comparative, add the suffix "-er" to the positive form of the adjective. Most
German adjectives follow this rule.

Examples:

alt (old) -> älter (older)

groß (big) -> größer (bigger)
schnell (fast) -> schneller (faster)

Note that some adjectives have irregular comparative forms, such as "gut" (good) ->
"besser" (better) and "viel" (much) -> "mehr" (more).

Superlative forms:

The superlative form has two variations in German: the normal superlative and the
superlative with the definite article.

a) Normal superlative:
Add the suffix "-st" to the base form of the adjective, along with the appropriate adjective
ending, and place "am" before the adjective.

Examples:

alt (old) -> am ältesten (oldest)

| 133
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

groß (big) -> am größten (biggest)

schnell (fast) -> am schnellsten (fastest)

b) Superlative with the definite article:

Add the suffix "-ste" or "-st" (depending on the gender, number, and case) to the base form
of the adjective, and use the definite article before the adjective.

Examples:

der älteste Mann (the oldest man)

die schnellste Frau (the fastest woman)
das größte Haus (the biggest house)

Again, note that some adjectives have irregular superlative forms, such as "gut" (good) ->
"am besten" (best) and "viel" (much) -> "am meisten" (most).

When using comparative and superlative forms in German, remember to:

Add the suffix "-er" to form the comparative and "-st" to form the normal superlative.
Use "am" before the normal superlative and the definite article before the superlative with
the definite article.
Be aware of irregular comparative and superlative forms.
Add the appropriate adjective endings to the superlative form with the definite article based
on the gender, number, and case.

Practice using comparative and superlative forms in different contexts to enhance your
fluency and command of the language.

8.5. Irregular adjectives

While most German adjectives follow regular rules for forming comparative and superlative
forms, there are some irregular adjectives that don't follow the standard pattern. These
adjectives have unique comparative and superlative forms that you need to memorize.

Here are some common irregular adjectives in German:

gut (good)
Comparative: besser (better)
Superlative: am besten (best)

viel (much, a lot)

Comparative: mehr (more)
Superlative: am meisten (most)

wenig (little, few)

Comparative: weniger (less, fewer)

| 134
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Superlative: am wenigsten (least, fewest)

hoch (high, tall)

Comparative: höher (higher, taller)
Superlative: am höchsten (highest, tallest)

nah (near, close)

Comparative: näher (nearer, closer)
Superlative: am nächsten (nearest, closest)

groß (big, large)

Comparative: größer (bigger, larger)
Superlative: am größten (biggest, largest)

klein (small)
Comparative: kleiner (smaller)
Superlative: am kleinsten (smallest)

Although the adjectives listed above are irregular, their comparative and superlative forms
still follow some patterns, such as adding an umlaut to the base form (e.g., groß -> größer)
or using "mehr" and "weniger" for "viel" and "wenig."

To become proficient in using irregular adjectives, make sure to:

Memorize the irregular comparative and superlative forms of common adjectives.

Practice using irregular adjectives in different contexts to develop a better understanding of
their forms and usage.
Pay attention to any patterns or similarities between the irregular forms to help you
remember them more easily.

By mastering irregular adjectives, you'll be better equipped to handle comparisons and

superlatives in German, improving your overall fluency and command of the language.

8.6. List adjectives

9. Adverbs

9.1. Types of adverbs

Adverbs in German provide additional information about verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs,
and they can describe various aspects of an action or situation. There are several types of
adverbs, including time, manner, place, degree, and frequency.

| 135
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

9.1.1. Time adverbs:

Time adverbs indicate when an action or event occurs. Common German time adverbs
include:

[Link] (today)
morgen (tomorrow)
gestern (yesterday)
jetzt (now)
bald (soon)
später (later)
Example:

Er kommt heute Abend. (He is coming tonight.)

[Link] Days

German English
Montag Monday
Dienstag Tuesday
Mittwoch Wednesday
Donnerstag Thursday
Freitag Friday
Samstag Saturday
Sonntag Sunday

German English Examples (German) Examples (English)

Montag Monday Ich treffe dich am Montag. I'll meet you on Monday.
Wir haben eine Besprechung am
Dienstag Tuesday Dienstag. We have a meeting on Tuesday.
Der Termin wurde auf Mittwoch The appointment has been
Mittwoch Wednesday verschoben. rescheduled to Wednesday.
Donnerstag Thursday Donnerstag ist mein Lieblingstag. Thursday is my favorite day.
Freitag Friday Ich gehe am Freitag ins Kino. I'm going to the movies on Friday.
Am Samstag machen wir einen
Samstag Saturday Ausflug. We're going on a trip on Saturday.

| 136
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sonntag Sunday Sonntag ist Ruhetag. Sunday is a day of rest.

[Link] Months

German English
Januar January
Februar February
März March

April April
Mai May

Juni June
Juli July

August August

September September

Oktober October

November November
Dezember December

German English Examples (German) Examples (English)

Januar January Mein Geburtstag ist im Januar. My birthday is in January.
Februar February Wir planen eine Reise im Februar. We are planning a trip in February.
März March Der Frühling beginnt im März. Spring begins in March.
Der April ist ein Monat mit April is a month with unpredictable
April April wechselhaftem Wetter. weather.
Mai May Wir feiern den Maifeiertag am 1. Mai. We celebrate May Day on May 1st.
Im Juni haben wir unseren
Juni June Hochzeitstag. We have our anniversary in June.
Juli ist der wärmste Monat des
Juli July Jahres. July is the hottest month of the year.
Der Sommerurlaub findet im August The summer vacation takes place in
August August statt. August.
Die Schulen beginnen im September
September September wieder. Schools start again in September.
Oktoberfest ist ein beliebtes Volksfest Oktoberfest is a popular folk festival in
Oktober October in Bayern. Bavaria.

| 137
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Im November färben sich die Blätter

November November bunt. In November, the leaves change color.
Wir feiern Weihnachten im
Dezember December Dezember. We celebrate Christmas in December.

[Link] Seasons

German English
Frühling Spring
Sommer Summer

Herbst Autumn/Fall
Winter Winter

German English Examples (German) Examples (English)

Frühling Spring Die Blumen blühen im Frühling. The flowers bloom in spring.
Wir gehen im Sommer an den
Sommer Summer Strand. We go to the beach in summer.
Im Herbst färben sich die
Herbst Autumn/Fall Blätter orange. In autumn, the leaves turn orange.
Winter Winter Im Winter schneit es oft. It often snows in winter.

9.1.2. Manner adverbs:

Manner adverbs describe how an action is performed. Some examples of manner adverbs in
German are:

schnell (fast)
langsam (slow)
freundlich (kindly)
laut (loudly)
leise (quietly)
Example:

Sie spricht laut. (She speaks loudly.)

9.1.3. Place adverbs:

Place adverbs indicate the location of an action or event. Common German place adverbs
include:

hier (here)
dort (there)

| 138
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

überall (everywhere)
nirgends (nowhere)
innen (inside)
draußen (outside)
Example:

Wir treffen uns dort. (We'll meet there.)

9.1.4. Degree adverbs:

Degree adverbs express the extent or intensity of an action, adjective, or another adverb.
Some examples of degree adverbs in German are:

sehr (very)
ziemlich (quite)
kaum (hardly)
genug (enough)
fast (almost)
Example:

Das Essen ist sehr lecker. (The food is very delicious.)

9.1.5. Frequency adverbs:

Frequency adverbs indicate how often an action occurs. Common German frequency
adverbs include:

immer (always)
oft (often)
selten (rarely)
manchmal (sometimes)
nie (never)
Example:

Er geht oft ins Kino. (He often goes to the cinema.)

9.2. Adverbs derived from adjectives

In German, adverbs can be derived from adjectives, which means that you can use an
adjective to describe how an action is being performed. In many cases, the adverb form of
an adjective is the same as its base form. This makes it relatively simple to form adverbs
from adjectives in German.

Here's how you can derive adverbs from adjectives:

Use the base form of the adjective:

| 139
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

In most cases, the base form of an adjective can be used as an adverb without any changes.
For example:
langsam (slow) -> langsam (slowly)
schnell (fast) -> schnell (quickly)
laut (loud) -> laut (loudly)
Example sentence:

Er läuft schnell. (He runs quickly.)

Add "-lich" or "-weise" to the base form (less common):
In some cases, you can add "-lich" or "-weise" to the base form of an adjective to create an
adverb. However, this is less common and mainly used for more formal or technical terms.
gründlich (thorough) -> gründlich (thoroughly)
normal (normal) -> normalerweise (normally)
Example sentence:

Sie arbeitet gründlich. (She works thoroughly.)

Note that while adverbs derived from adjectives have the same form as the adjectives
themselves, they do not take any endings to agree with the gender, number, or case of a
noun. Instead, they modify the verb or another adjective or adverb in the sentence.

9.3. Comparative and superlative forms

In German, adverbs can also have comparative and superlative forms, just like adjectives.
These forms are used to indicate a higher degree of a certain quality or to compare the
manner in which actions are performed.

Comparative forms of adverbs:

To form the comparative of an adverb, you generally add the suffix "-er" to the base form of
the adverb, similar to how you would form the comparative of an adjective.

Examples:

schnell (fast) -> schneller (faster)

langsam (slow) -> langsamer (slower)
oft (often) -> öfter (more often)
Example sentence:

Sie arbeitet schneller als ich. (She works faster than me.)
Note that some adverbs have irregular comparative forms, such as:

gern (gladly) -> lieber (preferably)

Superlative forms of adverbs:
To form the superlative of an adverb, you generally use the same rules as for adjectives. Add
the suffix "-st" to the base form of the adverb and place "am" before the adverb.

Examples:

| 140
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

schnell (fast) -> am schnellsten (fastest)

langsam (slow) -> am langsamsten (slowest)
oft (often) -> am öftesten (most often)
Example sentence:

Er arbeitet am schnellsten von uns allen. (He works the fastest of us all.)
Some adverbs have irregular superlative forms, such as:

gern (gladly) -> am liebsten (most preferably)

When using comparative and superlative forms of adverbs in German, remember to:

Add the suffix "-er" to form the comparative and "-st" to form the superlative.
Use "am" before the superlative form.
Be aware of irregular comparative and superlative forms.
Practice using comparative and superlative forms of adverbs in different contexts to enhance
your fluency and command of the German language.

9.3.1. Da und Wo Komposita

In German, the words "da" and "wo" are often used in compound words (known as "da-" and
"wo-Compounds") to reference something previously mentioned or to ask about something
more specifically. Understanding when and how to use these compounds can be a vital part
of mastering the German language.

[Link] Da-Compounds

The "da-" compounds are used to refer back to something that has been previously
mentioned or is already known to the listener. They combine "da" with a preposition, and the
compound essentially means "at/in/on/with/etc. that". Here are some examples:

- dabei (with that)

- darauf (on that)
- darin (in that)
- damit (with that)

Example sentence: "Ich habe ein Buch. Darauf steht mein Name." (I have a book. On it [the
book], my name is written.)

Sure, I can provide more examples of da-compounds in use:

English Equivalent
No. Compound Meaning Example Sentence (German)
Sentence

| 141
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

I was doing homework,

with that, while Ich habe Hausaufgaben gemacht,
1 dabei and while doing that, I
doing that dabei habe ich Musik gehört.
listened to music.
Ich habe einen Tisch gekauft, I bought a table, and on it
2 darauf on that
darauf steht eine Vase. stands a vase.
Er hat eine Tasche, darin sind He has a bag, and in it are
3 darin in that
seine Bücher. his books.

Ich gab ihm einen Stift, damit I gave him a pen, and with
4 damit with that
konnte er schreiben. it he was able to write.
Ich habe gegessen, danach bin ich I ate, and after that, I went
5 danach after that
spazieren gegangen. for a walk.
Sie hat eine Meinung, aber ich bin She has an opinion, but I
6 dagegen against that
dagegen. am against it.

Er hat Geld gespart, dafür hat er He saved money, and for

7 dafür for that ein neues Auto gekauft. that, he bought a new car.
Es gab viele Bücher auf dem There were many books
Regal, aber dazwischen war ein on the shelf, but between
8 dazwischen between that Foto. them was a photo.
There are many apples on
Es gibt viele Äpfel auf dem Tisch,
9 davon of that the table, but I only want to
aber ich will nur zwei davon essen.
eat two of them.

over that, about Das ist ein interessantes Thema, That is an interesting topic,
10 darüber
that wir sollten darüber sprechen. we should talk about it.

Siehst du das Haus? Was ist Do you see that house?

11 dahinter behind that
dahinter? What's behind it?

I have a chair, next to it

Ich habe einen Stuhl, daneben
12 daneben beside that [the chair] stands a small
steht ein kleiner Tisch.
table.
I have a blanket, and
Ich habe eine Decke, darunter liegt
13 darunter under that under it [the blanket] my
meine Katze.
cat is lying.
I ordered a tea, and in
to that, in
14 Ich habe einen Tee bestellt, dazu addition to that a piece of
addition to that
dazu noch ein Stück Kuchen. cake.

Sentence: "Er hat Geld gespart, dafür hat er ein neues Auto gekauft." (He saved money,
and with that [the money], he bought a new car.)

Remember, these compounds are used to refer back to something previously mentioned or
known in the context. They are very useful for avoiding repetition in speech or writing.

| 142
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

[Link] Wo-Compounds

The "wo-" compounds, on the other hand, are interrogative and are used when asking about
a specific situation. They combine "wo" with a preposition, and are usually translated as
"where at/in/on/with/etc.". Here are some examples:

- wobei (whereby, or at what)

- worauf (whereupon, or on what)
- worin (wherein, or in what)
- womit (wherewith, or with what)

Example sentence: "Womit schreibst du?" (With what are you writing?)

Remember, when using these compounds, the noun that the preposition would usually stand
with is either already known or clear from the context. If the noun is a person, "da-" and "wo-"
compounds are not used, instead we use prepositions + personal pronouns.

Furthermore, it's important to note that some prepositions in German (an, auf, hinter, in,
neben, über, unter, vor, zwischen) take different cases depending on whether they're used in
a context that involves motion or direction (accusative) or not (dative). However, in "da-" and
"wo-" compounds, they always take the form they have in the dative case, as these
compounds always refer to location and not direction.

9.3.1. Wo Komposita

wofür (for what) - asks about purpose or use

womit (with what) - asks about means, instrument, or tool

Here are some examples of these interrogative pronouns in context:

German English
Wo wohnst du? Where do you live?
Woher kommst du? Where are you from?
Wohin gehst du? Where are you going?
Wann fängt der Film an? When does the movie start?
Warum bist du traurig? Why are you sad?
Wieso funktioniert das nicht? Why doesn't this work?

Weswegen wurde das Projekt abgebrochen? Why was the project cancelled?
Wie geht es dir? How are you?
Wie viel kostet das? How much does this cost?

| 143
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Wie viele Personen kommen zur Party? How many people are coming to the party?
Wofür brauchst du das Geld? What do you need the money for?
Womit kann ich das Fenster öffnen? What can I use to open the window?

10. Prepositions
In German, prepositions are small words that create a relationship between the other
elements of a sentence, such as nouns, pronouns, or verbs. Prepositions can indicate
various relationships, such as location, direction, time, or cause. They are often followed by
a noun or pronoun in a specific grammatical case.

10.1. Accusative prepositions

Accusative prepositions are a group of prepositions that always require the noun or pronoun
following them to be in the accusative case. Here is a list of common accusative prepositions
in German:

10.1.1. bis (until, up to)

To use "bis" in German, you'll need to understand its usage in various contexts. "Bis" is a
preposition that can mean "until," "up to," or "by." It can be used to express time, distance, or
quantity. Here are some examples to help you learn how to use "bis" correctly:

Time:
Ich arbeite bis 17 Uhr (I work until 5 pm).
Die Bibliothek ist bis 22 Uhr geöffnet (The library is open until 10 pm).
Distance:
Die Straße geht bis zum Fluss (The road goes up to the river).
Wir fahren bis Berlin (We're driving up to Berlin).
Quantity or degree:
Er hat bis zu 100 Bücher gelesen (He has read up to 100 books).
Das Thermometer zeigt bis zu 30 Grad (The thermometer shows up to 30 degrees).
Remember that "bis" can be combined with other prepositions such as "zu," "in," or "auf" to
create specific meanings. For example, "bis in" and "bis auf" can mean "up to" or "until" in
certain contexts:

Sie bleibt bis in den Abend (She stays until the evening).
Das Wasser reicht ihm bis auf die Hüfte (The water reaches up to his hips).

| 144
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.1.2. durch (through, by)

The preposition "durch" in German can have several meanings, including "through," "by,"
and "across." It is mainly used to express the following:

Movement through something (space or area):

In this case, "durch" is used with the accusative case to indicate that a movement is
happening through or across a certain space or area.

Example:

Er geht durch den Park. (He walks through the park.)

The cause or agent of an action:

"Durch" can also be used to show the cause or agent of an action. In this case, it is also
used with the accusative case.

Example:

Durch den Regen wurde das Spiel abgesagt. (The game was canceled due to the rain.)
Das Fenster wurde durch einen Stein zerbrochen. (The window was broken by a stone.)
The means or method of an action: "Durch" is used to indicate the method or means by
which something is done. Again, it is used with the accusative case.

Example:

Sie lernte Deutsch durch das Hören von Podcasts. (She learned German by listening to
podcasts.)
Er hat die Prüfung durch fleißiges Lernen bestanden. (He passed the exam through diligent
studying.)

Remember that "durch" is a two-way preposition, which means it can be used with both the
accusative and dative cases. However, in the examples provided above, "durch" is used with
the accusative case to express movement or actions.

10.1.3. entlang (along)

The preposition "entlang" in German is used to express movement or position along a
certain path or stretch, such as a road, river, or coastline. "Entlang" is a postposition, which
means it typically follows the noun it modifies, unlike most other German prepositions that
precede the noun. It can be used with both the accusative and dative cases, depending on
the context.

Movement along a path or stretch (Accusative):

| 145
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

When expressing movement along a path, road, river, or similar, "entlang" is used with the
accusative case.

Example:

Er läuft den Fluss entlang. (He walks along the river.)

Sie geht die Straße entlang. (She walks along the street.)
Position along a path or stretch (Dative):
When describing the position of something or someone along a path or stretch, "entlang" is
used with the dative case.

Example:

Die Bäume stehen dem Fluss entlang. (The trees stand along the river.)
Die Häuser sind der Straße entlang. (The houses are along the street.)

In some cases, "entlang" can also be used as a preposition, particularly in more formal or
literary contexts, but it is less common. When used as a preposition, it takes the accusative
case.

Example:

Entlang des Flusses wachsen viele Bäume. (Many trees grow along the river.)

10.1.4. für (for)

To use "für" in German, it's important to understand its usage as a preposition to indicate
various relationships such as purpose, destination, or recipient. "Für" typically translates to
"for" in English. Here are some examples to help you learn how to use "für" correctly:

Indicating a recipient or beneficiary:

Ich habe ein Geschenk für dich (I have a gift for you).
Das Essen ist für die Gäste (The food is for the guests).
Expressing purpose or use:
Dieses Werkzeug ist für die Reparatur (This tool is for the repair).
Das Geld ist für die Miete (The money is for the rent).
Showing support, favor, or preference:
Ich bin für den Vorschlag (I am for the proposal).
Er ist für das neue Gesetz (He is for the new law).
Indicating a duration or period of time:
Sie ist für zwei Wochen im Urlaub (She is on vacation for two weeks).
Wir haben für einen Monat trainiert (We trained for a month).
When using "für" as a preposition, be sure to pay attention to the case of the noun that
follows. "Für" is always followed by a noun in the accusative case.

| 146
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.1.5. gegen (against)

To use "gegen" in German, it's important to understand its usage as a preposition to indicate
various relationships such as opposition, direction, or approximate time. "Gegen" typically
translates to "against" in English, but it can also mean "towards" or "around" in certain
contexts. Here are some examples to help you learn how to use "gegen" correctly:

Indicating opposition or resistance:

Sie ist gegen die Regierung (She is against the government).
Wir kämpfen gegen den Klimawandel (We fight against climate change).
Showing direction or movement towards someone or something:
Er fuhr gegen die Mauer (He drove against the wall).
Das Kind rennt gegen den Baum (The child runs towards the tree).
Expressing exchange or trade:
Ich tausche meine Schokolade gegen deine Chips (I exchange my chocolate for your chips).
Er hat sein Auto gegen ein Motorrad getauscht (He traded his car for a motorcycle).
Indicating approximate time or around a specific time:
Wir treffen uns gegen 18 Uhr (We will meet around 6 pm).
Das Geschäft schließt gegen Mitternacht (The store closes around midnight).
When using "gegen" as a preposition, be sure to pay attention to the case of the noun that
follows. "Gegen" is always followed by a noun in the accusative case.

10.1.6. ohne (without)

To use "ohne" in German, it's important to understand its usage as a preposition to indicate
the absence or lack of something. "Ohne" typically translates to "without" in English. Here
are some examples to help you learn how to use "ohne" correctly:

Indicating the absence or lack of a person or object:

Ich gehe ohne meinen Mantel (I go without my coat).
Sie kocht ohne Salz (She cooks without salt).

Expressing the absence of an action or condition:

Er kann nicht ohne zu lachen sprechen (He can't speak without laughing).
Wir haben es ohne Hilfe geschafft (We managed it without help).
When using "ohne" as a preposition, be sure to pay attention to the case of the noun that
follows. "Ohne" is always followed by a noun in the accusative case.

In some cases, "ohne" can be combined with an infinitive verb in constructions like "ohne zu
+ infinitive verb" to express the idea of "without doing something":

Sie verließ das Haus, ohne sich zu verabschieden (She left the house without saying
goodbye).
Er ging, ohne zu zögern, auf die Bühne (He went on stage without hesitating).

| 147
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.1.7. um (around, at)

To use "um" in German, it's important to understand its usage as a preposition to indicate
various relationships such as location, time, or change. "Um" typically translates to "around"
or "at" in English, depending on the context. Here are some examples to help you learn how
to use "um" correctly:

Indicating location or position:

Der Zaun ist um das Haus (The fence is around the house).
Sie legte ihre Arme um ihn (She put her arms around him).

Expressing time or when something occurs:

Wir treffen uns um 14 Uhr (We will meet at 2 pm).
Die Party beginnt um Mitternacht (The party starts at midnight).
Showing change or transformation:
Sie bewarb sich um die Stelle (She applied for the position).
Er kämpft um seine Freiheit (He fights for his freedom).

Indicating purpose or goal (in certain expressions):

Es geht um das Thema Umweltschutz (It's about environmental protection).
Wir streiten um eine Kleinigkeit (We argue about a small thing).
When using "um" as a preposition, be sure to pay attention to the case of the noun that
follows. "Um" is a two-way preposition, which means it can be used with either the
accusative or dative case. However, in most contexts, "um" is followed by a noun in the
accusative case.

In addition to these uses, "um" can be combined with certain verbs to create separable verbs
with specific meanings, such as "umziehen" (to move or change clothes), "umfahren" (to
drive around or knock down), or "umbauen" (to renovate or convert).

10.2. Dative prepositions

Dative prepositions are a group of prepositions in German that always require the noun or
pronoun following them to be in the dative case. Here is a list of common dative prepositions
in German:

10.2.1. aus (from, out of)

"Aus" is a German preposition that typically means "from" or "out of" in English. It is used to
indicate origin, source, or starting point, as well as to describe the material something is
made from. Here are some examples of how and when to use "aus" in German:

| 148
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

To indicate origin, source, or starting point (from):

Sie kommt aus Berlin (She comes from Berlin).

Der Brief ist aus Kanada (The letter is from Canada).

To describe the material something is made from (out of, from):

Das Haus ist aus Holz gebaut (The house is built out of wood).
Die Skulptur ist aus Marmor (The sculpture is made from marble).

To express the reason or cause of something (from, because of):

Er ist aus Angst weggelaufen (He ran away out of fear).

Sie lachte aus Freude (She laughed from joy).

To denote extraction or removal (out of, from):

Ich habe das Geld aus der Tasche genommen (I took the money out of my pocket).
Die Flüssigkeit wurde aus dem Glas gegossen (The liquid was poured out of the glass).

As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"aus." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to
better understand its various applications. Also, note that "aus" is a dative preposition,
meaning it requires the noun or pronoun following it to be in the dative case.

10.2.2. außer (except for, besides)

"Außer" is a German preposition that usually means "except for" or "besides" in English. It is
used to indicate an exception or exclusion or to express the inclusion of something
additional. Here are some examples of how and when to use "außer" in German:

To express an exception or exclusion (except for, apart from):

Alle sind gekommen, außer Peter (Everyone came, except for Peter).
Ich mag alle Farben außer Grün (I like all colors except for green).

To indicate inclusion of something additional (besides, in addition to):

Außer Deutsch spricht sie auch Französisch und Spanisch (Besides German, she also
speaks French and Spanish).
Er hat viele Hobbys, außer Fußball spielt er auch Tennis und Basketball (He has many
hobbies; besides soccer, he also plays tennis and basketball).

To express a preference or comparison (other than, except):

| 149
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich habe keine Wahl, außer zuzustimmen (I have no choice other than to agree).
Was kann ich tun, außer zu warten? (What can I do except wait?).

As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"außer." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German
to better understand its various applications. Note that "außer" is typically used with the
dative case, meaning that the noun or pronoun following it should be in the dative case.
However, when "außer" is followed by an infinitive verb construction, it can be used with the
accusative case.

10.2.3. bei (at, near, with)

"Bei" is a German preposition that can have various meanings, such as "at," "near," or "with."
It is used to indicate location, proximity, or association. Here are some examples of how and
when to use "bei" in German:

To describe the location or proximity of a place (at, near):

Ich wohne bei der Schule (I live near the school).

Der Supermarkt ist bei der Bushaltestelle (The supermarket is near the bus stop).

To indicate presence or attendance (at):

Er ist gerade bei einem Meeting (He is currently at a meeting).

Sie war gestern bei einer Party (She was at a party yesterday).

To express a condition or circumstance (with, in):

Bei Regen bleiben wir zu Hause (In case of rain, we'll stay at home).
Bei gutem Wetter gehen wir schwimmen (With good weather, we'll go swimming).

To indicate association or connection (with, at):

Sie arbeitet bei Siemens (She works at Siemens).

Ich habe heute ein Vorstellungsgespräch bei dieser Firma (I have a job interview with this
company today).

In combination with certain verbs, to express an action or state:

Kann ich bei dir übernachten? (Can I stay overnight at your place?).
Er hilft bei den Hausaufgaben (He helps with the homework).

As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"bei." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to

| 150
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

better understand its various applications. Also, note that "bei" is a dative preposition,
meaning it requires the noun or pronoun following it to be in the dative case.

10.2.4. gegenüber (opposite, across from)

"Gegenüber" is a German preposition that is typically used to mean "opposite" or "across
from" in English. It is used to indicate a position or location relative to another object or
place. Here are some examples of how and when to use "gegenüber" in German:

To describe the location of a place or an object in relation to another (opposite, across from):

Das Café liegt gegenüber der Bank (The café is located across from the bank).
Mein Haus steht gegenüber dem Park (My house is opposite the park).

To indicate a metaphorical or abstract opposition or contrast (opposite):

Ihre Meinung steht meiner Meinung gegenüber (Her opinion is opposite to mine).
Er hat eine kritische Haltung gegenüber der Regierung (He has a critical attitude towards the
government).

Note that "gegenüber" can be used as a two-word preposition as well, with the second part
(usually "von" or "dem") following the noun or pronoun it refers to:

Gegenüber von der Kirche gibt es einen Supermarkt (There's a supermarket across from the
church).
Gegenüber dem Bahnhof befindet sich ein Hotel (There is a hotel across from the train
station).

As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"gegenüber." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking
German to better understand its various applications. Also, keep in mind that "gegenüber" is
typically used with the dative case.

10.2.5. mit (with)

The preposition "mit" in German is used to indicate that someone or something is in
association or accompanying another person or thing. It can be translated as "with" in
English.

Here are some examples of "mit" in use:

Ich gehe mit meiner Familie ins Kino. (I am going to the cinema with my family.)
Ich fahre mit dem Bus zur Arbeit. (I go to work by bus.)
Kannst du mir mit der Schwerarbeit helfen? (Can you help me with the heavy work?)

| 151
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich habe gestern mit meinem Freund telefoniert. (I talked on the phone with my friend
yesterday.)
Ich trinke meinen Kaffee immer mit Milch. (I always drink my coffee with milk.)
When using "mit" in a sentence, it is typically followed by the dative case to indicate the
person or thing with whom one is associated. Here are some examples:

Ich gehe mit meinem Hund spazieren. (I am walking with my dog.)

Sie spielt mit ihren Freunden im Park. (She is playing with her friends in the park.)
Er arbeitet mit seinem Kollegen an dem Projekt. (He is working with his colleague on the
project.)
"Mit" can also be followed by the accusative case in certain situations. For example, when it
is used to indicate means or manner: "Ich schreibe mit einem Stift" (I am writing with a pen).

In general, "mit" is a versatile preposition that is commonly used to indicate association or

accompaniment. It can be used in a variety of situations, including to describe people,
things, means, or manner.

10.2.6. seit (since, for)

The preposition "seit" in German is used to indicate a point in time or a duration of time that
"Seit" is a German preposition that is primarily used to indicate the duration of an action,
event, or state. It can be translated as "since" or "for" in English. Here are some examples of
how and when to use "seit" in German:

To express the starting point of an ongoing action or state (since):

Ich wohne seit 2010 in Berlin (I have been living in Berlin since 2010).
Sie arbeitet seit Montag an dem Projekt (She has been working on the project since
Monday).
To indicate the duration of an ongoing action or state (for):

Er lernt seit zwei Jahren Deutsch (He has been learning German for two years).
Sie sind seit einer Woche verheiratet (They have been married for a week).

In some cases, "seit" can also be used as a conjunction, although this usage is less
common. When used as a conjunction, "seit" can be translated as "since" or "as," and it is
used to introduce a subordinate clause:

Seit ich in Deutschland lebe, spreche ich fließend Deutsch (Since I've been living in
Germany, I speak fluent German).
To master the use of "seit," practice and exposure to the language are essential. Pay
attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to better
understand its various applications.

| 152
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.2.7. von (from, of, by)

"Von" is another common preposition in German, which can be used to convey different
meanings such as "from," "of," or "by." Here are some examples of how and when to use
"von" in German:

To indicate origin, source, or starting point:

Ich komme von der Arbeit (I'm coming from work).

Sie hat das Geschenk von ihrem Freund bekommen (She got the gift from her boyfriend).
To show possession or affiliation:

Das Buch von Michael (Michael's book) or (The book of Michael).

Die Idee von Einstein (Einstein's idea) or (The idea of Einstein).
To indicate the agent in passive voice constructions (by):

Das Buch wurde von ihm geschrieben (The book was written by him).
Die Tür wurde von ihr geöffnet (The door was opened by her).
To describe the material or composition of something:

Ein Tisch aus Holz (A table made of wood).

Eine Skulptur von Stein (A sculpture made of stone).
In expressions of time:

Von Montag bis Freitag (From Monday to Friday).

Das Geschäft ist von 9 bis 18 Uhr geöffnet (The store is open from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.).
As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"von." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to
better understand its various applications.

10.2.8. zu (to, at)

"Zu" is a versatile preposition in German, and it can be used in various situations to convey
different meanings such as "to," "at," "in," or "for." Here are some examples of how and when
to use "zu" in German:

To indicate movement or direction towards a destination, person, or object:

Ich gehe zur Schule (I'm going to school). Note that "zu" combines with the definite article
"die" to form "zur."
Er fährt zum Supermarkt (He's driving to the supermarket). Here, "zu" combines with the
definite article "der" to form "zum."

To express purpose or intent:

Diese Schuhe sind zum Laufen (These shoes are for running). "Zum" is a contraction of "zu"
and "dem."

| 153
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

To indicate attendance or being present at an event or location:

Wir gehen heute Abend zu einer Party (We're going to a party tonight).

In combination with certain verbs, to express an action or state:

Ich gratuliere dir zu deinem Geburtstag (I congratulate you on your birthday).
Er hat mich zu einem Kaffee eingeladen (He invited me for a coffee)
.
To show a relationship, affiliation, or belonging:
Er gehört zu den besten Schülern seiner Klasse (He belongs to the best students in his
class).
Keep in mind that "zu" can also be part of several separable and inseparable verbs, such as
"zuhören" (to listen) or "zustimmen" (to agree).

As with any preposition, the key to mastering "zu" is practice and exposure to the language.
Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to better
understand its various applications.

10.2.9. nach (after, to)

"Nach" is a German preposition that can be used to convey different meanings, such as
"after" or "to." Here are some examples of how and when to use "nach" in German:

To indicate direction or destination (to):

Ich fahre nach Berlin (I'm driving to Berlin).

Wir fliegen morgen nach Spanien (We're flying to Spain tomorrow).
Note: "nach" is used with countries, cities, and cardinal directions (like "nach Norden" for "to
the north") but not with specific locations like a building or a street.
To express sequence or order (after):

Nach dem Essen gehen wir spazieren (After dinner, we'll go for a walk).
Er kam nach Maria (He came after Maria).
To indicate a point in time (after):

Nach einer Stunde waren sie endlich fertig (After an hour, they were finally finished).
Rufe mich nach 6 Uhr an (Call me after 6 o'clock).
In expressions of time with certain phrases (past):

Es ist zehn nach zwei (It's ten past two).

Wir treffen uns um Viertel nach drei (We'll meet at a quarter past three).
To express a wish, desire, or inclination (for):

Ich habe Lust auf etwas Süßes nach dem Essen (I feel like having something sweet after
dinner).
Nach einem langen Tag möchte ich nur noch entspannen (After a long day, I just want to
relax).

| 154
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

As with any preposition, practice and exposure to the language are essential for mastering
"nach." Pay attention to its use in sentences when reading, listening, or speaking German to
better understand its various applications.

10.3. Two-way prepositions (Accusative/Dative)

Two-way prepositions, also known as dual prepositions or Wechselpräpositionen in German,
are prepositions that can govern either the accusative or the dative case, depending on the
context. These prepositions are used to describe the location or movement of an action.

The key to understanding which case to use with two-way prepositions is to remember the
following rule:

Use the accusative case if the preposition indicates a change of location or a specific
direction (motion or action).
Use the dative case if the preposition indicates a static location (no motion or action).
Here is a list of common two-way prepositions in German:

10.3.1. an (at, on, to)

Two-way prepositions in German, also known as Wechselpräpositionen, are prepositions
that can take either the accusative or dative case, depending on the context. The meaning of
the preposition may change slightly depending on the case used.

When to use Accusative: You use the accusative case with two-way prepositions when there
is an action or movement involved, indicating a change of location or a specific destination.

When to use Dative: You use the dative case with two-way prepositions when there is no
action or movement involved, indicating a fixed location or a state of being.

Now let's see how and when to use the two-way preposition "an" (at, on, to) with examples:

An (at, on, to)

German English Case Meaning

die Wand is the destination of
Sie hängt das Bild an die She hangs the picture the action, so accusative is
Wand. on the wall. Accusative used.
Das Bild hängt an der The picture is hanging der Wand indicates a fixed
Wand. on the wall. Dative location, so dative is used.

Remember the general rule for two-way prepositions: "motion/action = accusative" and
"location/state = dative". This rule will help you choose the correct case when using "an" and
other two-way prepositions.

| 155
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.3.2. auf (on, upon, onto)

Two-way prepositions in German, such as "auf," can take either the accusative or dative
case, depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a
static position (dative). The preposition "auf" generally translates to "on," "upon," or "onto" in
English.

German English Case Meaning

Der Hund springt auf das Sofa. The dog jumps onto the sofa. Accusative Movement toward a location
Sie legt das Buch auf den Tisch. She puts the book on the table. Accusative Movement toward a location
Der Hund liegt auf dem Sofa. The dog is lying on the sofa. Dative Static position
Das Buch liegt auf dem Tisch. The book is on the table. Dative Static position

Remember that context is key in determining whether to use the accusative or dative case
with two-way prepositions like "auf." If the context involves movement or a change in
location, use the accusative case; if it describes a static position, use the dative case.

10.3.3. hinter (behind)

The preposition "hinter" in German means "behind" in English. It is a two-way preposition,
which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases, depending on
whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

Er stellt das Fahrrad hinter He puts the bicycle Movement toward a location
das Auto. behind the car. Accusative behind
She goes behind the Movement toward a location
Sie geht hinter das Haus. house. Accusative behind
Das Fahrrad steht hinter The bicycle is behind Static position behind
dem Auto. the car. Dative something
Sie wartet hinter dem She is waiting behind Static position behind
Haus. the house. Dative something

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "hinter," consider the
context. If the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if
it describes a static position, use the dative case.

| 156
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.3.4. in (in, into)

The preposition "in" in German can mean "in" or "into" in English. It is a two-way preposition,
which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases, depending on
whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

She goes into the
Sie geht in das Haus. house. Accusative Movement toward a location
Er legt die Schlüssel in die He puts the keys in the
Schublade. drawer. Accusative Movement toward a location
She is sitting in the
Sie sitzt in dem Haus. house. Dative Static position
Die Schlüssel liegen in der The keys are in the
Schublade. drawer. Dative Static position

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "in," consider the context. If
the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if it
describes a static position, use the dative case.

10.3.5. neben (next to, beside)

The preposition "neben" in German means "next to" or "beside" in English. It is a two-way
preposition, which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases,
depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static
position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

Sie stellt die Vase neben das She puts the vase next to the Movement or action
Glas. glass. Accusative toward a location
Er setzt sich neben seinen He sits down next to his Movement or action
Freund. friend. Accusative toward a location
Static position next to
Die Vase steht neben dem Glas. The vase is next to the glass. Dative or beside something
Static position next to
Er sitzt neben seinem Freund. He is sitting next to his friend. Dative or beside something

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "neben," consider the
context. If the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if
it describes a static position, use the dative case.

| 157
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.3.6. über (over, above, across)

The preposition "über" in German can mean "over," "above," or "across" in English. It is a
two-way preposition, which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases,
depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static
position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

Movement toward a
Er springt über den Zaun. He jumps over the fence. Accusative location
Movement toward a
Sie fährt über die Brücke. She drives across the bridge. Accusative location
Das Flugzeug fliegt über den The airplane is flying above
Wolken. the clouds. Dative Static position
The picture is hanging over
Das Bild hängt über dem Sofa. the sofa. Dative Static position

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "über," consider the context.
If the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if it
describes a static position, use the dative case.

10.3.7. unter (under, below, beneath)

The preposition "unter" in German can mean "under," "below," or "beneath" in English. It is a
two-way preposition, which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases,
depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static
position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

Movement toward a
Er kriecht unter das Bett. He crawls under the bed. Accusative location
Sie taucht unter die She dives below the water Movement toward a
Wasseroberfläche. surface. Accusative location
Das Auto ist unter der Brücke The car is parked under the
geparkt. bridge. Dative Static position
Die Katze schläft unter dem The cat is sleeping under the
Tisch. table. Dative Static position

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "unter," consider the context.
If the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if it
describes a static position, use the dative case.

| 158
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.3.8. vor (in front of, before)

The preposition "vor" in German can mean "in front of" or "before" in English. It is a two-way
preposition, which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases,
depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static
position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

She stands in front of the Movement toward a
Sie stellt sich vor das Gebäude. building. Accusative location
Er legt das Buch vor den He puts the book in front of Movement toward a
Computer. the computer. Accusative location
She is standing in front of the
Sie steht vor dem Gebäude. building. Dative Static position
Das Buch liegt vor dem The book is in front of the
Computer. computer. Dative Static position

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "vor," consider the context. If
the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if it
describes a static position, use the dative case.

10.3.9. zwischen (between)

The preposition "zwischen" in German means "between" in English. It is a two-way
preposition, which means it can be used with both the accusative and dative cases,
depending on whether the context involves motion or movement (accusative) or a static
position (dative).

German English Case Meaning

Er stellt das Glas zwischen die He puts the glass between Movement toward a
Flaschen. the bottles. Accusative location
Sie setzt sich zwischen ihre She sits down between her Movement toward a
Freunde. friends. Accusative location
Das Glas steht zwischen den The glass is between the
Flaschen. bottles. Dative Static position
Sie sitzt zwischen ihren She is sitting between her
Freunden. friends. Dative Static position

| 159
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

To determine whether to use the accusative or dative case with "zwischen," consider the
context. If the context involves movement or a change in location, use the accusative case; if
it describes a static position, use the dative case.

Summary:

Preposition Case German English Explanation

"an" indicates a motion
directed towards a location.
Sie stellt die It takes the accusative case
Vase an das She puts the vase at the when expressing
an Accusative Fenster. window. movement.
Die Vase steht When used to describe
an dem The vase stands at the static position, "an" takes
Dative Fenster. window. the dative case.
"auf" indicates a motion
directed onto a surface. It
Er legt die takes the accusative case
Jacke auf das He puts the jacket on the when expressing
auf Accusative Bett. bed. movement.
When used to describe
Die Jacke liegt static position, "auf" takes
Dative auf dem Bett. The jacket is on the bed. the dative case.
"hinter" indicates a motion
directed behind something.
Sie stellt das It takes the accusative case
Auto hinter das She parks the car behind when expressing
hinter Accusative Haus. the house. movement.
Das Auto steht When used to describe
hinter dem The car is parked behind static position, "hinter" takes
Dative Haus. the house. the dative case.
"neben" indicates a motion
directed next to or beside
Er setzt sich something. It takes the
neben seinen He sits down next to his accusative case when
neben Accusative Freund. friend. expressing movement.
Er sitzt neben When used to describe
seinem He is sitting next to his static position, "neben"
Dative Freund. friend. takes the dative case.
"über" indicates a motion
directed over or across
something. It takes the
Sie springt She jumps over the accusative case when
über
Accusative über den Zaun. fence. expressing movement.

| 160
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Die Lampe When used to describe

hängt über The lamp hangs above static position, "über" takes
Dative dem Tisch. the table. the dative case.
"unter" indicates a motion
directed under or below
Er legt das something. It takes the
Buch unter das He puts the book under accusative case when
unter Accusative Kissen. the pillow. expressing movement.
Das Buch liegt When used to describe
unter dem The book is under the static position, "unter" takes
Dative Kissen. pillow. the dative case.
"vor" indicates a motion
directed in front of or before
Sie stellt die something. It takes the
Tasche vor die She puts the bag in front accusative case when
vor Accusative Tür. of the door. expressing movement.
Die Tasche When used to describe
steht vor der The bag is in front of the static position, "vor" takes
Dative Tür. door. the dative case.
Er stellt das "zwischen" indicates a
Regal He places the shelf motion directed between
zwischen die between the two two objects or locations. It
Accusative zwei Schränke. cabinets. takes the accusative case
zwischen
Das Regal
steht zwischen When used to describe
den zwei The shelf is between the static position, "zwischen"
Dative Schränken. two cabinets. takes the dative case

Remember to analyze the context of the sentence to determine whether to use the
accusative or dative case with two-way prepositions. Keep practicing with various examples
to familiarize yourself with the different scenarios and become more comfortable using
two-way prepositions in German.

Learn the list of common two-way prepositions.

Determine if the context indicates a change of location/direction (use the accusative case) or
a static location (use the dative case).
Practice using two-way prepositions in sentences to better understand their usage and
improve your fluency in German.

10.4. Genitive prepositions

In the German language, prepositions are used to indicate relationships between words,
such as time, place, or possession. Some prepositions in German require the genitive case,
which is used to show possession or ownership. Here's a list of common genitive
prepositions in German, along with their translations and examples:

| 161
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.4.1. anstatt (instead of)

"Anstatt" is a German preposition that means "instead of" in English. It is used to express a
substitution or an alternative choice. You can use "anstatt" to indicate that one action or thing
is replaced by another, often to emphasize a preference or to suggest that the other option
would be better or more appropriate. Here's how and when to use "anstatt":

1. When comparing actions or activities:

You can use "anstatt" to show that someone is doing one action instead of another. In this
case, "anstatt" is followed by a verb in its infinitive form (with "zu" added before the verb).

For example:
- Er spielt lieber Tennis anstatt zu schwimmen. (He prefers playing tennis instead of
swimming.)
- Sie lernt Deutsch anstatt Englisch. (She's learning German instead of English.)

2. When comparing nouns or things:

You can also use "anstatt" to compare nouns or things, highlighting a preference for one
over the other. In this case, the nouns being compared are in the genitive case, or you can
use "anstatt" followed by "von" and the dative case.

For example:
- Anstatt des Regens genießen wir jetzt die Sonne. (Instead of the rain, we are now enjoying
the sun.)
- Anstatt eines Kaffees bestellte sie einen Tee. (Instead of a coffee, she ordered a tea.)
- Anstatt von Kaffee trinke ich lieber Tee. (Instead of coffee, I prefer to drink tea.)

Remember that using "anstatt" helps you express preference, substitution, or an alternative
choice, and can be employed in various contexts to convey this meaning.

10.4.2. trotz (despite, in spite of)

"Trotz" is a German preposition that translates to "despite" or "in spite of" in English. It is
used to express a contrast or contradiction between two statements, situations, or actions.
By using "trotz," you convey that something happened or is happening even though there
was an opposing circumstance or expectation. Here's how and when to use "trotz":

1. With nouns or things:

"Trotz" can be used with nouns to indicate that an action or situation occurred despite
another factor or condition. When using "trotz" with a noun, the noun should be in the
genitive case. However, it is also common to use "trotz" followed by "dem" and the dative
case, especially in spoken German.

For example:

| 162
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

- Trotz des schlechten Wetters gingen wir spazieren. (Despite the bad weather, we went for
a walk.)
- Trotz der Schwierigkeiten hat sie ihr Ziel erreicht. (Despite the difficulties, she reached her
goal.)
- Trotz dem Regen sind sie draußen geblieben. (Despite the rain, they stayed outside.) [This
example uses the dative case.]

2. With adjectives:
You can also use "trotz" with adjectives to emphasize that a particular quality or
characteristic didn't prevent something from happening.

For example:
- Trotz seiner Müdigkeit arbeitete er weiter. (Despite his tiredness, he continued working.)
- Trotz ihrer Angst sprach sie vor der großen Menge. (In spite of her fear, she spoke in front
of the large crowd.)

Using "trotz" allows you to highlight contrasts or contradictions between different aspects of
a situation or between expectations and outcomes. It can be used in various contexts to
express this opposition or to emphasize resilience or determination.

10.4.3. während (during)

"Während" is a German conjunction and preposition that translates to "during" in English. It
is used to express that an action or event happens simultaneously with another action or
event, or to indicate a time frame in which something occurs. Here's how and when to use
"während":

1. As a preposition to indicate a time frame:

When used as a preposition, "während" is followed by a noun in the genitive case, although
it is also common to use "während" followed by the dative case, especially in spoken
German.

For example:
- Während des Seminars hat sie viele Notizen gemacht. (During the seminar, she took a lot
of notes.)
- Während der Ferien reisen wir nach Spanien. (During the holidays, we are traveling to
Spain.)
- Während dem Konzert haben wir getanzt. (During the concert, we danced.) [This example
uses the dative case.]

2. As a conjunction to connect two clauses:

"Während" can also be used as a conjunction to join two clauses and express that one
action or event occurs simultaneously with another. In this case, "während" takes the first
position in the dependent clause, and the verb is placed at the end of the clause.

| 163
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

For example:
- Ich habe ein Buch gelesen, während sie ferngesehen hat. (I read a book while she was
watching TV.)
- Während er kochte, deckte sie den Tisch. (While he was cooking, she set the table.)

In summary, "während" is used to express simultaneity or to indicate a time frame when

something occurs. It can be employed as both a preposition and a conjunction, offering
versatility in expressing the idea of "during" in different contexts.

1. As a preposition to indicate a time frame:

When used as a preposition, "während" is followed by a noun in the genitive case, although
it is also common to use "während" followed by the dative case, especially in spoken
German.

For example:
- Während des Seminars hat sie viele Notizen gemacht. (During the seminar, she took a lot
of notes.)
- Während der Ferien reisen wir nach Spanien. (During the holidays, we are traveling to
Spain.)
- Während dem Konzert haben wir getanzt. (During the concert, we danced.) [This example
uses the dative case.]

2. As a conjunction to connect two clauses:

"Während" can also be used as a conjunction to join two clauses and express that one
action or event occurs simultaneously with another. In this case, "während" takes the first
position in the dependent clause, and the verb is placed at the end of the clause.

For example:
- Ich habe ein Buch gelesen, während sie ferngesehen hat. (I read a book while she was
watching TV.)
- Während er kochte, deckte sie den Tisch. (While he was cooking, she set the table.)

In summary, "während" is used to express simultaneity or to indicate a time frame when

something occurs. It can be employed as both a preposition and a conjunction, offering
versatility in expressing the idea of "during" in different contexts.

10.4.4. wegen (because of)

"Wegen" is a German preposition that translates to "because of" in English. It is used to
express the reason or cause of an action, event, or situation. By using "wegen," you show
that something happened or is happening due to specific circumstances or factors. Here's
how and when to use "wegen":

1. With nouns or things:

| 164
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

When using "wegen" with a noun, it should typically be in the genitive case. However, it is
also common to use "wegen" followed by the dative case, particularly in spoken German.

For example:
- Wegen des Sturms bleiben wir zu Hause. (Because of the storm, we're staying at home.)
- Sie kam zu spät wegen des Verkehrs. (She arrived late because of the traffic.)
- Wegen dem schlechten Wetter mussten wir unsere Pläne ändern. (Because of the bad
weather, we had to change our plans.) [This example uses the dative case.]

2. With adjectives or pronouns:

"Wegen" can also be used with adjectives or pronouns to indicate the cause or reason
behind a situation.

For example:
- Wegen seiner Krankheit konnte er nicht zur Arbeit gehen. (Because of his illness, he
couldn't go to work.)
- Wegen allem haben wir uns entschieden, nicht teilzunehmen. (Because of everything, we
decided not to participate.)

In conclusion, "wegen" is used to show the cause or reason for an action, event, or situation.
It helps express the idea of "because of" and can be used with nouns, adjectives, or
pronouns to provide a clear explanation of why something occurred or is occurring.
Remember to use the genitive case when possible, but be aware that the dative case is also
commonly used, especially in spoken German.

10.4.5. außerhalb (outside of)

"Außerhalb" is a German preposition that translates to "outside of" in English. It is used to
express that something is located, happens, or exists beyond a particular area, boundary, or
limit. "Außerhalb" is commonly employed to describe spatial relationships, but it can also be
used in various contexts to indicate exclusion from a group or event. Here's how and when
to use "außerhalb":

1. To describe a location or spatial relationship:

When using "außerhalb" to indicate a location, it is followed by the genitive case, although
the dative case is also common, especially in spoken German.

For example:
- Das Restaurant liegt außerhalb der Stadt. (The restaurant is located outside of the city.)
- Sie wohnen außerhalb des Dorfes. (They live outside of the village.)
- Er arbeitet außerhalb des Landes. (He works outside of the country.)

2. To express exclusion from a group, category, or event:

"Außerhalb" can also be used to show that someone or something is not part of a specific
group, category, or event.

| 165
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

For example:
- Außerhalb der Geschäftszeiten ist der Laden geschlossen. (Outside of business hours, the
store is closed.)
- Sie fühlt sich außerhalb der Gruppe. (She feels outside of the group.)

In summary, "außerhalb" is used to convey the idea of "outside of" in relation to a location,
boundary, or limit. It can be employed to describe spatial relationships or to indicate
exclusion from a group, category, or event. When using "außerhalb," remember to follow it
with the genitive case, but be aware that the dative case is also commonly used, especially
in spoken German.

10.4.6. innerhalb (within, inside of)

"Innerhalb" is a German preposition that translates to "within" or "inside of" in English. It is
used to express that something is located, happens, or exists inside a specific area,
boundary, or time frame. "Innerhalb" can be employed in various contexts to describe spatial
relationships, time limits, or inclusion in a group or category. Here's how and when to use
"innerhalb":

1. To describe a location or spatial relationship:

When using "innerhalb" to indicate a location, it is followed by the genitive case. Although
using the dative case is less common with "innerhalb" compared to other prepositions, it may
still be encountered in spoken German.

For example:
- Die Schule befindet sich innerhalb der Stadtgrenzen. (The school is located within the city
limits.)
- Sie wohnen innerhalb des Parks. (They live within the park.)

2. To express a time frame or deadline:

"Innerhalb" can be used to indicate a specific time frame or deadline during which something
must be completed or will happen.

For example:
- Die Bestellung muss innerhalb von 24 Stunden abgeschlossen sein. (The order must be
completed within 24 hours.)
- Innerhalb eines Jahres hat sie ihre Sprachkenntnisse verbessert. (Within a year, she
improved her language skills.)

3. To indicate inclusion in a group, category, or event:

You can also use "innerhalb" to show that someone or something is part of a specific group,
category, or event.

For example:

| 166
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

- Innerhalb der Gruppe herrscht eine positive Stimmung. (Within the group, there is a
positive atmosphere.)
- Innerhalb dieser Kategorie gibt es mehrere Optionen. (Within this category, there are
several options.)

In summary, "innerhalb" is used to convey the idea of "within" or "inside of" in relation to a
location, boundary, time frame, or group. It can be employed to describe spatial
relationships, time limits, or inclusion in a group or category. When using "innerhalb,"
remember to follow it with the genitive case, but be aware that the dative case might also be
encountered, particularly in spoken German.

10.4.7. oberhalb (above)

"Oberhalb" is a German preposition that translates to "above" in English. It is used to
describe a spatial relationship between two objects or locations, where one is situated higher
than the other. "Oberhalb" can be employed in various contexts to indicate vertical
positioning or hierarchy. Here's how and when to use "oberhalb":

1. To describe a location or spatial relationship:

When using "oberhalb" to indicate a location, it is followed by the genitive case. Although
using the dative case is less common with "oberhalb" compared to other prepositions, it may
still be encountered in spoken German.

For example:
- Das Schloss liegt oberhalb des Dorfes. (The castle is located above the village.)
- Der Vogel flog oberhalb des Baumes. (The bird flew above the tree.)

2. To express hierarchy or rank:

"Oberhalb" can also be used to indicate a higher position or level within a hierarchy or
organizational structure.

For example:
- Oberhalb des Managers steht der Geschäftsführer. (Above the manager is the managing
director.)
- Sie arbeitet oberhalb ihrer Kollegen. (She works above her colleagues.)

In summary, "oberhalb" is used to convey the idea of "above" in relation to a location or

hierarchy. It can be employed to describe spatial relationships or vertical positioning in a
hierarchy or organizational structure. When using "oberhalb," remember to follow it with the
genitive case, but be aware that the dative case might also be encountered, particularly in
spoken German.

| 167
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

10.4.8. unterhalb (below)

"Unterhalb" is a German preposition that translates to "below" in English. It is used to
describe a spatial relationship between two objects or locations, where one is situated lower
than the other. "Unterhalb" can be employed in various contexts to indicate vertical
positioning or hierarchy. Here's how and when to use "unterhalb":

1. To describe a location or spatial relationship:

When using "unterhalb" to indicate a location, it is followed by the genitive case. Although
using the dative case is less common with "unterhalb" compared to other prepositions, it
may still be encountered in spoken German.

For example:
- Das Dorf liegt unterhalb des Berges. (The village is located below the mountain.)
- Die Wurzeln befinden sich unterhalb der Erdoberfläche. (The roots are located below the
ground surface.)

2. To express hierarchy or rank:

"Unterhalb" can also be used to indicate a lower position or level within a hierarchy or
organizational structure.

For example:
- Unterhalb des Direktors arbeiten mehrere Manager. (Below the director, several managers
work.)
- Er steht unterhalb seiner Kollegen in der Hierarchie. (He is below his colleagues in the
hierarchy.)

In summary, "unterhalb" is used to convey the idea of "below" in relation to a location or

hierarchy. It can be employed to describe spatial relationships or vertical positioning in a
hierarchy or organizational structure. When using "unterhalb," remember to follow it with the
genitive case, but be aware that the dative case might also be encountered, particularly in
spoken German.

Remember that these prepositions always trigger the genitive case, so the articles and
adjective endings will change accordingly. However, in colloquial German, you might
sometimes hear the dative case being used with these prepositions, especially in spoken
language.

Here are some examples where the dative case is used with genitive prepositions in
colloquial or spoken German:

Dative Case
Preposition Genitive Case Example
Example (colloquial) English Translation
Anstatt dem Kaffee Instead of coffee, she
Anstatt des Kaffees trinkt sie Tee.
trinkt sie Tee. drinks tea.
anstatt

| 168
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Anstatt des Kaffees zu trinken, trinkt sie Anstatt Kaffee zu Instead of drinking
Tee. trinken, trinkt sie Tee. coffee, she drinks tea.
Anstatt zum Kino zu Instead of going to the
Anstatt ins Kino zu gehen, liest sie ein
gehen, liest sie ein movies, she reads a
Buch.
Buch. book.
Er trainiert anstatt zu He exercises instead
Er trainiert anstatt fernzusehen.
fernzusehen. of watching TV.
Anstatt zu klagen,
Instead of complaining,
Anstatt zu klagen, solltest du handeln. solltest du etwas
you should take action.
unternehmen.
Anstatt zu reden, Instead of talking, he
Anstatt zu reden, handelte er.
handelte er. acted.
Trotz dem Stau
trotz Trotz des Staus kamen wir pünktlich an. kamen wir pünktlich Despite the traffic jam,
an. we arrived on time.
Während dem Film During the movie, she
während Während des Films schlief sie ein.
schlief sie ein. fell asleep.
Wegen dem Unfall Because of the
Wegen des Unfalls gab es eine
wegen gab es eine accident, there was a
Verzögerung.
Verzögerung. delay.
Außerhalb den
Außerhalb der Öffnungszeiten ist der Öffnungszeiten ist Outside of the opening
außerhalb
Laden geschlossen. der Laden hours, the store is
geschlossen. closed.
Innerhalb dem
Innerhalb des Gebäudes ist Rauchen
innerhalb Gebäude ist Smoking is prohibited
verboten.
Rauchen verboten. within the building.
Oberhalb der Stadt The castle towers
oberhalb Oberhalb der Stadt thront die Burg.
thront die Burg. above the city.
Unterhalb dem
unterhalb Unterhalb des Berggipfels liegt ein See. Berggipfel liegt ein Below the mountain
See. peak, there is a lake.

Please note that using the dative case with these prepositions in formal writing or speech is
considered incorrect. It's essential to use the genitive case in such contexts. However, in
casual conversations or informal settings, you may come across the dative case being used
with these prepositions, as demonstrated above.

10.5. Prepositional phrases

Prepositional phrases are groups of words that begin with a preposition and are followed by
a noun or pronoun, which is called the object of the preposition. These phrases function as
adjectives or adverbs, providing additional information about the relationships between
words, such as time, location, direction, cause, or manner.

| 169
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

In German, prepositional phrases are essential for understanding the structure and meaning
of sentences. The noun or pronoun following the preposition will take the case required by
the preposition, which can be accusative, dative, or genitive.

Here are some examples of prepositional phrases in German, grouped by case:

Accusative prepositions:

Preposition Example English Translation

Er arbeitet bis Mitternacht. He works until midnight.
Ich bleibe bis Montag. I'm staying until Monday.
Der Laden ist bis 20 Uhr offen. The store is open until 8 pm.

bis We have to wait until

Wir müssen bis morgen warten.
tomorrow.
The offer is valid until the
Das Angebot gilt bis zum Ende des Monats.
end of the month.
Ich muss bis zum Abendessen warten. I have to wait until dinner.
Preposition Example English Translation
Wir gehen durch den Park. We walk through the park.
Er arbeitet durch die Nacht. He works through the night.
Ich kann durch die Tür sehen. I can see through the door.
durch
The river flows through the
Der Fluss fließt durch das Tal.
valley.
She fought through the
Sie hat sich durch das Studium gekämpft.
studies.
Preposition Example English Translation
Das Geschenk ist für dich. The gift is for you.
I bought the book for my
Ich habe das Buch für meine Schwester gekauft.
sister.
The course is suitable for
Der Kurs ist für Anfänger geeignet.
für beginners.
The restaurant is known for
Das Restaurant ist für seine Pizza bekannt.
its pizza.
The seat is reserved for VIP
Der Platz ist reserviert für VIP-Gäste.
guests.
Preposition Example English Translation
Er ist gegen das Projekt. He is against the project.
The wind blows against the
gegen Der Wind bläst gegen das Fenster.
window.

Wir müssen uns gegen den Angriff verteidigen. We have to defend

| 170
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

ourselves against the attack.

Ich bin gegen Tierversuche. I am against animal testing.
Der Verein spielt gegen die Mannschaft aus The club plays against the
München. team from Munich.
Preposition Example English Translation
I can't live without my
Ich kann nicht ohne meinen Kaffee leben.
coffee.
She passed the test without
Sie hat den Test ohne Probleme bestanden.
any problems.
ohne I couldn't have done it
Ohne deine Hilfe hätte ich es nicht geschafft.
without your help.
Er geht ohne Mantel raus. He goes out without a coat.
I can't afford a car without
Ohne Geld kann ich mir kein Auto leisten.
money.

Dative prepositions:
ab (from, starting)
Ab Montag bin ich im Urlaub. (Starting Monday, I'm on vacation.)
aus (from, out of)
Sie kommt aus Deutschland. (She comes from Germany.)
bei (at, with, near)
Er arbeitet bei einer Bank. (He works at a bank.)
gegenüber (opposite, across from)
Das Restaurant liegt dem Hotel gegenüber. (The restaurant is across from the hotel.)
seit (since)
Seit einem Jahr lerne ich Deutsch. (I've been learning German for a year.)

Two-way prepositions (require accusative or dative case, depending on context):

an (on, at)
Accusative: Sie hängt das Bild an die Wand. (She hangs the picture on the wall.)
Dative: Das Bild hängt an der Wand. (The picture is hanging on the wall.)
auf (on, at)
Accusative: Leg die Zeitung auf den Tisch. (Put the newspaper on the table.)
Dative: Die Zeitung liegt auf dem Tisch. (The newspaper is lying on the table.)
über (over, above)
Accusative: Fliegen wir über das Meer? (Are we flying over the sea?)
Dative: Das Flugzeug fliegt über dem Meer. (The airplane is flying over the sea.)
Remember that the case of the noun or pronoun in the prepositional phrase determines the
grammatical function of the phrase. In German, prepositional phrases can be found in
various positions within a sentence and are crucial for understanding the meaning and
structure of the sentence.

| 171
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

11. Conjunctions

11.1 Coordinating conjunctions (V2-kata kerja nya harus diletakkan di posisi

nomor dua)
Conjunctions are words that connect words, phrases, or clauses in a sentence. In German,
there are two main types of conjunctions: coordinating and subordinating. Coordinating
conjunctions connect words, phrases, or clauses of equal importance and structure. They do
not affect the word order within a sentence, and the verb remains in the second position.

Here are the most common German coordinating conjunctions along with their English
translations and examples:

11.1.1. und (and)

"Und" is a German coordinating conjunction that translates to "and" in English. It is one of
the most common and fundamental words in the German language. It is used to connect
words, phrases, or clauses that share equal importance or are related in meaning. "Und" can
be employed in various contexts to express addition, connection, or a sequence. Here's how
and when to use "und":

1. To connect words or phrases:

"Und" can be used to join nouns, adjectives, adverbs, or other parts of speech, creating a list
or showing that two or more elements belong together.

For example:
- Er hat einen Hund und eine Katze. (He has a dog and a cat.)
- Sie ist klug und fleißig. (She is smart and hardworking.)
- Er arbeitet schnell und effizient. (He works quickly and efficiently.)

2. To connect independent clauses:

"Und" can also be used to join two independent clauses that have a related meaning or
express a sequence of events. When used this way, "und" connects two sentences that
could stand alone but are linked in meaning or context.

For example:
- Ich ging einkaufen, und sie blieb zu Hause. (I went shopping, and she stayed at home.)
- Er schloss die Tür, und das Licht ging aus. (He closed the door, and the light went out.)

In summary, "und" is used to convey the idea of "and" in English, connecting words, phrases,
or clauses that share equal importance, are related in meaning, or express a sequence of
events. It is one of the most basic and versatile words in the German language, essential for
forming complex sentences and expressing relationships between different elements.

| 172
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

11.1.2. aber (but)

"Aber" is a German coordinating conjunction that translates to "but" in English. It is
commonly used to introduce a contrasting or opposing idea, statement, or condition. By
using "aber," you show that something is different or unexpected compared to what has been
previously mentioned. Here's how and when to use "aber":

1. To express contrast or opposition:

"Aber" is used to join two clauses or sentences that express contrasting or opposing ideas or
statements. It highlights the difference or contradiction between the two parts of the
sentence.

For example:
- Ich möchte ins Kino gehen, aber ich habe keine Zeit. (I want to go to the cinema, but I don't
have time.)
- Er ist sehr reich, aber er ist nicht glücklich. (He is very rich, but he is not happy.)

2. To indicate an exception or limitation:

"Aber" can also be used to introduce an exception, limitation, or condition that contradicts or
differs from the main statement.

For example:
- Sie hat alle Prüfungen bestanden, aber sie muss noch eine Hausarbeit abgeben. (She
passed all the exams, but she still has to submit a term paper.)

3. To soften a statement or introduce a polite request:

Sometimes, "aber" can be used to soften a statement, make a suggestion, or introduce a
polite request by adding a sense of contrast or hesitation.

For example:
- Das ist ein interessanter Vorschlag, aber könnten wir das noch einmal besprechen? (That's
an interesting proposal, but could we discuss it again?)

In summary, "aber" is used to convey the idea of "but" in English, introducing contrasting or
opposing ideas, statements, or conditions. It is a versatile coordinating conjunction that helps
express differences, contradictions, exceptions, or limitations in various contexts.

11.1.3. oder (or)

"Oder" is a German coordinating conjunction that translates to "or" in English. It is used to
present alternatives or choices, indicate a possibility, or express a doubt or uncertainty.
"Oder" is an essential conjunction for forming complex sentences and expressing
relationships between different elements. Here's how and when to use "oder":

1. To present alternatives or choices:

| 173
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

"Oder" is used to join words, phrases, or clauses that represent different options or
alternatives. It shows that one of the mentioned elements can be chosen or is possible, but
not all of them simultaneously.

For example:
- Möchtest du Tee oder Kaffee? (Would you like tea or coffee?)
- Sollen wir ins Kino gehen oder zu Hause bleiben? (Should we go to the cinema or stay at
home?)

2. To indicate a possibility or doubt:

"Oder" can also be used to express doubt, uncertainty, or to introduce a possible alternative
explanation for a situation.

For example:
- Vielleicht kommt er später, oder er hat den Termin vergessen. (Maybe he will come later, or
he forgot the appointment.)

3. To ask for confirmation or clarification:

In spoken German, "oder" is often used at the end of a sentence to ask for confirmation,
similar to the English expressions "right?" or "isn't it?"

For example:
- Das ist dein Auto, oder? (That's your car, right?)
- Du kommst zur Party, oder? (You're coming to the party, aren't you?)

In summary, "oder" is used to convey the idea of "or" in English, presenting alternatives,
choices, possibilities, or expressing doubt or uncertainty. It is a fundamental coordinating
conjunction that helps form complex sentences and express relationships between different
elements in a wide range of contexts.

11.1.4. sondern (but, rather)

"Sondern" is a German coordinating conjunction that translates to "but" or "rather" in English.
It is specifically used to correct or negate a previous statement, emphasizing a contrast or
contradiction. "Sondern" is employed in situations where the first part of the sentence is
negative, and the second part provides a contrasting or opposite idea. Here's how and when
to use "sondern":

1. To correct or negate a previous statement:

"Sondern" is used to join two clauses or sentences that express a contrast or contradiction,
with the first part being negative, and the second part providing a contrasting or opposite
idea.

For example:
- Er spielt nicht Basketball, sondern Fußball. (He doesn't play basketball, but rather football.)

| 174
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

- Sie ist nicht müde, sondern gelangweilt. (She is not tired, but rather bored.)

2. To introduce a contrast or opposition after negation:

In situations where the first part of the sentence is negated by "nicht" (not) or "kein"
(no/none), "sondern" is used to emphasize the contrast or opposition between the two parts
of the sentence.

For example:
- Das ist nicht meine Jacke, sondern deine. (That's not my jacket, but yours.)
- Er hat keine Angst vor Hunden, sondern vor Katzen. (He's not afraid of dogs, but rather of
cats.)

In summary, "sondern" is used to convey the idea of "but" or "rather" in English, specifically
in situations where the first part of the sentence is negative, and the second part provides a
contrasting or opposite idea. It is a coordinating conjunction that emphasizes contrast or
contradiction and is essential for expressing relationships between different elements in
various contexts.

11.1.5. denn (because, for)

Ich gehe jetzt schlafen, denn ich bin müde.
(I'm going to sleep now, because I'm tired.)

11.1.6. doch (however, yet)

"Doch" is a versatile German word that can be used as an adverb, modal particle, or
coordinating conjunction, depending on the context. As a coordinating conjunction, "doch"
can be translated to "however" or "yet" in English. It is used to introduce a contrast or
contradiction, express an unexpected outcome, or emphasize a point. Here's how and when
to use "doch" as a coordinating conjunction:

1. To introduce a contrast or contradiction:

"Doch" is used to join two clauses or sentences that express contrasting or opposing ideas,
emphasizing the difference or contradiction between them.

For example:
- Er wollte nicht kommen, doch am Ende ist er doch erschienen. (He didn't want to come, yet
in the end, he showed up after all.)

2. To express an unexpected outcome:

"Doch" can also be used to introduce an unexpected outcome or turn of events, especially
when the initial expectation is different from the actual outcome.

For example:

| 175
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

- Sie dachte, sie hätte die Prüfung nicht bestanden, doch sie hat eine gute Note bekommen.
(She thought she hadn't passed the exam, however, she got a good grade.)

3. To emphasize a point or argument:

In some cases, "doch" can be used to emphasize a point or argument by showing a contrast
or contradiction with what has been previously mentioned.

For example:
- Es war kalt, doch sie hat trotzdem ein Eis gegessen. (It was cold, yet she ate ice cream
anyway.)

In summary, "doch" as a coordinating conjunction is used to convey the ideas of "however"

or "yet" in English, introducing contrasts, contradictions, or unexpected outcomes. It is a
versatile word that can help express relationships between different elements in various
contexts.

Please note that when using coordinating conjunctions in German, the verb's position in the
sentence remains the same, and the clauses maintain the same word order. The
coordinating conjunctions simply connect the clauses without affecting their structure.

11.2. Subordinating conjunctions (V akhir)

Subordinating conjunctions are used in German to connect a main clause with a subordinate
(dependent) clause. When using subordinating conjunctions, the word order in the
subordinate clause changes, causing the verb to move to the end of the clause. Here are
some common German subordinating conjunctions, their translations, and examples:

11.2.1. dass (that)

"Dass" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "that" in English. It is used to
introduce dependent clauses, often expressing the content of a statement, thought, or belief.
When "dass" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the end of
the clause. Here's how and when to use "dass":

1. To report statements, thoughts, or beliefs:

"Dass" is used to introduce a dependent clause that reports the content of someone's
statement, thought, or belief.

For example:
- Er sagt, dass er morgen kommt. (He says that he's coming tomorrow.)
- Ich denke, dass das eine gute Idee ist. (I think that it's a good idea.)

2. To express purpose or intention:

"Dass" can also be used to introduce a dependent clause that expresses a purpose or
intention.

| 176
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

For example:
- Er lernt Deutsch, damit er in Deutschland arbeiten kann. (He is learning German so that he
can work in Germany.)

3. To create complex sentences with dependent clauses:

"Dass" is essential for creating complex sentences with dependent clauses in German,
allowing you to express more nuanced ideas and relationships between different elements.

For example:
- Es ist schade, dass sie nicht kommen kann. (It's a shame that she can't come.)
- Sie ist glücklich, dass sie den Job bekommen hat. (She is happy that she got the job.)

In summary, "dass" is used to convey the idea of "that" in English, introducing dependent
clauses to report statements, thoughts, or beliefs, or to express purpose or intention. When
using "dass," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the
end of the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

Here some examples using “dass”

Sentence English Translation

Ich hoffe, dass es dir bald besser geht. I hope that you feel better soon.

Sie ist überrascht, dass er so schnell geantwortet hat. She is surprised that he replied so quickly.

Er hat mir erzählt, dass er nach Berlin zieht. He told me that he is moving to Berlin.
Es ist schade, dass es heute regnet. It's a shame that it's raining today.

Sie ist froh, dass sie die Prüfung bestanden hat. She is glad that she passed the exam.
Er ist traurig, dass seine Freunde ihn vergessen
haben. He is sad that his friends forgot about him.
Wir vermuten, dass er im Urlaub ist. We assume that he is on vacation.
Sie hat bemerkt, dass er sie beobachtet hat. She noticed that he was watching her.
Es ist seltsam, dass er noch nicht da ist. It's strange that he isn't here yet.

Er ist besorgt, dass sein Flug verspätet ist. He is worried that his flight is delayed.

Sie ist wütend, dass ihr Auto gestohlen wurde. She is angry that her car was stolen.
Ich finde es interessant, dass sie mehrere Sprachen I find it interesting that she speaks multiple
spricht. languages.

Er hat bestätigt, dass er den Job bekommen hat. He confirmed that he got the job.

Wir sind sicher, dass sie die Wahrheit sagt. We are sure that she is telling the truth.

| 177
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sie hat zugegeben, dass sie einen Fehler gemacht

hat. She admitted that she made a mistake.

Er ist überrascht, dass sie so viel Geld gewonnen hat. He is surprised that she won so much money.
Sie hat uns versprochen, dass sie uns besuchen
kommt. She promised us that she will come to visit.

Ich bin enttäuscht, dass das Konzert abgesagt wurde. I am disappointed that the concert was canceled.

Er ist stolz darauf, dass sein Team gewonnen hat. He is proud that his team won.

Wir sind froh, dass wir den Zug noch erwischt haben. We are happy that we caught the train on time

Remember that in German, the verb in the subordinate clause introduced by "dass" is
usually placed at the end of the clause.

11.2.2. weil (because)

"Weil" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "because" in English. It is
used to introduce dependent clauses that provide a reason, explanation, or cause for a
statement made in the main clause. When "weil" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent
clause to be placed at the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use "weil":

1. To provide a reason or explanation:

"Weil" is used to introduce a dependent clause that explains the reason or cause for the
statement made in the main clause. The conjunction highlights the cause-and-effect
relationship between the two parts of the sentence.

For example:
- Ich gehe früh ins Bett, weil ich müde bin. (I'm going to bed early because I'm tired.)
- Sie lernt Deutsch, weil sie in Deutschland studieren möchte. (She is learning German
because she wants to study in Germany.)

2. To express cause and effect relationships:

"Weil" is essential for expressing cause-and-effect relationships between different elements
in various contexts, allowing you to create complex sentences with dependent clauses.

For example:
- Er kann nicht kommen, weil er krank ist. (He can't come because he is sick.)
- Wir müssen los, weil der Zug gleich abfährt. (We have to go because the train is leaving
soon.)

In summary, "weil" is used to convey the idea of "because" in English, introducing dependent
clauses that provide a reason, explanation, or cause for a statement made in the main

| 178
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

clause. When using "weil," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be
placed at the end of the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

Sentence English Translation

Ich gehe heute nicht zur Arbeit, weil ich krank
bin. I'm not going to work today because I'm sick.
Sie ist müde, weil sie gestern spät ins Bett
gegangen ist. She is tired because she went to bed late yesterday.
Er hat das Buch nicht gelesen, weil er keine
Zeit hatte. He didn't read the book because he didn't have time.
Wir bleiben zu Hause, weil es regnet. We're staying home because it's raining.
Sie hat sich entschuldigt, weil sie einen Fehler
gemacht hat. She apologized because she made a mistake.
Er hat das Spiel verpasst, weil er im Stau
steckte. He missed the game because he was stuck in traffic.
Ich habe den Kuchen gebacken, weil es dein
Geburtstag ist. I baked the cake because it's your birthday.
Sie sind zu spät gekommen, weil der Zug
Verspätung hatte. They arrived late because the train was delayed.
Wir können nicht ins Kino gehen, weil alle We can't go to the cinema because all tickets are sold
Karten ausverkauft sind. out.
Er hat sich für das Angebot entschieden, weil
es günstiger war. He chose the offer because it was cheaper

11.2.3. wenn (if, when)

"Wenn" is a German subordinating conjunction that can be translated to "if" or "when" in
English, depending on the context. It is used to introduce dependent clauses that express
conditions, possibilities, or time-related events. When "wenn" is used, it causes the verb in
the dependent clause to be placed at the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use
"wenn":

1. To express conditions or possibilities:

"Wenn" is used to introduce a dependent clause that expresses a condition, possibility, or
hypothetical situation.

For example:
- Wenn es regnet, bleiben wir zu Hause. (If it rains, we will stay at home.)
- Wenn ich Zeit habe, werde ich ein Buch lesen. (If I have time, I will read a book.)

2. To indicate time-related events or situations:

| 179
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

"Wenn" can also be used to introduce a dependent clause that describes a time-related
event or situation, similar to the English "when."

For example:
- Wenn ich in die Stadt gehe, kaufe ich ein Geschenk. (When I go to the city, I will buy a gift.)
- Sie ruft mich an, wenn sie ankommt. (She will call me when she arrives.)

3. To create complex sentences with dependent clauses:

"Wenn" is essential for creating complex sentences with dependent clauses in German,
allowing you to express more nuanced ideas and relationships between different elements.

For example:
- Wenn du Hilfe brauchst, kannst du mich anrufen. (If you need help, you can call me.)
- Er ist immer fröhlich, wenn er seine Freunde sieht. (He is always happy when he sees his
friends.)

In summary, "wenn" is used to convey the ideas of "if" or "when" in English, introducing
dependent clauses to express conditions, possibilities, or time-related events. When using
"wenn," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the end of
the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

Sentence English Translation

Wenn es regnet, bleiben wir zu Hause. If it rains, we stay at home.

Wenn du Hilfe brauchst, ruf mich an. If you need help, call me.
Wenn ich genug Geld hätte, würde ich ein
neues Auto kaufen. If I had enough money, I would buy a new car.
Wenn ich Zeit habe, lese ich ein Buch. When I have time, I read a book.

Wenn sie kommt, können wir ihr alles erklären. If she comes, we can explain everything to her.

Wenn er das wüsste, wäre er enttäuscht. If he knew that, he would be disappointed.

Wir gehen ins Kino, wenn du möchtest. We will go to the cinema if you want.

Wenn das Wetter gut ist, gehen wir wandern. If the weather is good, we will go hiking.

Sie ruft an, wenn sie am Flughafen ankommt. She will call when she arrives at the airport.

Wenn ich ihn sehe, werde ich ihn grüßen. If I see him, I will greet him.
Ich trinke Kaffee, wenn ich müde bin. I drink coffee when I'm tired.

Wenn es schneit, fahre ich lieber nicht. If it snows, I prefer not to drive.
Wir können morgen telefonieren, wenn es dir
passt. We can talk on the phone tomorrow if it suits you.

| 180
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Wenn es möglich ist, möchte ich meinen Termin If it's possible, I would like to reschedule my
verschieben. appointment.
Er wird glücklich sein, wenn er die Nachricht
hört. He will be happy when he hears the news.
Wenn ich krank bin, bleibe ich im Bett. When I'm sick, I stay in bed.
Wenn es dunkel wird, schalten wir die Lichter
an. When it gets dark, we turn on the lights.
Wenn du die Wahrheit sagst, wird alles
einfacher. If you tell the truth, everything will be easier.

Wenn ich von der Arbeit zurückkomme, koche

ich das Abendessen. When I come back from work, I cook dinner.

Sie kann besser schlafen, wenn es ruhig ist. She can sleep better when it's quiet.

11.2.4. obwohl (although)

"Obwohl" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "although" or "even
though" in English. It is used to introduce dependent clauses that express a contrast or
contradiction with the main clause. When "obwohl" is used, it causes the verb in the
dependent clause to be placed at the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use
"obwohl":

Type Examples German

Although it is raining, we are
Obwohl es regnet, gehen wir spazieren.
Contrast or going for a walk.
Contradiction He is tired, even though he has
Er ist müde, obwohl er genug geschlafen hat.
slept enough.
Although she is sick, she
Obwohl sie krank ist, arbeitet sie weiter.
Emphasizing a Point or continues to work.
Argument He won the game, even though
Er hat das Spiel gewonnen, obwohl er verletzt war.
he was injured.
Although he has a lot of money,
Creating Complex Obwohl er viel Geld hat, ist er nicht glücklich.
he is not happy.
Sentences with
Dependent Clauses She has good grades, even
Sie hat gute Noten, obwohl sie nicht viel lernt.
though she doesn't study much.

In summary, "obwohl" is used to convey the ideas of "although" or "even though" in English,
introducing dependent clauses that express a contrast or contradiction with the main clause.
When using "obwohl," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be
placed at the end of the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

More Examples

| 181
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sentence English Translation

Obwohl es regnet, gehen wir spazieren. Although it's raining, we're going for a walk.
Er ist immer noch müde, obwohl er früh ins Bett He is still tired, even though he went to bed
gegangen ist. early.
Sie hat das Examen bestanden, obwohl sie wenig She passed the exam, although she didn't study
gelernt hat. much.

Obwohl ich viel Sport treibe, nehme ich nicht ab. Even though I exercise a lot, I don't lose weight.

Sie ist freundlich zu ihm, obwohl er unhöflich ist. She is friendly to him, even though he is rude.
Er hat den Bus verpasst, obwohl er pünktlich
losgegangen ist. He missed the bus, even though he left on time.
Wir haben uns gut amüsiert, obwohl das Wetter We had a good time, even though the weather
schlecht war. was bad.

Obwohl sie Vegetarierin ist, hat sie Fisch gegessen. Even though she is a vegetarian, she ate fish.
He is wearing a jacket, even though it's very
Er trägt eine Jacke, obwohl es sehr warm ist. warm.
Sie hat das Rennen gewonnen, obwohl sie die She won the race, even though she was the
Außenseiterin war. underdog.

11.2.5. als (when)

"Als" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "when" in English. It is
primarily used to introduce dependent clauses that express a specific past event or
situation. When "als" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the
end of the clause. Here's how and when to use "als":

Number Type Examples German

Als ich ein Kind war, When I was a child, I
"Als" is used to introduce a hatte ich einen Hund. had a dog.
Expressing a
dependent clause that refers to a
1. specific past When she came
single past event or situation, Als sie nach Hause
event/situation home, the door was
establishing a time-related conte kam, war die Tür offen.
open.
"Als" is essential for creating
complex sentences with dependent
Creating complex clauses in German, allowing you to Als ich in Berlin lebte, When I lived in Berlin,
2 sentences with express more nuanced ideas and besuchte ich oft I often visited
dependent clauses relationships between different Museen. museums.
elements, particularly those related
to past events.

| 182
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

He called me when
Er rief mich an, als er
he arrived at the train
am Bahnhof ankam.
station.

Note: Don't confuse "als" with "wenn" or "während." "Wenn" is used for conditional or
repetitive events, while "während" refers to events happening simultaneously. In contrast,
"als" is specifically used for single past events or situations.

In summary, "als" is used to convey the idea of "when" in English, introducing dependent
clauses that express a specific past event or situation. When using "als," remember that it
causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the end of the clause, which is a
key characteristic of German sentence structure.

German English

Als ich ein Kind war, wohnten wir auf dem Land. When I was a child, we lived in the countryside.
Als er nach Hause kam, war das Essen schon
kalt. When he came home, the food was already cold.

Sie rief mich an, als ich gerade schlafen wollte. She called me when I was just about to sleep.
Als ich in Paris war, habe ich den Eiffelturm
besucht. When I was in Paris, I visited the Eiffel Tower.
Ich habe ihn kennengelernt, als ich in der Schule
war. I met him when I was in school.

Als sie die Tür öffnete, sprang der Hund heraus. When she opened the door, the dog jumped out.

Er verlor seinen Schlüssel, als er im Park war. He lost his key when he was in the park.
When the concert started, it suddenly became
Als das Konzert begann, wurde es plötzlich still. quiet.
Als ich das erste Mal Ski fuhr, bin ich oft
hingefallen. When I went skiing for the first time, I fell a lot.
Sie war sehr überrascht, als sie die Neuigkeit
hörte. She was very surprised when she heard the news.
Als wir in Italien waren, haben wir viel Pizza
gegessen. When we were in Italy, we ate a lot of pizza.

Ich habe sie angerufen, als ich im Büro ankam. I called her when I arrived at the office.

Er hat das Auto gewaschen, als die Sonne schien. He washed the car when the sun was shining.
Als ich das Licht einschaltete, flog eine Motte ins When I turned on the light, a moth flew into the
Zimmer. room.

| 183
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sie fing an zu weinen, als sie den Brief las. She started crying when she read the letter.

Als ich aufwachte, war es noch dunkel draußen. When I woke up, it was still dark outside.

Er verließ das Haus, als der Regen aufhörte. He left the house when the rain stopped.
Als ich ihn das letzte Mal sah, trug er eine rote
Jacke. When I last saw him, he was wearing a red jacket.

Sie zog nach Berlin, als sie 18 Jahre alt war. She moved to Berlin when she was 18 years old.
Als die Uhr Mitternacht schlug, begann das When the clock struck midnight, the fireworks
Feuerwerk. began.

11.2.6. bevor (before)

"Bevor" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "before" in English. It is
used to introduce dependent clauses that express an event or situation happening prior to
another event or situation. When "bevor" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent clause
to be placed at the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use "bevor":

Number Type Examples German

Bevor ich zur Arbeit gehe, frühstücke Before I go to work, I
ich. have breakfast.
Expressing a She calls before she
1. sequence of events Sie ruft an, bevor sie kommt. comes.
Before you leave the
Bevor du das Haus verlässt, schließe house, please close the
bitte die Fenster. windows.
Creating complex
sentences with Er hat das Buch gelesen, bevor er den He read the book before
2. dependent clauses Film gesehen hat. he saw the movie.

In summary, "bevor" is used to convey the idea of "before" in English, introducing dependent
clauses that express an event or situation happening prior to another event or situation.
When using "bevor," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed
at the end of the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

German English
Bevor du gehst, schalte bitte das Licht
aus. Before you leave, please turn off the light.
Ich trinke immer einen Kaffee, bevor
ich zur Arbeit gehe. I always drink a coffee before I go to work.

| 184
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Bevor wir anfangen, müssen wir die Before we start, we need to understand the
Regeln verstehen. rules.
Sie hat ihre Hausaufgaben gemacht, She did her homework before she went to the
bevor sie ins Kino ging. cinema.
Bevor du ins Bett gehst, vergiss nicht, Before you go to bed, don't forget to lock the
die Tür abzuschließen. door.
Bevor das Flugzeug startet, müssen Before the plane takes off, all passengers
alle Passagiere angeschnallt sein. must be buckled up.
Ich werde die E-Mails lesen, bevor ich I will read the emails before I prepare the
die Präsentation vorbereite. presentation.
Er hat sein Zimmer aufgeräumt, bevor He cleaned up his room before his friends
seine Freunde kamen. arrived.
Bevor wir in den Urlaub fahren, Before we go on vacation, we have to pack
müssen wir die Koffer packen. our suitcases.
Bevor sie das Haus verließ, überprüfte Before she left the house, she checked
sie noch einmal alles. everything one more time.
Bevor wir essen, sollten wir uns die
Hände waschen. Before we eat, we should wash our hands.
Bevor ich mich entscheide, möchte ich Before I make a decision, I want to check all
alle Optionen prüfen. the options.
Bevor das Konzert beginnt, treffen wir Before the concert starts, we'll meet at the
uns in der Bar. bar.
Er hat sein Fahrrad repariert, bevor es
kaputtging. He fixed his bike before it broke down.
Bevor du das Gerät benutzt, lies bitte Before using the device, please read the
die Anleitung. instructions.
Bevor ich die Nachrichten sehe, koche
ich Abendessen. Before I watch the news, I cook dinner.
Bevor es zu spät ist, solltest du deine Before it's too late, you should express your
Meinung äußern. opinion.
Sie hat ihre Prüfung abgelegt, bevor She took her exam before she started her
sie ihren Urlaub antrat. vacation.
Bevor es anfängt zu regnen, sollten Before it starts raining, we should take down
wir die Wäsche abnehmen. the laundry.
Er hat sich die Hände gewaschen, He washed his hands before preparing the
bevor er das Essen zubereitete. food.

11.2.7. nachdem (after)

"Nachdem" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "after" in English. It is
used to introduce dependent clauses that express an event or situation happening after

| 185
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

another event or situation. When "nachdem" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent
clause to be placed at the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use "nachdem":

Number Type Examples German

Nachdem ich zur Arbeit gegangen bin, After I went to work, I
habe ich meinen Kollegen getroffen. met my colleague.
1.
Expressing a Sie hat mich angerufen, nachdem sie She called me after she
sequence of events angekommen ist. arrived.
After he has done his
Nachdem er seine Hausaufgaben homework, he is allowed
2 gemacht hat, darf er fernsehen. to watch TV.
Creating complex
sentences with Sie hat sich entspannt, nachdem sie von She relaxed after she
dependent clauses der Arbeit zurückgekommen ist. came back from work.

In summary, "nachdem" is used to convey the idea of "after" in English, introducing

dependent clauses that express an event or situation happening after another event or
situation. When using "nachdem," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause
to be placed at the end of the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence
structure.

German English

Nachdem ich aufgestanden bin, trinke ich einen Kaffee. After I get up, I drink a coffee.

Er ging nach Hause, nachdem das Meeting beendet war. He went home after the meeting was over.
Nachdem sie ihre Hausaufgaben gemacht hat, darf sie
fernsehen. After she does her homework, she can watch TV.

Wir gehen spazieren, nachdem es aufgehört hat zu regnen. We will go for a walk after it stops raining.

Sie rief mich an, nachdem sie die Nachricht erhalten hatte. She called me after she received the message.

Nachdem ich meine Arbeit abgeschlossen habe, werde ich

in den Urlaub fahren. After I finish my work, I will go on vacation.

Er hat angefangen zu kochen, nachdem er einkaufen war. He started cooking after he went shopping.
Nachdem das Konzert vorbei war, sind wir noch etwas
trinken gegangen. After the concert was over, we went for a drink.
Sie hat sich entspannt, nachdem sie den ganzen Tag
gearbeitet hatte. She relaxed after working all day.

Nachdem er die Schule abgeschlossen hat, plant er ein

Studium. After he finishes school, he plans to study.

| 186
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Nachdem sie ihre Zähne geputzt hat, geht sie ins Bett. After she brushes her teeth, she goes to bed.
Ich werde das Buch lesen, nachdem ich den Film gesehen
habe. I will read the book after I watch the movie.

Er hat das Auto gewaschen, nachdem er es benutzt hatte. He washed the car after he had used it.
Nachdem der Kurs beendet ist, erhalten wir unsere After the course is finished, we will receive our
Zertifikate. certificates.

Sie hat die Tür abgeschlossen, nachdem sie das Haus

verlassen hatte. She locked the door after she left the house.
Nachdem wir gegessen haben, können wir einen Film
schauen. After we eat, we can watch a movie.

Er hat sich bei ihr entschuldigt, nachdem er seinen Fehler He apologized to her after he noticed his
bemerkt hatte. mistake.

Nachdem die Sonne untergegangen war, wurde es kalt. After the sun went down, it got cold.

Sie hat die Pflanzen gegossen, nachdem sie aus dem She watered the plants after she came back from
Urlaub zurückgekommen war. vacation.
Nachdem das Baby eingeschlafen ist, können wir uns
unterhalten. After the baby falls asleep, we can tal

11.2.8. Vor and Nach (befor and after)

German English

Nach der Schule gehe ich immer zum Sportverein. After school, I always go to the sports club.

Vor der Schule frühstücke ich immer ausgiebig. Before school, I always have a big breakfast.

Nach der Arbeit gehe ich oft noch einkaufen. After work, I often go shopping.

Vor der Arbeit trinke ich immer eine Tasse Kaffee. Before work, I always have a cup of coffee.
Nach dem Abendessen mache ich gerne einen
Spaziergang. After dinner, I like to take a walk.

Vor dem Abendessen trinke ich gerne einen Aperitif. Before dinner, I like to have an aperitif.

Nach dem Training dusche ich immer ausgiebig. After training, I always take a long shower.
Vor dem Training mache ich immer ein paar Before training, I always do some stretching
Dehnübungen. exercises.

Nach dem Film gehen wir noch etwas trinken. After the movie, we'll go for a drink.

Vor dem Film treffen wir uns in der Bar nebenan. Before the movie, we'll meet at the bar next door.

| 187
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

German English
Nach dem Schwimmen gehe ich immer noch in die
Sauna. After swimming, I always go to the sauna.
Vor dem Schwimmen ziehe ich immer meine
Badekappe auf. Before swimming, I always put on my swim cap.
Nach dem Abholen der Kinder gehe ich noch schnell
einkaufen. After picking up the kids, I quickly go shopping.
Vor dem Abholen der Kinder räume ich noch schnell Before picking up the kids, I quickly tidy up the
die Wohnung auf. apartment.

Nach dem Mittagessen mache ich oft ein Nickerchen. After lunch, I often take a nap.
Vor dem Mittagessen trinke ich immer ein Glas
Wasser. Before lunch, I always drink a glass of water.

Nach der Party müssen wir das Haus aufräumen. After the party, we have to clean up the house.
Vor der Party müssen wir noch Lebensmittel und
Getränke kaufen. Before the party, we have to buy food and drinks.
Nach dem Joggen trinke ich immer einen
Eiweißshake. After jogging, I always drink a protein shake.
Vor dem Joggen ziehe ich immer meine Laufschuhe
an. Before jogging, I always put on my running shoes.

11.2.9. während (while)

"Während" is a German conjunction and preposition that translates to "while" or "during" in
English. It is used to introduce dependent clauses or to establish a connection between two
events or situations happening simultaneously or in a time-related context. Here's how and
when to use "während":

Number Type Examples German

While I was cooking, I
Während ich kochte, hörte ich Musik. listened to music.
1. She is reading a book
Sie liest ein Buch, während er
Subordinating while he is watching
fernsieht.
Conjunction TV.

Während der Pause tranken wir During the break, we

Kaffee. drank coffee.
2
She works during the
Sie arbeitet während des Tages und
day and studies in the
studiert abends.
Preposition evening.

| 188
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

In summary, "während" is used to convey the idea of "while" or "during" in English,

introducing dependent clauses or establishing connections between simultaneous events or
situations in a time-related context. When using "während" as a subordinating conjunction,
remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the end of the
clause. As a preposition, it is typically followed by a noun in the genitive or dative case.

German English

Während ich koche, hörst du bitte Musik. While I cook, you listen to music.
Während sie arbeitet, passt ihre Mutter auf die While she works, her mother takes care of the
Kinder auf. children.

Er liest ein Buch, während er auf den Bus wartet. He reads a book while waiting for the bus.

Während des Sommers fahren wir oft ans Meer. During the summer, we often go to the sea.
Während der Vorlesung sollte man nicht
sprechen. During the lecture, one should not speak.

Sie telefoniert, während sie spazieren geht. She talks on the phone while she goes for a walk.
Während der Fahrt ist es verboten, den During the journey, it is forbidden to remove the
Sicherheitsgurt abzulegen. seatbelt.
Während ich schlafe, träume ich oft von fernen
Ländern. While I sleep, I often dream of distant countries.
Während des Films aßen sie Popcorn und During the movie, they ate popcorn and drank
tranken Limonade. lemonade.
Während des Festivals finden viele
Veranstaltungen statt. During the festival, many events take place.
Er macht Yoga, während sie meditiert. He does yoga while she meditates.
Während der Prüfung darfst du keine During the exam, you are not allowed to use
elektronischen Geräte verwenden. electronic devices.
Während des Urlaubs haben wir viele
Sehenswürdigkeiten besucht. During the vacation, we visited many sights.
Während des Sturms war das Telefonnetz During the storm, the telephone network was
ausgefallen. down.

Während der Autofahrt hörten sie Hörbücher. During the car ride, they listened to audiobooks.
Während der Pause essen die Schüler ihre During the break, the students eat their
Brote. sandwiches.
Während der Vorstellung darf man nicht During the performance, you are not allowed to
fotografieren. take photos.
Während des Essens unterhalten sie sich über
den Tag. During the meal, they talk about their day.

| 189
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Während der Renovierung blieb das Museum During the renovation, the museum remained
geschlossen. closed.

Während der Regenzeit regnet es fast täglich. During the rainy season, it rains almost daily.

11.2.10. ob (whether)
"Ob" is a German subordinating conjunction that translates to "whether" or "if" in English. It is
used to introduce dependent clauses that express indirect questions, uncertainty, or
alternatives. When "ob" is used, it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at
the end of the clause. Here's how and when to use "ob":

Number Type Examples German

I don't know whether he is
Ich weiß nicht, ob er kommt.
Indirect Questions or coming.
1.
Uncertainty She asks if I have time
Sie fragt, ob ich morgen Zeit habe.
tomorrow.
Er muss entscheiden, ob er den He has to decide whether he
Job annimmt oder nicht. accepts the job or not.
Indicating
2. We are considering whether to
Alternatives Wir überlegen, ob wir in den Urlaub
go on vacation or stay at
fahren oder zu Hause bleiben.
home.
Kannst du mir sagen, ob das Can you tell me whether the
Creating complex Geschäft heute geöffnet ist? store is open today?
3. sentences with
dependent clauses Sie ist unsicher, ob sie das Kleid She is unsure whether she
kaufen soll. should buy the dress.

In summary, "ob" is used to convey the ideas of "whether" or "if" in English, introducing
dependent clauses that express indirect questions, uncertainty, or alternatives. When using
"ob," remember that it causes the verb in the dependent clause to be placed at the end of
the clause, which is a key characteristic of German sentence structure.

German English
Ich weiß nicht, ob er heute kommt. I don't know if he is coming today.
Sie fragt, ob wir genug Zeit haben. She asks whether we have enough time.

Er möchte wissen, ob sie einverstanden ist. He wants to know if she agrees.

Kannst du herausfinden, ob das Museum
geöffnet ist? Can you find out if the museum is open?
Ich bin mir unsicher, ob ich die Prüfung
bestanden habe. I am unsure whether I passed the exam.

| 190
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Sie fragen, ob der Zug pünktlich ist. They ask if the train is on time.
Wir überlegen, ob wir in den Urlaub fahren We are considering whether we should go on
sollen. vacation.

Ich frage mich, ob es morgen regnen wird. I wonder if it will rain tomorrow.

Er hat mich gefragt, ob ich ihm helfen kann. He asked me if I can help him.
Sie will wissen, ob das Konzert ausverkauft
ist. She wants to know if the concert is sold out.
Ich bin mir nicht sicher, ob ich das richtige
Ticket gekauft habe. I am not sure if I bought the right ticket.

Er fragt, ob du ihm das Buch leihen kannst. He asks if you can lend him the book.
Wir müssen entscheiden, ob wir das Angebot
annehmen. We have to decide whether we accept the offer.
Sie fragt sich, ob er die Wahrheit sagt. She wonders if he is telling the truth.
Kannst du mir sagen, ob der Kurs heute
stattfindet? Can you tell me if the course is taking place today?
Sie möchte wissen, ob das Restaurant She wants to know if the restaurant offers vegetarian
vegetarische Gerichte anbietet. dishes.
Ich frage mich, ob es eine gute Idee ist, so
spät noch Kaffee zu trinken. I wonder if it's a good idea to drink coffee this late.
Sie hat gefragt, ob ich ihr bei den
Hausaufgaben helfen kann. She asked if I can help her with her homework.
Wir sind uns nicht sicher, ob das Auto genug
Benzin hat. We are not sure if the car has enough gasoline.
Er möchte wissen, ob das Hotel einen
Parkplatz hat. He wants to know if the hotel has a parking lot.

11.2.11. bis (until)

"Bis" is a German preposition and conjunction that translates to "until" or "till" in English. It is
used to express a time-related relationship or a limit up to which something occurs or is
valid. Here's how and when to use "bis":

Number Type Examples German

Ich arbeite bis 18 Uhr. I work until 6 PM.
1. Preposition
Wir sind bis Freitag im Urlaub. We are on vacation until Friday.

I'll wait here until you come

Ich warte hier, bis du zurückkommst.
2 Conjunction back.

| 191
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Er lernt, bis er müde ist. He studies until he is tired.

Die Entfernung von hier bis zum The distance from here to the
Bahnhof beträgt 3 Kilometer. train station is 3 kilometers.
3 Range or Limit
Wir müssen bis zu 100 Kisten We have to pack up to 100
verpacken. boxes.

In summary, "bis" is used to convey the ideas of "until" or "till" in English, expressing a
time-related relationship, a range, or a limit. As a preposition, it is followed by a noun,
pronoun, or clause, while as a conjunction, it connects two clauses to show a time-related
relationship between them. "Bis" can also be used to express a range or limit in various
contexts.

German English
Wir warten hier, bis der Bus kommt. We'll wait here until the bus comes.
Ich bleibe im Büro, bis ich meine Arbeit I will stay in the office until I have finished my
abgeschlossen habe. work.

Sie müssen die Hausaufgaben bis Montag abgeben. You have to hand in the homework by Monday.

Wir bleiben wach, bis der Film zu Ende ist. We'll stay awake until the movie is over.

Der Kuchen muss bis morgen fertig sein. The cake must be ready by tomorrow.
Er liest, bis er einschläft. He reads until he falls asleep.
Die Party geht bis Mitternacht. The party goes on until midnight.

Ich werde hier bleiben, bis du zurückkehrst. I will stay here until you return.
Der Laden ist bis 20 Uhr geöffnet. The store is open until 8 pm.
Wir haben Zeit, bis der Zug abfährt. We have time until the train leaves.
Du solltest bis nächste Woche eine Entscheidung
treffen. You should make a decision by next week.

Ich werde warten, bis der Regen aufhört. I will wait until the rain stops.
Er spielt Fußball, bis es dunkel wird. He plays soccer until it gets dark.
Die Anmeldung für den Kurs muss bis Freitag Registration for the course must be completed
erfolgen. by Friday.
Sie übt Klavier, bis sie das Stück perfekt spielen She practices piano until she can play the piece
kann. perfectly.
Ich werde die Wohnung putzen, bis sie blitzsauber
ist. I will clean the apartment until it is spotless.

Der Rabatt gilt bis Ende des Monats. The discount is valid until the end of the month.

Sie bleiben im Park, bis die Kinder müde sind. They stay in the park until the children are tired.

| 192
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Die Bibliothek ist bis 22 Uhr geöffnet. The library is open until 10 pm.

Er wird arbeiten, bis er seine Ziele erreicht hat. He will work until he has achieved his goals.

11.2.12. damit (so that)

"Damit" is a German word that can be translated to "with it" or "so that" in English. It can be
used to indicate purpose or to refer back to something previously mentioned. Here are a
couple of examples on how to use "damit" in German:

As a conjunction (meaning "so that"):

German English
Ich gehe einkaufen, damit wir heute Abend kochen
können. I'm going shopping so that we can cook tonight.
She studies diligently so that she gets good
Sie lernt fleißig, damit sie gute Noten bekommt. grades.
Er spart Geld, damit er sich ein neues Auto kaufen
kann. He saves money so that he can buy a new car.
Wir müssen früh losfahren, damit wir rechtzeitig
ankommen. We need to leave early so that we arrive on time.
She practices piano every day so that she
Sie übt täglich Klavier, damit sie besser wird. improves.
Er nimmt einen Regenschirm mit, damit er bei He brings an umbrella with him so that he stays
Regen trocken bleibt. dry in the rain.

As a pronoun (meaning "with it"):

Sie hat eine Karte, damit findet sie den Weg leichter.
(She has a map; with it, she can find the way more easily.)

Er hat eine Taschenlampe, damit kann er im Dunkeln sehen.

(He has a flashlight; with it, he can see in the dark.)

Sie hat eine Schere, damit schneidet sie das Papier.

(She has scissors; with them, she cuts the paper.)

Er hat ein Fernglas, damit beobachtet er die Vögel.

(He has binoculars; with them, he observes the birds.)

Sie hat einen Computer, damit arbeitet sie von zu Hause aus.

| 193
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

(She has a computer; with it, she works from home.)

11.2.13. da (since, as)

"da" is a German conjunction that translates to "since" or "as" in English. It is used to
express a cause or reason for something. When using "da" in a sentence, the verb in the
subordinate clause is placed at the end. Here are 20 examples to demonstrate how to use
"da" in German sentences:

Da es regnet, nehmen wir den Schirm mit.

(Since it is raining, we will take the umbrella with us.)

Da ich müde bin, werde ich früh ins Bett gehen.

(Since I am tired, I will go to bed early.)

Da sie krank ist, kann sie heute nicht arbeiten.

(As she is sick, she cannot work today.)

Da der Supermarkt geschlossen ist, müssen wir woanders einkaufen.

(Since the supermarket is closed, we have to shop somewhere else.)

Er kommt nicht mit, da er keine Zeit hat.

(He is not coming along since he does not have time.)

Da das Wetter schön ist, gehen wir spazieren.

(As the weather is nice, we will go for a walk.)

Ich werde zu Hause bleiben, da es draußen zu kalt ist.

(I will stay at home since it is too cold outside.)

Da er den Zug verpasst hat, wird er später ankommen.

(Since he missed the train, he will arrive later.)

Sie ist frustriert, da sie die Antwort nicht kennt.

(She is frustrated since she does not know the answer.)

Da das Museum heute geschlossen ist, können wir es morgen besuchen.

(Since the museum is closed today, we can visit it tomorrow.)

Er geht früh ins Bett, da er morgen früh aufstehen muss.

(He goes to bed early since he has to get up early tomorrow.)

Da es sehr windig ist, lassen wir Drachen steigen.

(As it is very windy, we will fly kites.)

| 194
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Da wir im Stau stehen, werden wir später ankommen.

(Since we are stuck in traffic, we will arrive later.)

Sie hat das Geschenk gekauft, da sie wusste, dass es ihm gefallen würde.
(She bought the gift since she knew he would like it.)

Da das Restaurant voll ist, müssen wir woanders essen.

(Since the restaurant is full, we have to eat somewhere else.)

Ich trinke Tee, da ich keinen Kaffee mag.

(I drink tea since I do not like coffee.)

Da sie nicht genug Geld hat, kann sie das Auto nicht kaufen.
(Since she does not have enough money, she cannot buy the car.)

Er macht Überstunden, da er das Projekt fertigstellen muss.

(He is working overtime since he has to finish the project.)

Da der Kühlschrank leer ist, müssen wir einkaufen gehen.

(Since the refrigerator is empty, we have to go shopping.)

Sie lernt Deutsch, da sie in Deutschland arbeiten möchte.

(She is learning German since she wants to work in Germany.)

When using subordinating conjunctions, remember that the conjugated verb in the
dependent clause moves to the end of the clause, which is different from the word order in
main clauses. This change in word order is an essential aspect of German sentence
structure when working with subordinate clauses.

11.3. Subordinating conjunctions (V2)

coordinating conjunction or adverb is a coordinating conjunction or adverb, which means that
it connects two independent clauses

11.3.1. Außerdem (besides)

"Außerdem" is a German adverb that translates to "besides," "in addition," "furthermore," or
"moreover" in English. It is used to add more information, introduce additional points or
arguments, or emphasize the importance of something in relation to the main topic. Here's
how and when to use "außerdem":

1. To add more information or introduce additional points:

"Außerdem" is used to provide supplementary information or to introduce additional

arguments or points that support or expand upon the main topic.

| 195
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

For example:
- Ich mag Sport. Außerdem spiele ich gern Gitarre. (I like sports. Besides, I also enjoy
playing guitar.)
- Er ist sehr intelligent. Außerdem ist er sehr fleißig. (He is very intelligent. Furthermore, he is
very hardworking.)

2. To emphasize the importance of something:

"Außerdem" can be used to emphasize the importance of a particular point or aspect in

relation to the main topic or argument.

For example:
- Wir müssen die Umwelt schützen. Außerdem ist es wichtig, erneuerbare Energien zu
nutzen. (We need to protect the environment. Moreover, it is important to use renewable
energy sources.)
- Sie spricht fließend Englisch und Französisch. Außerdem hat sie gute Kenntnisse in
Spanisch. (She speaks English and French fluently. In addition, she has a good knowledge
of Spanish.)

In summary, "außerdem" is used to convey the ideas of "besides," "in addition,"

"furthermore," or "moreover" in English, adding more information, introducing additional
points or arguments, and emphasizing the importance of something in relation to the main
topic.

German English

Er spricht Englisch und Französisch. Außerdem He speaks English and French. Besides, he can
kann er ein bisschen Spanisch. speak a little Spanish.
Ich muss heute einkaufen gehen. Außerdem I have to go shopping today. In addition, I want to
möchte ich noch zur Post. go to the post office.
Sie ist sehr intelligent. Außerdem ist sie auch sehr She is very intelligent. Furthermore, she is also
freundlich. very friendly.

Das Museum ist interessant und bietet viele The museum is interesting and offers many
Ausstellungen. Außerdem ist der Eintritt frei. exhibitions. Moreover, admission is free.

Ich habe viel Arbeit zu erledigen. Außerdem habe I have a lot of work to do. Besides, I have an
ich später noch einen Termin. appointment later.

Er ist ein guter Zuhörer, und außerdem gibt er He is a good listener, and in addition, he gives
hilfreiche Ratschläge. helpful advice.

Das Hotel hat eine großartige Lage. Außerdem The hotel has a great location. Furthermore, it
verfügt es über ein hervorragendes Restaurant. has an excellent restaurant.

| 196
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Wir haben gestern einen Film gesehen, der

spannend war. Außerdem hatte er eine We watched a movie yesterday that was exciting.
überraschende Wendung. Additionally, it had a surprising twist.

These examples demonstrate how "außerdem" can be used to introduce additional

information or points in various situations. Practice incorporating "außerdem" into your
conversations and writing to become more comfortable using this adverb in German.

11.3.2. Deshalb (therefore or that's why)

"Deshalb" is a German conjunction that can be translated to "therefore" or "that's why" in
English. It is used to express a cause-and-effect relationship between two clauses or
sentences. To use "deshalb" correctly in a sentence, follow these steps:

Identify the cause and the effect in your sentence.

Place "deshalb" at the beginning of the effect clause.
Make sure the verb in the effect clause follows "deshalb" and is in the first position (since
German is a V2 language, meaning the verb should be the second element in the sentence).

Here's an example:

English: He was tired, therefore he went to bed early.

German: Er war müde, deshalb ging er früh ins Bett.

In this example, "Er war müde" (He was tired) is the cause, and "ging er früh ins Bett" (he
went to bed early) is the effect. "Deshalb" is placed at the beginning of the effect clause, and
the verb "ging" follows it.

11.3.3. Daher
Similar to "deshalb," "daher" can be translated as "therefore" or "hence" in English. It
indicates a cause-and-effect relationship.
"Daher" is a German adverb and can be translated as "therefore", "hence", "that's why", "so",
or "from this". It's used to express a logical conclusion or consequence based on a
previously stated fact or assumption.

Here's how you could use it:

- "Es regnet, daher bleiben wir zu Hause." ("It's raining, therefore we're staying at home.")
- "Ich bin müde, daher gehe ich früh ins Bett." ("I'm tired, hence I'm going to bed early.")
- "Sie hat die Prüfung nicht bestanden, daher muss sie sie wiederholen." ("She didn't pass
the exam, so she has to retake it.")

As you can see from these examples, "daher" is typically used in the second clause of a
sentence to indicate the result or effect of the situation described in the first clause. It's used

| 197
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

to express cause and effect relationships, similarly to how we use "therefore", "hence", "so",
or "that's why" in English.

11.3.4. Darum
Another conjunction similar to "deshalb," "darum" can also be translated as "therefore" or
"that's why" in English.
"Darum" is another German adverb that can be translated into English as "therefore", "that's
why", "for that reason", or "because of that". Like "daher", "darum" is used to show a cause
and effect relationship between two clauses or sentences.

Here's how you can use "darum":

1. "Es ist kalt draußen. Darum trage ich einen Mantel." ("It's cold outside. That's why I'm
wearing a coat.")
2. "Er hat den Zug verpasst. Darum kommt er zu spät zur Arbeit." ("He missed the train.
Therefore, he's late for work.")
3. "Ich habe Kopfschmerzen. Darum möchte ich früh schlafen gehen." ("I have a headache.
For that reason, I want to go to bed early.")

You can use "darum" interchangeably with "daher" in most contexts. The choice between the
two often comes down to personal preference or regional usage. Note, however, that
"darum" is also used in the context of "about" or "around" when referring to a theme or topic,
as in "Darum geht es in dem Buch" ("That's what the book is about").

11.3.5. Trotzdem
This conjunction can be translated as "nevertheless" or "despite that" in English and is used
to show a contrast between two clauses, especially when the outcome is unexpected.

"trotzdem" is a German adverb that is used to express a contrast or contradiction between

two statements. It is often translated as "nevertheless" or "still" in English. Here are some
examples of how to use it in different contexts:

When expressing a contrast between two statements:

Ich habe viel zu tun, aber ich werde trotzdem zum Sport gehen. (I have a lot to do, but I will
still go to the gym.)

Das Wetter ist schlecht, aber wir werden trotzdem grillen. (The weather is bad, but we will
still have a barbecue.)

When referring to something that has happened despite a previous statement:

| 198
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich war müde, aber ich habe trotzdem die Prüfung bestanden. (I was tired, but I still passed
the exam.)
Er hatte kein Geld, aber er hat trotzdem das Konzertticket gekauft. (He didn't have any
money, but he still bought the concert ticket.)

When expressing a concession or admission of a fact:

Der Film war langweilig, aber trotzdem habe ich ihn zu Ende geschaut. (The movie was
boring, but nevertheless, I watched it until the end.)
Ich bin kein großer Fan von Spinat, aber trotzdem esse ich ihn manchmal. (I'm not a big fan
of spinach, but still, I eat it sometimes.)

Remember to place "trotzdem" in the sentence after the first statement and use the correct
word order in German.

German English
Er war müde, trotzdem ging er zur Party. He was tired, nevertheless he went to the party.
Er hat keine Zeit, trotzdem hilft er anderen Menschen. He has no time, yet he helps other people.
Sie spricht kein Französisch, trotzdem arbeitet sie in Paris. She doesn't speak French, nevertheless she works in Paris.
Es regnet oft, trotzdem fährt er jeden Tag mit dem Fahrrad
zur Arbeit. It often rains, but he still rides his bike to work every day.

Das Buch ist sehr schwer, trotzdem liest sie es gerne. The book is very difficult, yet she enjoys reading it.
Der Weg ist gefährlich, trotzdem gehen sie ihn jeden Tag
entlang. The path is dangerous, but they still walk along it every day.
German English

Sie ist krank, trotzdem geht sie zur Arbeit. She is sick, nevertheless she goes to work.

Er ist pleite, trotzdem spendet er regelmäßig Geld. He is broke, yet he regularly donates money.

Sie ist enttäuscht, trotzdem lächelt sie weiterhin. She is disappointed, but she continues to smile.
Er hat wenig Erfahrung, trotzdem stellt er sich mutig neuen He has little experience, but he courageously takes on new
Aufgaben. tasks.
Sie ist sehr beschäftigt, trotzdem findet sie Zeit für
ehrenamtliche Arbeit. She is very busy, yet she finds time for volunteer work.

Sie hat Angst, trotzdem tritt sie vor Publikum auf. She is afraid, yet she performs in front of an audience.

| 199
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

11.3.6. Dennoch
Similar to "trotzdem," "dennoch" can be translated as "nevertheless" or "nonetheless" in
English and is used to show a contrast between two clauses.
Example: Sie hatte wenig Zeit, dennoch schaffte sie es, alles zu erledigen. (She had little
time, nevertheless she managed to get everything done.)

11.3.7. Ansonsten
This conjunction can be translated as "otherwise" or "besides" in English and is used to
indicate an alternative or additional information.
Example: Du solltest den Zug nehmen, ansonsten kommst du zu spät. (You should take the
train, otherwise you'll be late.)

Remember that when using these conjunctions, the verb in the dependent clause should be
placed right after the conjunction, as German is a V2 language.

11.3.8. Also
"Also" is a German word that can be translated to "so" or "therefore" in English. It is typically
used as a conjunction to indicate a conclusion or result based on previously mentioned
information. Here are a few examples on how to use "also" in German:

Es ist spät, also sollten wir nach Hause gehen.

(It's late, so we should go home.)

Sie hat die Prüfung bestanden, also ist sie jetzt glücklich.
(She passed the exam, therefore she is happy now.)

Er ist müde, also will er sich ausruhen.

(He is tired, so he wants to rest.)

Das Museum ist geschlossen, also können wir es heute nicht besuchen.
(The museum is closed, so we can't visit it today.)

Sie haben Hunger, also bestellen sie Pizza.

(They are hungry, so they order pizza.)

These examples show how "also" is used in German to express a logical conclusion or result
based on a previously stated fact or condition.

11.3.9. Allerdings
"Allerdings" is a German adverb that can be translated to "however", "though", "but", or
"nevertheless". Here are some ways to use "allerdings" in sentences:

To express a contradiction or contrast:

| 200
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich mag ihn, allerdings stört mich seine Art manchmal. (I like him, but sometimes his manner
bothers me.)
Der Film war interessant, allerdings war das Ende enttäuschend. (The movie was
interesting, but the ending was disappointing.)
Er hat viel Erfahrung, allerdings ist er nicht sehr motiviert. (He has a lot of experience, but
he's not very motivated.)

To indicate a concession:
Ich weiß, dass es teuer ist, allerdings ist es das wert. (I know it's expensive, but it's worth it.)
Das ist ein guter Plan, allerdings müssen wir das genauer besprechen. (That's a good plan,
though we need to discuss it in more detail.)
Das Essen war lecker, allerdings war der Service etwas langsam. (The food was tasty,
although the service was a bit slow.)

To emphasize a point or to introduce a clarification:

Ich bin schon oft in Berlin gewesen. Allerdings kenne ich die Stadt noch nicht so gut. (I've
been to Berlin many times. However, I don't know the city very well.)
Ich bin bereit, morgen zu arbeiten. Allerdings nur am Vormittag. (I'm willing to work
tomorrow. But only in the morning.)
Der Zug fährt um 10 Uhr ab. Allerdings müssen wir noch 15 Minuten vorher da sein. (The
train leaves at 10 o'clock. However, we need to be there 15 minutes earlier.)

Note that "allerdings" is often used to introduce a contrasting idea or to clarify a point that
was made earlier in the conversation. It can be used in both formal and informal settings.

11.3.10. Bisher
"Bisher" is a German adverb that can be translated to "so far" or "up until now". Here are
some ways to use "bisher" in sentences:

To indicate a period of time:

Bisher habe ich in diesem Jahr viel erreicht. (So far, I have achieved a lot this year.)
Wir haben bisher eine gute Zeit hier gehabt. (We have had a good time here up until now.)
Bisher haben wir noch nicht viel von der Stadt gesehen. (So far, we haven't seen much of
the city.)

To express a degree of completion:

Bisher haben wir erst die Hälfte der Aufgaben erledigt. (So far, we have only completed half
of the tasks.)
Bisher haben wir nur einen Teil des Geldes zurückbekommen. (Up until now, we have only
received part of the money back.)
Bisher haben wir noch keine Entscheidung getroffen. (So far, we haven't made a decision
yet.)

To indicate a contrast or expectation:

Bisher lief alles gut, aber jetzt haben wir ein Problem. (So far, everything was going well, but
now we have a problem.)

| 201
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Bisher habe ich ihn immer für einen zuverlässigen Partner gehalten. (Up until now, I always
thought of him as a reliable partner.)
Bisher war ich zufrieden mit dem Service, aber jetzt bin ich enttäuscht. (So far, I was
satisfied with the service, but now I am disappointed.)

Note that "bisher" can also be combined with other adverbs or particles to modify its
meaning, such as "bisher noch" (still so far), "bisherig" (previous or prior), and "bis hierher
und nicht weiter" (so far and no further).

11.3.11. Soweit
"Soweit" is a German adverb that can be translated to "as far as" or "to the extent that". Here
are some ways to use "soweit" in sentences:

To indicate a limit or extent:

Soweit ich weiß, hat sie noch keinen Job gefunden. (As far as I know, she hasn't found a job
yet.)
Wir können soweit gehen, aber nicht weiter. (We can go as far as this point, but not further.)
Soweit ich mich erinnere, haben wir uns hier das letzte Mal getroffen. (As far as I remember,
we met here the last time.)

To express a condition:
Soweit es das Wetter zulässt, werden wir heute Abend grillen. (To the extent that the
weather permits, we will have a barbecue tonight.)
Soweit du dich bemühst, wirst du Erfolg haben. (To the extent that you make an effort, you
will be successful.)
Soweit ich das beurteilen kann, ist er ein guter Lehrer. (To the extent that I can judge, he is a
good teacher.)

To indicate a degree of completion or progress:

Die Arbeit ist soweit fertig, aber wir müssen noch die Details klären. (The work is as far as
finished, but we still need to clarify the details.)
Soweit ich das beurteilen kann, sind wir mit dem Projekt auf einem guten Weg. (To the
extent that I can judge, we are on a good track with the project.)
Der Bau ist soweit fortgeschritten, dass wir bald einziehen können. (The construction is as
far as advanced that we can move in soon.)

Note that "soweit" can be used to introduce a subordinate clause, and in this case it is often
followed by the conjunction "dass" to indicate the main clause, as in "Soweit ich das
beurteilen kann, dass das Wetter schön wird, können wir den Ausflug machen." (To the
extent that I can judge, if the weather is nice, we can make the trip.)

11.4. Correlative conjunctions

Correlative conjunctions are pairs of conjunctions that work together to connect two
elements in a sentence. They help to establish a relationship between the two elements,

| 202
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

such as comparison, contrast, or choice. In German, correlative conjunctions are less

common than coordinating or subordinating conjunctions, but they are still an important
aspect of the language. Here are some common German correlative conjunctions and
examples:

11.4.1. entweder... oder (either... or)

Entweder du kommst mit, oder du bleibst hier.
(Either you come with us, or you stay here.)

11.4.2. weder... noch (neither... nor)

Er kann weder Deutsch noch Englisch sprechen.
(He can speak neither German nor English.)

sowohl... als auch (both... and)

Sie spricht sowohl Französisch als auch Spanisch.
(She speaks both French and Spanish.)

11.4.3. je... desto (the... the)

Je früher, desto besser.
(The earlier, the better.)

11.4.4. zwar... aber (indeed... but)

Er ist zwar reich, aber unglücklich.
(He is indeed rich, but unhappy.)

Correlative conjunctions in German are used to connect words, phrases, or clauses that
share a specific relationship, such as comparison, contrast, or choice. When using
correlative conjunctions, it's essential to ensure that the sentence elements being connected
are parallel in structure and meaning.

12. Interjections

12.1. Greetings
Interjections are short words or phrases that convey emotions, reactions, or greetings. They
are often used in informal speech and can add nuance and liveliness to a conversation. In
German, interjections can be used for various purposes, including greetings. Here are some
common German interjections used as greetings:

| 203
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Hallo! (Hello!)
Hallo, wie geht es dir? (Hello, how are you?)

Guten Morgen! (Good morning!)

Guten Morgen, wie war dein Wochenende? (Good morning, how was your weekend?)

Guten Tag! (Good day!)

Guten Tag, kann ich Ihnen helfen? (Good day, can I help you?)

Guten Abend! (Good evening!)

Guten Abend, schön, Sie wiederzusehen! (Good evening, nice to see you again!)

Servus! (Hello!/Goodbye!) [informal, mainly used in Austria and Bavaria]

Servus, wie geht's? (Hello, how's it going?)

Moin! (Hello!) [informal, primarily used in Northern Germany]

Moin, alles klar? (Hello, everything alright?)

Grüß dich! (Hello!) [informal, mainly used in Southern Germany, Austria, and Switzerland]
Grüß dich, wie läuft's? (Hello, how's it going?)

Tschüss! (Bye!) [informal]

Tschüss, bis morgen! (Bye, see you tomorrow!)

Auf Wiedersehen! (Goodbye!)

Auf Wiedersehen, schönen Tag noch! (Goodbye, have a nice day!)

Ciao! (Bye!) [informal, borrowed from Italian]

Ciao, bis später! (Bye, see you later!)

These interjections can be used in various contexts, depending on the level of formality and
familiarity with the person you are addressing. When greeting someone in German, be sure
to consider the appropriate level of formality and the regional customs to ensure a warm and
friendly interaction.

12.2. Expressions of emotion

In German, there are numerous interjections and expressions that convey emotions,
reactions, or feelings. These expressions can help to make conversations more lively and
authentic. Here are some common German expressions of emotion and their translations:

Oh! (Oh!)
Oh, das wusste ich nicht. (Oh, I didn't know that.)

Autsch! / Au! (Ouch!)

Autsch, das tut weh! (Ouch, that hurts!)

| 204
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Huch! / Hoppla! (Oops!)

Huch, das ist mir aus der Hand gerutscht. (Oops, that slipped out of my hand.)

Na ja... (Well...)
Na ja, es könnte schlimmer sein. (Well, it could be worse.)

Uff! (Phew!)
Uff, das war knapp! (Phew, that was close!)

Ach! (Oh!)
Ach, jetzt verstehe ich. (Oh, now I understand.)

Tja... (Well...)
Tja, das ist das Leben. (Well, that's life.)

Oje! (Oh dear!)

Oje, das ist ein Problem. (Oh dear, that's a problem.)

Hurra! (Hooray!)
Hurra, wir haben gewonnen! (Hooray, we won!)

Pfui! (Yuck!)
Pfui, das schmeckt furchtbar! (Yuck, that tastes awful!)

Wow! (Wow!)
Wow, das ist beeindruckend! (Wow, that's impressive!)

These expressions can be used in various situations to convey different emotions or

reactions. Keep in mind that some expressions may be more suitable for informal settings,
while others can be used in both formal and informal contexts. Using these expressions can
help you sound more like a native speaker and make your conversations in German more
engaging and authentic.

Here are some more German fillers and discourse markers to help you sound more natural
and fluent in conversation:

vielleicht (maybe, perhaps)

Vielleicht sollten wir später gehen. (Maybe we should go later.)

irgendwo (somewhere)
Ich habe meine Brille irgendwo liegen lassen. (I left my glasses somewhere.)

genauso (just as, equally)

Das sehe ich genauso. (I see it just the same.)

jedenfalls (anyway, at any rate)

| 205
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Jedenfalls war es schön, dich zu sehen. (Anyway, it was nice to see you.)

übrigens (by the way)

Übrigens, hast du schon das neue Restaurant probiert? (By the way, have you tried the new
restaurant?)

meinetwegen (for all I care, if you want)

Meinetwegen können wir ins Kino gehen. (If you want, we can go to the cinema.)

zumindest (at least)

Zumindest haben wir es versucht. (At least we tried.)

kurz (short, briefly)

Kurz gesagt, ich bin nicht einverstanden. (In short, I don't agree.)

sowie (as well as)

Sie ist klug sowie fleißig. (She is smart as well as hardworking.)

Incorporating these fillers and discourse markers into your speech can help you sound more
like a native speaker when conversing in German. As you practice and gain more
experience, you'll develop an intuitive sense of when to use these words and phrases to
enhance your communication. Remember that using these expressions in moderation is key,
as overusing them can make your speech sound unclear or overly informal.

12.3. Fillers and discourse markers

Fillers and discourse markers are words or phrases that help to structure spoken or written
language, providing coherence and smoothness. In German, there are several fillers and
discourse markers that you can use to enhance your conversation or writing. Here are some
common ones:

Also
This can be translated as "so" or "well" in English and is used to start or connect thoughts. It
can signal the beginning of a conclusion or a summary.

Example: Also, ich denke, dass wir uns morgen treffen sollten. (So, I think we should meet
tomorrow.)

Na ja
This phrase can be translated as "well" or "you know" in English and is often used when
expressing uncertainty, doubt, or reservation about something.

Example: Na ja, das Wetter ist nicht so gut heute. (Well, the weather isn't that great today.)

Genau -

| 206
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Meaning "exactly" or "precisely" in English, "genau" is used to express agreement or confirm

understanding.

Example: Genau, das ist es, was ich meinte. (Exactly, that's what I meant.)

12.3.1. Beziehungsweise
"Beziehungsweise" (abbreviated as "bzw.") is a German conjunction that can be translated
as "or," "respectively," "or rather," or "in other words." It is used to indicate alternatives,
provide clarification, or make a more precise statement. Here's how to use
"beziehungsweise" in sentences:

To indicate alternatives or options:

Wir können morgen um 10:00 oder beziehungsweise um 14:00 Uhr ins Kino gehen. (We can
go to the cinema tomorrow at 10:00 or, alternatively, at 14:00.)
Das Meeting findet am Dienstag bzw. Mittwoch statt. (The meeting will take place on
Tuesday or Wednesday.)

To provide clarification or give a more precise statement:

Ich fahre in die Stadt, beziehungsweise zum Einkaufszentrum. (I'm going to the city, or
rather, to the shopping center.)
Die Aufgabe besteht darin, die Daten zu analysieren bzw. zu interpretieren. (The task is to
analyze, or in other words, interpret the data.)

To specify two or more corresponding items:

Maria und Thomas wiegen 60 bzw. 80 Kilogramm. (Maria and Thomas weigh 60 and 80
kilograms, respectively.)
Die Preise für das Einzel- bzw. Doppelzimmer betragen 80 und 120 Euro. (The prices for the
single and double rooms are 80 and 120 euros, respectively.)

When using "beziehungsweise" in a sentence, it is typically placed between the elements it

is connecting or clarifying. It can help provide a more precise statement or indicate
alternatives or corresponding items.

12.3.2. Eigentlich
This word can be translated as "actually" or "in fact" in English and is used to introduce a
contrast or an additional piece of information.

Example: Eigentlich wollte ich ins Kino gehen, aber es hat geregnet. (Actually, I wanted to go
to the cinema, but it rained.)

Übrigens -

| 207
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Meaning "by the way" in English, "übrigens" is used to introduce a new topic or a piece of
related information.

Example: Übrigens, hast du die Hausaufgaben gemacht? (By the way, did you do the
homework?)

12.3.3. Doch
This modal particle can be used to emphasize a statement, contradict a negative statement,
or soften a command or suggestion. It doesn't have a direct English translation.

Example: Du kommst doch mit, oder? (You're coming along, right?)

12.3.4. Zwar:
This word can be translated as "indeed" or "admittedly" in English and is often used with
"aber" to create a contrast or express a limitation.

Example: Er ist zwar intelligent, aber faul. (He is indeed intelligent, but lazy.)

Sozusagen:
This adverb means "so to speak," "in a way," or "as it were" in English and is used to indicate
that a statement is not to be taken literally or to soften a claim.

Example: Das ist sozusagen mein zweites Zuhause. (That's my second home, so to speak.)

12.3.5. Eben
"Eben" is a German adverb that can be translated to "just", "simply", or "exactly". Here are
some ways to use "eben" in sentences:

To indicate that something has just happened:

Er ist eben angekommen. (He has just arrived.)
Ich habe eben erst angefangen zu lernen. (I have just started studying.)
Sie hat eben das letzte Stück Kuchen gegessen. (She has just eaten the last piece of cake.)
To express that something is obvious or self-evident:
Das ist eben so. (That's just the way it is.)
Eben deshalb sollten wir vorsichtig sein. (That's exactly why we should be careful.)
Das wusste ich eben nicht. (I simply didn't know that.)
To emphasize a point or clarify a statement:
Ich möchte eben nochmal betonen, dass das sehr wichtig ist. (I just want to emphasize
again that this is very important.)
Das habe ich eben nicht gemeint. (That's not exactly what I meant.)
Es geht eben nicht immer alles nach Plan. (It's simply not always possible to follow a plan.)

| 208
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Note that "eben" can also be used in combination with other words to modify its meaning,
such as "ebenfalls" (likewise), "ebenso" (just as), and "ebendies" (this very).

Halt:
Halt modal particle is used to emphasize a statement or express resignation or acceptance
of a situation. It doesn't have a direct English translation.

Example: Es ist halt so. (That's just the way it is.)

12.3.6. Beziehungsweise
"Beziehungsweise" is a German conjunction that can have different meanings depending on
the context. It is often used to connect two phrases or clauses and can mean "or,"
"respectively," "or rather," or "in other words." Here are some examples of how to use
"beziehungsweise" in sentences:

Or / Or rather
When "beziehungsweise" is used to provide an alternative or a more precise explanation, it
can be translated as "or" or "or rather."
Ich gehe heute Abend ins Kino, beziehungsweise in den neuen Film mit meinem
Lieblingsschauspieler.
(I am going to the movies tonight, or rather, to the new movie with my favorite actor.)

Respectively
When "beziehungsweise" is used to indicate that each item in a list corresponds to another
item in a separate list, it can be translated as "respectively."
Anna und Tom sind 25 und 30 Jahre alt, beziehungsweise.
(Anna and Tom are 25 and 30 years old, respectively.)

In other words / More precisely

When "beziehungsweise" is used to provide additional or more precise information, it can be
translated as "in other words" or "more precisely."
Er arbeitet in der IT-Branche, beziehungsweise als Softwareentwickler.
(He works in the IT industry, or more precisely, as a software developer.)

Remember that "beziehungsweise" is quite formal, so it might not be used as frequently in

casual conversations. In informal settings, you could use "oder" (or) instead.

| 209
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

12.3.7. Halt
"Halt" is a German modal particle that is used informally to add emphasis or convey a certain
attitude in a sentence. It is often translated as "just," "simply," or "after all." Here's how to use
"halt" in sentences:

To indicate resignation, acceptance, or emphasizing the way things are:

Das Wetter ist halt schlecht. (The weather is just bad.)

Er ist halt ein bisschen faul. (He is simply a bit lazy.)

To express that something is obvious or self-evident:

Das Leben ist halt nicht immer einfach. (Life is just not always easy.)
Sie ist halt die Beste in ihrer Klasse. (She is simply the best in her class.)

To give an explanation or justification:

Ich bin halt müde. (I am just tired.)

Er hat halt keine Zeit. (He simply has no time.)

When using "halt" in a sentence, it is typically placed after the verb or the subject to
emphasize the statement or convey a certain attitude. Keep in mind that "halt" is informal
and more commonly used in spoken language or informal writing. It is not suitable for formal
situations or formal writing.

12.3.8. Quasi
"Quasi" is a German adverb borrowed from Latin, and its meaning is similar to "as if,"
"almost," "virtually," or "in a way." It is used to describe situations, conditions, or
characteristics that are not entirely accurate but can be considered as such for the sake of
argument or comparison. Here's how to use "quasi" in sentences:

To indicate a similarity or approximation:

Er ist quasi mein Bruder, obwohl wir nicht verwandt sind. (He's virtually my brother, although
we're not related.)
Das ist quasi eine Bestätigung für seine Arbeit. (That's almost a confirmation for his work.)

To describe a situation or condition that is not quite accurate but can be treated as such:

Sie hat quasi die Kontrolle über das Projekt. (She has almost control over the project.)
Wir sind quasi am Ziel. (We're virtually at our destination.)

| 210
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

When using "quasi" in a sentence, it is typically placed before the adjective, adverb, or noun
it is modifying to indicate approximation, similarity, or near equivalence. Note that "quasi" is
more informal in nature and is more commonly used in spoken language or informal writing.

12.3.9. Nämlich
"Nämlich" is a German adverb and conjunction that can be translated as "namely," "that is,"
or "you see." It is often used to provide clarification, further explanation, or additional
information about a previous statement. Here's how to use "nämlich" in sentences:

To provide clarification or further explanation:

Ich habe einen neuen Job gefunden, nämlich bei einer IT-Firma. (I found a new job, namely
at an IT company.)
Er hat das Rennen gewonnen, nämlich in Rekordzeit. (He won the race, that is, in record
time.)

To introduce a reason or cause:

Ich kann heute nicht kommen, nämlich ich habe einen Arzttermin. (I can't come today, you
see, I have a doctor's appointment.)
Sie hat sich entschuldigt, nämlich sie hatte einen wichtigen Termin. (She apologized, that is,
she had an important appointment.)

When using "nämlich" in a sentence, it is usually placed after the subject and the verb or
after the element that it is further explaining or clarifying. Note that "nämlich" is more informal
in nature and is more commonly used in spoken German rather than formal writing. In
written language, alternatives like "das heißt" (that is) or "beispielsweise" (for example) might
be more suitable.

12.3.10. Mal
"Mal" is a versatile and frequently used word in the German language. It can function as an
adverb, particle, or in certain contexts, as a multiplier. Here are some ways to use "mal" in
German:

As a particle to soften a request or make it more casual:

Komm mal her. (Come here. / Come over here for a second.)
Schau mal! (Look! / Have a look!)

As a particle to indicate a suggestion or an attempt:

| 211
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Probier mal den Kuchen. (Try the cake.)

Hör mal zu. (Listen. / Pay attention.)

As an adverb to indicate an unspecified or approximate number of times:

Ich war schon mal in Berlin. (I have been to Berlin before.)

Das habe ich schon mal gehört. (I've heard that before.)

As a multiplier (short for "einmal") to indicate "one time" or "once":

Einmal, zweimal, dreimal. (One time, two times, three times.)

Bitte ein Mal klicken. (Please click once.)

The usage of "mal" depends on the context of the sentence, and it can add a sense of
informality, approximation, or emphasis in various situations. It is essential to pay attention to
the context to understand how "mal" is functioning within a given sentence.

These modal particles and colloquial expressions can give your German speech a more
natural and conversational tone, but remember to use them sparingly and appropriately to
avoid sounding overly casual or informal.

13. Numerals

13.1. Cardinal Number

Cardinal numbers are used to express quantity or countable items in a language. In German,
cardinal numbers are essential for everyday conversation, and knowing them will help you
discuss things like age, prices, dates, and more. Here are the German cardinal numbers
from 0 to 20, along with their English translations:

No German Transliteration English Number German Transliteration English

0 null null zero 11 elf elf eleven
1 eins ains one 12 zwölf tsvolf twelve
2 zwei tsvai two 13 dreizehn dry-tsehn thirteen
3 drei dry three 14 vierzehn fear-tsehn fourteen
4 vier fear four 15 fünfzehn fuenf-tsehn fifteen
5 fünf fuenf five 16 sechzehn zeks-tsehn sixteen
6 sechs zeks six 17 siebzehn zeeb-tsehn seventeen
7 sieben zeeben seven 18 achtzehn acht-tsehn eighteen
8 acht acht eight 19 neunzehn noin-tsehn nineteen
9 neun noin nine 20 zwanzig tsvantsih twenty
10 zehn tsehn ten

| 212
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

For numbers above 20, you can use a combination of tens and ones. For example:

Number German Word Transliteration English Translation

21 einundzwanzig ain-und-tsvantsih twenty-one
22 zweiundzwanzig tsvai-und-tsvantsih twenty-two
23 dreiundzwanzig dry-und-tsvantsih twenty-three
24 vierundzwanzig fear-und-tsvantsih twenty-four
25 fünfundzwanzig fuenf-und-tsvantsih twenty-five
26 sechsundzwanzig zeks-und-tsvantsih twenty-six
27 siebenundzwanzig zeeben-und-tsvantsih twenty-seven
28 achtundzwanzig acht-und-tsvantsih twenty-eight
29 neunundzwanzig noin-und-tsvantsih twenty-nine
30 dreißig dry-ssih thirty
40 vierzig fear-tsich forty
50 fünfzig fuenf-tsich fifty
60 sechzig zeks-tsich sixty
70 siebzig zeeb-tsich seventy
80 achtzig acht-tsich eighty
90 neunzig noin-tsich ninety
100 hundert hoon-dert hundred

Combine tens and units: To form numbers from 21 to 99, combine the word for the tens with
the units, using the word "und" (and) in between. For example:

21 - einundzwanzig (20 + 1)
32 - zweiunddreißig (30 + 2)
48 - achtundvierzig (40 + 8)
59 - neunundfünfzig (50 + 9)
67 - siebenundsechzig (60 + 7)
74 - vierundsiebzig (70 + 4)
85 - fünfundachtzig (80 + 5)
96 - sechsundneunzig (90 + 6)

Number German Word Transliteration English Translation

100 hundert hoon-dert hundred
200 zweihundert tsvai-hoon-dert two hundred
300 dreihundert dry-hoon-dert three hundred

| 213
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

400 vierhundert fear-hoon-dert four hundred

500 fünfhundert fuenf-hoon-dert five hundred
600 sechshundert zeks-hoon-dert six hundred
700 siebenhundert zeeben-hoon-dert seven hundred
800 achthundert acht-hoon-dert eight hundred
900 neunhundert noin-hoon-dert nine hundred
1000 tausend tao-zent thousand

To form numbers above 100, combine the hundreds with the tens and units, using the word
"und" (and) as before. For example:

145 - hundertfünfundvierzig (100 + 40 + 5)

273 - zweihundertdreiundsiebzig (200 + 70 + 3)
689 - sechshundertneunundachtzig (600 + 80 + 9)

Number German Word English Translation

243 zweihundertdreiundvierzig two hundred forty-three

411 vierhundertelf four hundred eleven

678 sechshundertachtundsiebzig six hundred seventy-eight

892 achthundertzweiundneunzig eight hundred ninety-two

347 dreihundertsiebenundvierzig three hundred forty-seven

731 siebenhunderteinunddreißig seven hundred thirty-one

554 fünfhundertvierundfünfzig five hundred fifty-four

226 zweihundertsechsundzwanzig two hundred twenty-six

987 neunhundertsiebenundachtzig nine hundred eighty-seven

689 sechshundertneunundachtzig six hundred eighty-nine

1,500. eintausendfünfhundert (one thousand five hundred)

When using cardinal numbers in German, remember that the ones place comes before the
tens place for numbers 21 to 99 (e.g., "einundzwanzig" for 21). This is the opposite of
English, where the tens place comes first (e.g., "twenty-one").

Number German Word English Translation

| 214
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

3675 dreitausendsechshundertfünfundsiebzig three thousand six hundred seventy-five

4528 viertausendfünfhundertachtundzwanzig four thousand five hundred twenty-eight

8092 achttausendzweiundneunzig eight thousand ninety-two

5621 fünftausendsechshunderteinundzwanzig five thousand six hundred twenty-one

1837 eintausendachthundertsiebenunddreißig one thousand eight hundred thirty-seven

9286 neuntausendzweihundertsechsundachtzig nine thousand two hundred eighty-six

6954 sechstausendneunhundertvierundfünfzig six thousand nine hundred fifty-four

4813 viertausendachthundertdreizehn four thousand eight hundred thirteen

2379 zweitausenddreihundertneunundsiebzig two thousand three hundred seventy-nine

7265 siebentausendzweihundertfünfundsechzig seven thousand two hundred sixty-five

Number German Word English Translation

einundfünfzigtausendachthundertneunundz fifty-one thousand eight hundred

51829 wanzig twenty-nine

dreihundertachttausendvierhunderteinundsie three hundred eight thousand four

308471 bzig hundred seventy-one

siebenhundertfünfundsechzigtausendzweihu seven hundred sixty-five thousand two

765221 nderteinundzwanzig hundred twenty-one

achtundzwanzigtausendsiebenhundertneunz twenty-eight thousand seven hundred

28719 ehn nineteen

achthundertzweiundvierzigtausenddreihunde eight hundred forty-two thousand three

842394 rtvierundneunzig hundred ninety-four

sechshundertdreizehntausendneunhundertsi six hundred thirteen thousand nine

613957 ebenundfünfzig hundred fifty-seven

vierhundertneununddreißigtausendzweihund four hundred thirty-nine thousand two

439286 ertsechsundachtzig hundred eighty-six

| 215
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

neunhunderteinundsechzigtausendfünfhund nine hundred sixty-one thousand five

961523 ertdreiundzwanzig hundred twenty-three

siebenundsiebzigtausendzweihundertzweiun seventy-seven thousand two hundred

77262 dsechzig sixty-two

einhundertfünfundvierzigtausendachthundert one hundred forty-five thousand eight

145862 zweiundsechzig hundred sixty-two

13.2. Ordinal Number

Ordinal numbers are used to express the position or rank of something in a list or sequence.
In German, ordinal numbers are often used when discussing dates, listing items, or
describing the order of events. Here are the German ordinal numbers from 1st to 10th, along
with their English translations:

Ordinal Number German Word English Translation

1st der/die/das erste the first
2nd der/die/das zweite the second
3rd der/die/das dritte the third
4th der/die/das vierte the fourth
5th der/die/das fünfte the fifth
6th der/die/das sechste the sixth
7th der/die/das siebte the seventh
8th der/die/das achte the eighth
9th der/die/das neunte the ninth
10th der/die/das zehnte the tenth

To form ordinal numbers beyond the 10th, you can generally add "-te" for numbers ending in
1, 2, or 3 and "-ste" for numbers ending in 4 or higher:

Ordinal Number German Word English Translation

11th der/die/das elfte the eleventh
12th der/die/das zwölfte the twelfth
20th der/die/das zwanzigste the twentieth
21st der/die/das einundzwanzigste the twenty-first
30th der/die/das dreißigste the thirtieth

| 216
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

42nd der/die/das zweiundvierzigste the forty-second

50th der/die/das fünfzigste the fiftieth

Note that when using ordinal numbers as adjectives, they must agree in gender (masculine,
feminine, or neuter) and case (nominative, accusative, dative, or genitive) with the noun they
describe. In most cases, ordinal numbers are followed by a period (e.g., "1." for "der/die/das
erste") when written as standalone numbers, such as when numbering items in a list or
discussing dates.

14. Useful Questions

14.1. Asking Age

In German, to ask someone's age, you can use the following phrase:

"Wie alt bist du?" (informal) or "Wie alt sind Sie?" (formal)

Here are some possible answers in German:

1. "Ich bin 25 Jahre alt." - "I am 25 years old."

2. "Ich werde nächste Woche 30." - "I will be 30 next week."
3. "Ich bin noch keine 18." - "I am not yet 18."
4. "Ich bin über 50." - "I am over 50."
5. "Ich möchte mein wahres Alter nicht verraten." - "I prefer not to reveal my true age."
6. "Ich bin in meinen 40ern." - "I am in my 40s."
7. "Ich bin ein Teenager." - "I am a teenager."
8. "Ich bin in meinen 20ern." - "I am in my 20s."
9. "Ich bin schon über 60 Jahre alt." - "I am already over 60 years old."
10. "Ich bin 29 Jahre alt." - "I am 29 years old."

Remember that in German, the verb "sein" (to be) is used to express one's age. The word
"Jahre" means "years" in English.

14.2. Asking Name

To ask someone's name in German, you can use the following phrases:

"Wie heißt du?" (informal) or "Wie heißen Sie?" (formal)

Here are some possible answers in German:

1. "Ich heiße Anna." - "My name is Anna."

2. "Ich bin Max." - "I am Max."
3. "Mein Name ist Lisa." - "My name is Lisa."

| 217
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

4. "Ich werde Alex genannt." - "I am called Alex."

5. "Ich bin Paul." - "I am Paul."
6. "Mein Name lautet Maria." - "My name is Maria."
7. "Ich heiße Thomas." - "My name is Thomas."
8. "Man nennt mich Sarah." - "They call me Sarah."
9. "Ich bin Julia." - "I am Julia."
10. "Mein Name ist Tim." - "My name is Tim."

These are some common responses when asked for one's name in German. It's important to
note that German names can vary widely, and these examples provide a general idea of how
people typically respond to such a question.

14.3. Asking the state/Condition

To ask about someone's state or condition in German, you can use the following phrases:

1. "Wie geht es dir?" - informal (How are you?)

2. "Wie geht es Ihnen?" - formal (How are you?)
3. "Wie ist dein Befinden?" - informal (How is your well-being?)
4. "Wie ist Ihr Befinden?" - formal (How is your well-being?)
5. "Wie fühlst du dich?" - informal (How do you feel?)
6. "Wie fühlen Sie sich?" - formal (How do you feel?)

Here are some possible responses to indicate one's state or condition in German:

1. "Mir geht es gut." - (I'm fine.)

2. "Es geht mir gut." - (I'm doing well.)
3. "Nicht so gut." - (Not so good.)
4. "Es könnte besser sein." - (It could be better.)
5. "Mir geht es schlecht." - (I'm feeling bad.)
6. "Ich bin müde." - (I'm tired.)
7. "Ich fühle mich großartig." - (I feel great.)
8. "Ich bin krank." - (I'm sick.)
9. "Es geht mir besser." - (I'm feeling better.)
10. "Ich bin gestresst." - (I'm stressed.)

These phrases and responses can help you inquire about someone's state or condition and
understand how they are feeling. It's important to note that the responses may vary
depending on the individual and their current situation.

14.4. Asking Profession

To ask about someone's profession or occupation in German, you can use the following
phrases:

| 218
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

1. "Was bist du von Beruf?" - informal (What is your profession?)

2. "Was sind Sie von Beruf?" - formal (What is your profession?)
3. "Was machst du beruflich?" - informal (What do you do for a living?)
4. "Was machen Sie beruflich?" - formal (What do you do for a living?)
5. "Was ist dein Job?" - informal (What is your job?)
6. "Was ist Ihr Beruf?" - formal (What is your profession?)

Here are some possible responses to indicate one's profession or occupation in German:

1. "Ich bin Lehrer." - (I am a teacher.)

2. "Ich arbeite als Arzt." - (I work as a doctor.)
3. "Ich bin Ingenieur." - (I am an engineer.)
4. "Ich bin Student." - (I am a student.)
5. "Ich arbeite in der IT-Branche." - (I work in the IT industry.)
6. "Ich bin Schauspielerin." - (I am an actress.)
7. "Ich arbeite als Kellner." - (I work as a waiter.)
8. "Ich bin Geschäftsführer." - (I am a CEO.)
9. "Ich arbeite im Verkauf." - (I work in sales.)
10. "Ich bin Journalist." - (I am a journalist.)

These responses provide examples of different professions or occupations in German. Keep

in mind that there are numerous professions, and the answers can vary depending on the
individual's specific job or career.

14.5. Asking Origin

In German, the phrase "Asking Origin" can be translated as "Herkunft erfragen" or "Nach der
Herkunft fragen." When asking about someone's origin or where they come from, you can
use various question structures and possible answers. Here are some examples:

Question: Woher kommst du? (Where are you from?)

Possible answers:
1. Ich komme aus Deutschland. (I am from Germany.)
2. Meine Heimat ist Frankreich. (My home country is France.)
3. Ich komme ursprünglich aus Mexiko, aber ich lebe jetzt in den Vereinigten Staaten. (I am
originally from Mexico, but I now live in the United States.)
4. Meine Familie stammt aus Indien, aber ich wurde in Kanada geboren. (My family is from
India, but I was born in Canada.)

Question: Wo bist du aufgewachsen? (Where did you grow up?)

Possible answers:
1. Ich bin in Berlin aufgewachsen. (I grew up in Berlin.)
2. Meine Kindheit habe ich in Österreich verbracht. (I spent my childhood in Austria.)
3. Ich bin in einer kleinen Stadt in der Schweiz aufgewachsen. (I grew up in a small town in
Switzerland.)

| 219
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

4. Ich bin in Südafrika geboren, aber ich bin in Australien aufgewachsen. (I was born in
South Africa, but I grew up in Australia.)

Question: Wo hast du deine Wurzeln? (Where do your roots lie?)

Possible answers:
1. Meine Wurzeln liegen in Irland. (My roots lie in Ireland.)
2. Ich habe sowohl deutsche als auch italienische Wurzeln. (I have both German and Italian
roots.)
3. Meine Vorfahren stammen aus Polen. (My ancestors come from Poland.)
4. Meine familiären Wurzeln reichen bis nach Russland. (My family roots go back to Russia.)

These are just a few examples of how you can ask about someone's origin in German, along
with possible answers they might give. Remember that everyone's background and heritage
are unique, so the answers can vary widely.

14.5. Asking Time

If you want to ask about the time in German, you can use the following question:

Question: Wie spät ist es? (What time is it?)

Possible answers to provide the time include:

1. Es ist [specific time]. (It is [specific time].)

- For example: Es ist drei Uhr. (It is three o'clock.)

2. Es ist [hour] Uhr [minutes]. (It is [hour] [minutes].)

- For example: Es ist neun Uhr zwanzig. (It is nine twenty.)

3. Es ist halb [next hour]. (It is half [next hour].)

- For example: Es ist halb zwei. (It is half past one.)

4. Es ist Viertel nach [hour]. (It is a quarter past [hour].)

- For example: Es ist Viertel nach zehn. (It is a quarter past ten.)

5. Es ist Viertel vor [next hour]. (It is a quarter to [next hour].)

- For example: Es ist Viertel vor zwölf. (It is a quarter to twelve.)

Remember to adjust the time according to the actual current time. These examples should
help you when asking about the time in German.

| 220
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

15. The Difference

15.1. Trotzdem vs Obwohl

Both of which are German words used as conjunctions. Here is an explanation of the
difference between the two:

"Obwohl" means "although" or "even though" and is used to introduce a subordinate

clause that shows a contrast or contradiction between two statements. In a sentence with
"obwohl," the main clause contains the consequence or result, while the subordinate clause
introduced by "obwohl" presents the contrasting or contradictory situation.

Example:
Obwohl es regnet, gehen wir spazieren.
(Although it's raining, we're going for a walk.)

"Trotzdem" means "nevertheless" or "in spite of that" and is used to show a contrast or
contradiction between two statements. Unlike "obwohl," "trotzdem" is placed in the main
clause, not at the beginning of a subordinate clause.

Example:
Es regnet, trotzdem gehen wir spazieren.
(It's raining, but we're going for a walk nevertheless.)

In summary, both "obwohl" and "trotzdem" are used to express contrast or contradiction. The
main difference lies in their usage within the sentence structure, with "obwohl" introducing a
subordinate clause and "trotzdem" being placed in the main clause.

The difference between "obwohl" and "trotzdem" is in their function and placement within a
sentence rather than their meanings. Both words express a contrast or contradiction
between two statements, but they do so in different ways.

"Obwohl" (although, even though): This conjunction introduces a subordinate clause that
presents a contrasting or contradictory situation to the main clause. The focus here is on the
contradiction between the two clauses.

Example:
Obwohl es regnet, gehen wir spazieren.
(Although it's raining, we're going for a walk.)

In this sentence, "obwohl" highlights the contradiction between the fact that it's raining and
the decision to go for a walk.

"Trotzdem" (nevertheless, in spite of that): This adverb is used within the main clause to
emphasize the consequence or result despite the previous statement. The focus here is on
the persistence of the action or situation in the main clause.

| 221
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Example:
Es regnet, trotzdem gehen wir spazieren.
(It's raining, but we're going for a walk nevertheless.)

In this sentence, "trotzdem" emphasizes that the decision to go for a walk is made despite
the fact that it's raining.

In summary, while both "obwohl" and "trotzdem" express a contrast or contradiction, the
difference lies in their function and placement within a sentence. "Obwohl" introduces a
contrasting subordinate clause, while "trotzdem" emphasizes the consequence or result
within the main clause.

16. Others

16.1. Eher
"Eher" is a German adverb that can have several meanings depending on the context. It can
mean "rather," "more likely," "sooner," or "preferably." Here are some examples of how to
use "eher" in different contexts:

To express a preference or a comparison between two options:

Ich trinke eher Tee als Kaffee. (I prefer to drink tea rather than coffee.)
Er liest eher Krimis als Liebesromane. (He reads crime novels rather than romance novels.)

A. To indicate that something is more likely or probable:

Es ist eher unwahrscheinlich, dass es heute noch regnet. (It's more likely that it won't rain
today.)
Sie wird eher zustimmen als ablehnen. (She is more likely to agree than to disagree.)

B. To express that something occurs sooner:

Wir sollten eher gehen, um den Zug zu erwischen. (We should leave sooner to catch the
train.)
Er kommt eher nach Hause, als wir erwartet haben. (He comes home sooner than we
expected.)

C. To indicate a general preference or inclination:

Ich bin eher ein Morgenmensch. (I'm more of a morning person.)

Sie ist eher introvertiert. (She is rather introverted.)

| 222
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

When using "eher" in a sentence, it is important to pay attention to the context to determine
the appropriate meaning. "Eher" is a versatile adverb that can help convey preferences,
likelihood, timing, or general inclinations.

16.2. Verlangen
"Verlangen" is a German verb that means "to desire" or "to long for". Here are some
examples of how to use "verlangen" in German:

Ich verlange nach einem Stück Kuchen. (I desire a piece of cake.)

Er verlangte nach einer Antwort. (He longed for an answer.)
Sie verlangt von mir, dass ich pünktlich bin. (She demands that I am punctual.)
Wir verlangen eine Entschuldigung. (We demand an apology.)
Der Patient verlangte nach Schmerzmitteln. (The patient requested pain medication.)

Note that "verlangen" is a transitive verb, which means it needs to be used with a direct
object. In the examples above, the direct objects are "einem Stück Kuchen" (a piece of
cake), "einer Antwort" (an answer), "von mir" (from me), "eine Entschuldigung" (an apology),
and "Schmerzmitteln" (pain medication).

16.3. Vorhanden
"Vorhanden" is a German adjective that means "available," "existent," "present," or "on
hand." It is used to describe the presence or availability of something. Here's how to use
"vorhanden" in sentences:

To indicate the availability or presence of something:

Wir haben genug Lebensmittel vorhanden. (We have enough food available.)
Es sind keine Parkplätze mehr vorhanden. (There are no more parking spaces available.)

To describe the existence or presence of a feature or quality:

Alle notwendigen Informationen sind vorhanden. (All necessary information is present.)

Die erforderlichen Unterlagen sind vorhanden. (The required documents are on hand.)

When using "vorhanden" in a sentence, it is typically placed after the noun it describes to
indicate availability, presence, or existence.

16.4. Sich unterscheiden

"Sich unterscheiden" is a reflexive German verb that means "to differ" or "to be different." It
is used to express distinctions or differences between people, objects, or situations. Here's
how to use "sich unterscheiden" in the simple present tense:

| 223
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Ich unterscheide mich. (I differ/am different.)

Du unterscheidest dich. (You differ/are different.)
Er/sie/es unterscheidet sich. (He/she/it differs/is different.)
Wir unterscheiden uns. (We differ/are different.)
Ihr unterscheidet euch. (You all differ/are different.)
Sie/sie unterscheiden sich. (They differ/are different. / You [formal] differ/are different.)

Examples:

To express differences between two or more things:

Die beiden Modelle unterscheiden sich in der Größe. (The two models differ in size.)
Die Geschwister unterscheiden sich in ihren Interessen. (The siblings have different
interests.)

To express differences between people:

Wir unterscheiden uns in unseren politischen Ansichten. (We have different political views.)
Er unterscheidet sich von seinen Freunden durch seine Ehrlichkeit. (He differs from his
friends in his honesty.)

When using "sich unterscheiden" in the simple present tense, the verb conjugation depends
on the subject. As a reflexive verb, it requires the use of reflexive pronouns (mich, dich, sich,
uns, euch, sich) that correspond to the subject of the sentence.

16.5. Gelten
"Gelten" is a German verb that means "to apply," "to be valid," "to count (as)," or "to be
considered (as)." Here's how to use "gelten" in the simple present tense:

Ich gelte. (I apply/am valid/count as/am considered.)

Du giltst. (You apply/are valid/count as/are considered.)
Er/sie/es gilt. (He/she/it applies/is valid/counts as/is considered.)
Wir gelten. (We apply/are valid/count as/are considered.)
Ihr geltet. (You all apply/are valid/count as/are considered.)
Sie/sie gelten. (They apply/are valid/count as/are considered. / You [formal] apply/are
valid/count as/are considered.)

Examples:

To express something being valid or applying:

Das Angebot gilt bis morgen. (The offer is valid until tomorrow.)
Die Regel gilt für alle. (The rule applies to everyone.)

| 224
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

To express that something counts as or is considered:

Er gilt als Experte auf seinem Gebiet. (He is considered an expert in his field.)
Das Buch gilt als Klassiker. (The book counts as a classic.)

16.6. Schätzen
"Schätzen" is a German verb that means "to estimate," "to value," or "to appreciate." Here's
how to use "schätzen" in the simple present tense:

Ich schätze. (I estimate/value/appreciate.)

Du schätzt. (You estimate/value/appreciate.)
Er/sie/es schätzt. (He/she/it estimates/values/appreciates.)
Wir schätzen. (We estimate/value/appreciate.)
Ihr schätzt. (You all estimate/value/appreciate.)
Sie/sie schätzen. (They estimate/value/appreciate. / You [formal] estimate/value/appreciate.)

Examples:

To express estimating or guessing a quantity or value:

Ich schätze, es sind etwa 100 Personen hier. (I estimate there are about 100 people here.)
Er schätzt den Wert des Hauses auf 300.000 Euro. (He estimates the value of the house at
300,000 euros.)

To express valuing or appreciating someone or something:

Wir schätzen seine Ehrlichkeit. (We value his honesty.)

Sie schätzt die Unterstützung ihrer Freunde. (She appreciates the support of her friends.)

When using "schätzen" in the simple present tense, the verb conjugation depends on the
subject, and the meaning depends on the context of the sentence

16.7. Angehen
"Angehen" is a German verb meaning "to tackle," "to approach," or "to concern." It is a
separable verb, which means its prefix "an-" can be detached from the verb stem "gehen" in
certain cases. Here's how to use "angehen" in the simple present tense:

Ich gehe an. (I tackle/approach/concern.)

Du gehst an. (You tackle/approach/concern.)
Er/sie/es geht an. (He/she/it tackles/approaches/concerns.)
Wir gehen an. (We tackle/approach/concern.)
Ihr geht an. (You all tackle/approach/concern.)
Sie/sie gehen an. (They tackle/approach/concern. / You [formal] tackle/approach/concern.)

| 225
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

Examples:

To express tackling or approaching a task or issue:

Ich gehe das Problem an. (I tackle the problem.)

Wir gehen die Aufgabe an. (We approach the task.)

To express concerning someone:

Das geht mich an. (That concerns me.)

Das geht dich/euch/sie (formal) an. (That concerns you/you all/you [formal].)

Note that in the examples above, the prefix "an-" is detached from the verb stem "gehen"
and placed at the end of the sentence. When using "angehen" in the simple present tense,
this is the typical sentence structure.
.

16.8. Jawohl
"Jawohl" is a German word that translates to "yes, indeed" or "yes, certainly" in English. It is
used to express strong agreement or to confirm something in a formal or respectful manner.
It is often used in military contexts or situations where a subordinate is speaking to a
superior.

Here's how you can use "jawohl" in a conversation:

In response to a command or instruction:

Superior: "Machen Sie bitte diese Aufgabe fertig." (Please complete this task.)
Subordinate: "Jawohl, Herr/Frau [Last name]." (Yes, certainly, Mr./Mrs. [Last name].)

To express strong agreement with a statement:

Person A: "Das Wetter ist heute wirklich schön, nicht wahr?" (The weather is really nice
today, isn't it?)
Person B: "Jawohl, es ist ein wunderschöner Tag." (Yes, indeed, it's a beautiful day.)

Remember that "jawohl" is quite formal and authoritative, so you may want to use "ja" or
"doch" in more casual or friendly conversations.

16.9. Im Vergleich zu
"Im Vergleich zu" is a German preposition that means "in comparison to" or "compared to".
Here are some ways to use "im Vergleich zu" in sentences:

| 226
 © PT. Linguo Edu Indonesia | [Link]

To indicate a comparison between two or more things:

Die deutsche Autobahn ist im Vergleich zu den Straßen in vielen anderen Ländern sehr gut
ausgebaut. (The German highway is very well-developed in comparison to the roads in
many other countries.)
Im Vergleich zu früheren Jahren gibt es heute viel mehr Möglichkeiten, online einzukaufen.
(Compared to previous years, there are many more opportunities to shop online today.)
Die Miete für eine Wohnung in Berlin ist im Vergleich zu anderen europäischen Städten
relativ günstig. (The rent for an apartment in Berlin is relatively cheap compared to other
European cities.)
To express a difference or contrast:
Im Vergleich zu ihrem Bruder ist sie sehr schüchtern. (Compared to her brother, she is very
shy.)
Die Temperaturen im Winter sind im Vergleich zum Sommer viel kälter. (The temperatures in
winter are much colder compared to summer.)
Im Vergleich zum gestrigen Tag ist der Verkehr heute viel besser. (Compared to yesterday,
the traffic is much better today.)

Note that "im Vergleich zu" is often used to introduce a clause that contains the item being
compared to, such as "im Vergleich zu früheren Jahren" (compared to previous years) or "im
Vergleich zu anderen europäischen Städten" (compared to other European cities).

| 227